.

0 ti

Ltl

US Army Corps
0 of Engineers
The Hydrologic
Engineering Center

<gGENERALIZED COMPUTER PROGRAM

DTIC
IIIELECTE
FEB 2
S .c--
HEC-I
Flood Hydrograph Package

Users Manual
rImamTIKUATEN=T
*n
S "i n Pub*i ...
.A . Vk~mb~udm UnlIWitd

September 1981

(revised March 1987)

t.89 2 24
 30272-101
REPORT DOCUMENTATION 1. REPORT NO. 2. 3. Recipient's Acceson No.
PAGE DOD/SW/DK-89/004a
4. Title and Stbtltle 5. Report Date 37
HEC-1, Flood Hydrograph Package Users Manual Sep 81 (Rev.
6.

7. Author(s) 8. Performing Organization Rept. No.

Th4 Hvefrn~no4r Rngbneren Center CPD-Ia

9. Performing Organ-ization Name and Addresa 10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.

Department of Army NA
The Hydrologic Engineering Center 11. Contract(C) or Grant(G) No.
Corps of Engineers ' r (c) N/A
609 Second Street (G)
Davis. Californiai 95616
12. Sponsoring Orgization Name and Address f13. Type of Report & Period Covered

Department of Army~ Computer Program

The Hydrologic Engineering Center, Corps of En ineers 1t' : . 14.Documentation - Final
609 Second Street :..
._
nAv'ig_ C~li fornia 95616

NotesRelated Technical Papers: #82 ew HEC-1 klood Hydrograph Package (5-81); #95
15. SuPplementaryt
Infiltration and Soil Moisture Redistribut n in HEC-1 \(1-84); #106 Flood-Runoff
Forecasting with HEC1F (5-85); 1116 The H 's Activities in Watershed Modeling; HEC-l
Flood Hydrzaph Package pom~uter Implemntion Guide (5-85). Copies available from HEC.
16. Abstract (L it: 200 words) Four- D skette e
,'! HEC- is ae watershed -designed to simulate the surface runoff response
of a river basin to precipitation by representing the basias an interconnected system of
hydrologic and hydraulic components. Each component models an aspect of the
precipitation-runoff pfoCess within a portion of the basin. A component may represent a
surface runoff entity, a stream channel or a reservoir, defined by parameters specifying
its characteristics and the mathematical relations describing the physical processes. The
result of the modeling process is computation of streamflow hydrographs at desired
locations in the river basin. All ordinary flood hydrograph computations associated with
a single recorded or hypothetical storm can be accomplished with this package.
Capabilities include rainfall-snowfall-snowmelt determinations, computations of basin
precipitation, unit hydrographs. kinematic wave transforms, and hydrograph; routing by
reservoir, storage-lag, multiple storage, straddle-stagger, Tatum, Irlurskingum, and
kinematic wave methods; and complete stream system hydrograph combining and routing.
Best-fit unit hydrograph, loss-rate, snowmelt, base freezing temperatures and routing
coefficients can be derived automatically. Automatic printer plot routines are also
provided. HEC-l may also be used to simulate flow over and through breached dams.
Expected annual flood damage can be also be computed for any location in the river basin.

17. Doc*nent Analysis a. Discriptors V

b. Identlflers/Open-Ended Terms

c. COSATI Field/Group

18. Availability Statement 19. Security Class (This Report) 21. No. of Pages

Unclassified 314
Release Unlimited 20. Security Class (This Page) 22. Price

ITnrl aggci fi Pri

(See ANSI-Z39.18) See ;nstructons on Reverse OPTIONAL FORM 272 14-77)
(Formerly NTIS-35)
Cer.artment of Commerce
Computer Program 723-X6-L2010

HEC-1

Flood Hydrograph Package

Users Manual

Acceslon For
NTIS CRA&I
DTtC TAB E3
Unannoariced 0
Justification

September 1981 RI1ion

Availability Codes
(revised March 1987) Dist AvailSpecial
and'or

US Army Corps of Engineers A -

Water Resources Support Center

The Hydrologic Engineering Center

609 Second Street
Davis, California 95616

(916) 551-1748

(FTS) 460-1748
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Page
List of Figures vi

List of Tables vii

Foreword ix

Introduction

1.1 Model Philosophy 1

1.2 Overview of Manual 1
1.3 Theoretical Assumption and Limitations 2
1.4 Computer Requirements 3
1.5 Acknowledgments 3

2 Model Components

2.1 Stream Network Model Development 4

2.2 Land Surface Runoff Component 5
2.3 River Routing Component 6
2.4 Combined Use of River Routing and
Subbasin Runoff Components 6
2.5 Reservoir Component 6
2.6 Diversion Component 7
2.7 Pump Component 7
2.8 Hydrograph Transformation 7

3 Rainfall-Runoff Simulation

3.1 Precipitation 8
3.1.1 Precipitation Hyetograph 8
3.1.2 Historical Storms 9
3.1.3 Synthetic Storms 10
3.1.4 Snowfall and Snowmelt 13
3.2 Interception/Infiltration 15
3.2.1 Initial and Uniform Loss Rate 16
3.2.2 Exponential Loss Rate 16
3.2.3 SCS Curve Number 18
3.2.4 Holtan Loss Rate 19
3.3 Unit Hydrograph 20
3.3.1 Basic Methodology 20
3.3.2 Synthetic Unit Hydrographs 20
3.4 Kinematic Wave 23
3.4.1 Basic Concepts 23
3.4.2 Solution Procedure 24
3.4.3 Element Application 27
3.5 Base Flow 29
3.6 Flood Routing 31
3.6.1 Channel Infiltration 31
3.6.2 Muskingum 32
3.6.3 Modified Puls 32
3.6.4 Working R & D 35

iii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Contd)

Section Pale

3 Rainfall Runoff Simulation (Cont'd)

3.6.5 Level-Pool Reservoir Routing 35

3.6.6 Average-Lag 41
3.6.7 Kinematic wave 41

3.7 Diversions 41
3.8 Pumping Plants 42

A Parameter Calibration

4.1 Unit Hydrograph and Loss Rate Parameters 43

A.l.1 Optimization Methodology 43
4.1.2 Analysis of Optimization Results 45
4.1.3 Application of the Calibration Capability 49
4.2 Routing Parameters 49

5 Multiplan-Multiflood Analysis 51

6 Dam Safety Analysis

6.1 Model Formulation 53

6.2 Dam Safety Analysis Methodology 53
6.2.1 Dam Overtopping (Level Crest) 53
6.2.2 Dam Overtopping (Non-Level Crest) 53
6.2.3 Dam Breaks 56
6.3 Limitations 57

7 Precipitation Depth-Area Relationship Simulation

7.1 General Concept 58

7.2 Interpolation Formula 60

8 Flood Damage Analysis

8.1 Basic Principle 62

8.2 Model Formulation 62
8.3 Damage Reach Data 64
8.4 Flood Damage Calculation Methodology 64
8.4.1 Frequency Curve Modification 64
8.4.2 Expected Annual Damage (EAD) Calculation 65

9 Flood Control System Optimization

9.1 Optimization Model Formulation 68

9.2 Data Requirements 69
9.3 Optimization Methodology 69
9.3.1 General Procedure 69
9.3.2 Computation Equations 70

iv 4
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)

Section page

10 Input Data Overview

10.1 Organization of Input Data 72

10.2 Special Feature for Input Data 72
10.2.1 Input Control 72
10.2.2 Time Series Input 76
10.2.3 Data Repetition Conventions 76
10.3 Hydrologic/Hydraulic Simulation Options 77
10.4 Input Data Retrieval from the HEC Data Storage System 78

11 Program Output

11.1 Input Data Feedback 85

11.2 Intermediate Simulation Results 85
11.3 Summary Results 86
11.4 Output to HEC Data Storage System (DSS) 86
11.5 Error Messages 86

12 Example Problems

12.1 Example Problem 1: Stream Network Model 90

12.2 Example Problem 2: Kinematic Wave Watershed Model 106
12.3 Example Problem 3: Snowmelt Runoff Simulation 114
12.4 Example Problem 4: Unit Graph and Loss Rate
Parameter Optimization 120
12.5 Example Problem 5: Routing Parameter Optimization 126
12.6 Example Problem 6: Precipitation Depth-Area Simulation 129
12.7 Example Problem 7: Dam Safety Analysis 133
12.8 Example Problem 8: Dam Failure Analysis 138
12.9 Example Problem 9: Multiflood Analysis 153
12.10 Example Problem 10: Multiplan, Multiflood Analysis 158
12.11 Example Problem 11: Flood Damage Analysis 169
12.12 Example Problem 12: Flood Control System Optimization 176

13 Computer Requirements

13.1 Program Operations and Structure 186

13.2 Compile and Execution Requirements 186

14 References 189

Appendix A: Input Description A-1

Appendix B: HEC-l Usage with HEC Data Storage System B-1

Index

v
 LIST OF FIGURES

No. Title Page

2.1 Example River Basin 4

2.2 Example River Basin Schematic 4

3.1 Rainfall Hyetograph 8

3.2 Loss Rate, Rainfall Excess Hyetograph 16
3.3 General HEC Loss Rate Function for Snow-Free Ground 17
3.4 SCS Dimensionless Unit Graph 22
3.5 Relationship Between Flow Elements 24
3.6 Kinematic Wave Parameters for Various Channel Shapes 25
3.7 Finite Difference Method Space-Time Grid 26
3.8 Base Flow Diagram 30
3.9 Normal Depth SLorage-Outflow Channel Routing 34
3.10 Conic Method for Reservoir Volumes 36
3.11 Ogee Spillway 37

4.1 Error Calculation for Hydrologic Optimization 44

5.1 Multiflood and Multiplan Hydrographs 52

6.1 Spillway Adequacy and Dam Overtopping Variables in HEC-1 54

6.2 Non-Level Dam Crest 55
6.3 HEC-l Dam Breach Parameters 56

7.1 Two-Subbasin Precipitation Depth-Area Simulation 59

7.2 Multi-Subbasin Precipitation Depth-Area Simulation 61

8.1 Flood Damage Reduction Model 63

8.2 Flow Frequency Curve 65
8.3 Flow Frequency Curve Modification 66
8.4 Damage Frequency Curve 67

10.1 Example Input Data Organization for a River Basin 79

10.2 Precipitation Gage Data for Subbasin-Average Computation 80

12.1 Stream Network Model Schematic 91

12.2 Kinematic Wave Model Schematic 106
12.3 Snowmelt Basin 114
12.4 Precipitation Depth-Area Analysis Basin 129
12.5 Schematic of Bear Creek Basin 134
12.6 Bear Creek Downstream Cross Sections 139
12.7 Rockbed River Basin 154
12.8 "PLAN 21' Rockbed Basin Schematic 159
12.9 "PLAN 3" Rockbed Basin Schematic 159

13.1 HEC-l Program Operations Overview 186

vi
 LIST OF TABLES

No. Title
3.1 Distribution of Maximum 6-Hour SPS or PMP 11
3.2 Distribution of Maximum 1-Hour SPS or PMP 11
3.3 Partial-Duration Series to Equivalent-Annual Series
Conversion Factors 13
3.4 Adjustment of Point Rainfall Conversion Factors 14
3.5 Effective Roughness Parameters for Overland Flow 28
3.6 Typical Kinematic Wave Data 30
3.7 Spillway Rating Coefficients 38
3.8 Submergence Coefficients 40
4.1 Constraints on Unit Graph and Loss Rate Parameters 45
4.2 HEC-1 Unit Hydrograph and Loss Rate Optimization Output 46
4.3 HEC-1 Default Initial Estimates for Unit Hydrograph
and Loss Rate Parameters 47
10.1 HEC-1 Input Data Identification Scheme 73
10.2 Subdivisions of Simulation Data 76
10.3 Data Repetition Options 77
10.4 Precipitation Data Input Options 81
10.5 Hydrograph Derivation Input Options 81
10.6 Runoff and Routing Optimization Input Data Options 82
10.7 Channel and Reservoir Routing Methods Input Data Options 82
10.8 Spillway Routing, Dam Overtopping and Dam Failure
Input Data Options 83
10.9 Net Benefit Analysis Input Data Options 83
10.10 Flood Control Project Optimization Input Data Options 84
10.11 Hydrograph Transformation, Comparison and I/O 84
11.1 HEC-l Error Messages 87
12.la Red River Watershed: Rainfall and Observed Hydrograph Data 92
12.lb Subbasin Physical Parameters (Test 1) 92
12.lc Channel Storage Routing and Diversion Data 93
12.ld Example Problem 1: Input and Output 94
12.2a Subbasin Characteristics 107
12.2b Channel Data (Test 2) 107
12.2c Precipitation Data 108
12.2d Example Problems 2: Input and Output 109
12.3a Snowmelt Data 115
12.3b Example Problem 3: Input and Output 115
12.4 Example Problem 4: Input and Output 120
12.5 Example Problem 5: Input and Output 126
12.6a Depth Area Simulation Data 129
12.6b Example Problem 6: Input and Output 130
12.7a Reservoir Data 135
12.7b Example Problem 7: Input and Output 136
12.8a Dam Failure Analysis Results 140
12.8b Example Problem 8: Input and Output 140
12.9 Example Problem 9: Input and Output 155
12.10a Multiplan Analysis - Rockbed Watershed Flood Control Data 160
12.10b Example Problem 10: Input and Output 161
12.11a Flood Damage Reduction Analyses Economic Data 170
12.11b Example Problem 11: Input and Output 171
12.12a Flood Control System Optimization Data 177
12.12b Example Problem 12: Input and Output 178
13.1 I/O and Scratch Files 187
13.2 Computer Memory and Time Requirements 188

vii
 FOREWORD

The HEC-1, Flood Hydrograph Package, computer program was originally

developed in 1967 by Leo R. Beard and other members of the Hydrologic
Engineering Center staff. The first version of the HEC-1 package program was
published in October 1968. It was expanded and revised and published again in
1969 and 1970. The first package version represented a combination of several
smaller programs which had previously been operated independently. These
computer programs are still available at the HEC as separate programs.

In 1973, the 1970 version of the program underwent a major revision. The
computational methods used by the program remained basically unchanged;
however, the input and output formats were almost completely restructured.
These changes were made in order to simplify input requirements and to make
the program output more meaningful and readable.

The present program again represents a major revision of the 1973 version
of the program. The program input and output formats have been completely
revised and the computational capabilities of the dam-break HEC-1DB), project
optimization (HEC-IGS) and kinematic wave (HEC-lKW) special versions of HEC-1
have been combined in the one program. The new program gives the powerful
analysis features available in all the previous programs, together with some
additional capabilities, in a single easy to use package.

Up-to-date information and copies of source code for the programs are
available from the Center. While the Government is not responsible for the
results obtained when using the programs, assistance in resolving malfunctions
in the programs will be furnished to the extent that time and funds are
available. It is desired that users notify the Center of inadequacies in, or
desirable modifications to, the program.

A microcomputer version (PC version) of the HEC-1 program was developed in

late 1984 and is being released with the printing of this document. The PC
version contains all the hydrologic and hydraulic computation capabilities of
the mainframe HEC-1; however, the flood damage and ogee spillway capabilities
were not included because of microcomputer memory and compiler limitations at
that time. These limitations may change as PC Fortran compilers improve;
contact the HEC for current information.

This manual was reprinted (with minor revisions) in March 1987.

ix
 Section 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Model Philosophy

The NEC-1 model is designed to simulate the surface runoff response of a

river basin to precipitation by representing the basin as an interconnected
system of hydrologic and hydraulic components. Each component models an
aspect of the precipitation-runoff process within a portion of the basin,
commonly referred to as a subbasin. A component may represent a surface
runoff entity, a stream channel, or a reservoir. Representation of a
component requires a set of parameters which specify the particular
characteristics of the component and mathematical relations which describe the
physical processes. The result of the modeling process is the computation of
streamflow hydrographs at desired locations in the river basin.

1.2 Overview of Manual

This manual describes the concepts, methodologies, input requirements and

output formats used in HEC-1. A brief description of each of the model
capabilities and the organization of this manual is given below.

Stream Network Model Concepts and Methodologies

Sections 2, 3, and 4: A general description of the components of the

HEC-1 watershed (stream network) simulation capability is given in Section 2.
The stream network capability (i.e., simulating the precipitation-runoff
process in a river basin) Is of central importance to virtually any
application of HEC-1. Other capabilities of HEC-1 are built around this
stream network function. Section 3 describes the detailed computational
methods used to simulate the stream network. The use of automatic techniques
to determine best estimates of the model parameters is described in Section 4.

Additional Flood Hydrograph Simulation Options

Section 5: Multiplan-multiflood analysis allows the simulation of up to

nine ratios of a design flood for up to five different plans (or characteriza-
tions) of a stream network in a single computer run.

Section 6: Dam-break simulation provides the capability to analyze the

consequences of dam overtopping and structural failures.

Section 7: The depth-area option computds flood hydrographs preserving a

user-supplied precipitation depth versus area relation throughout a stream
network.

Flood Damage Analysis

Section 8: The economic assessment of flood damage can be determined for

damage reaches defined in a multiplan-multiflood analysis. The expected
annual damage occuring in a damage reach and the benefits accrued due to a
flood control plan are calculated based on user-supplied damage data and on
calculated flows for the reach.

1
 Section 9: The optimal size of a flood control system can be estimated
using an optimization procedure provided by HEC-1. The option utilizes data
provided for the economic assessment option together with data on flood
control project costs to determine a system which maximizes net benefits with
or without a specified degree of protection level for the components.

Program Usage

Section 10: The data input conventions are discussed, emphasizing the
data card groups used for the various program options.

Section 11: Program output capabilities and error messages are explained.

Section 12: Test examples are displayed, including example input data and
computed output generated by the program.

Section 13: The computer hardware requirements are discussed, and computer
run times for the example problems are given. A programers supplement
provides detailed information about the operational characteristics of the
computer program.

Section 14: References

Appendix A: The input description details the use of each data card and
input variable in the program. The input description is contained in under
seperate cover.

Appendix B: A description of the HEC-1 interface capabilities with the HEC

Data Storage System.

1.3 Theoretical Assumptions and Limitations

A river basin is represented as an interconnected group of subareas. The

assumption is made that the hydrologic processes can be represented by model
parameters which reflect average conditions within a subarea. If such
averages are inappropriate for a subarea then it would be necessary to
consider smaller subareas within which the average parameters do apply. Model
parameters represent temporal as well as spatial averages. Thus the time
interval to be used should be small enough such that averages over the
computation interval are applicable.

There are several important limitations of the model. Simulations are

limited to a single storm due to the fact that provision is not made for soil
moisture recovery during periods of no precipitation. The model results are
in terms of discharge and not stage, although stages can be printed out by the
program based on a user specified rating curve. A hydraulic computer program
(HEC-2 for example) is generally used in conjunction with HEC-1 to obtain
stages. Streamflow routings are performed by hydrologic routing methods and
do not reflect the full St. Venant equations which are required for very flat
river slopes. Reservoir routings are based on the modified Puls techniques
which are not appropriate where reservoir gates are operated to reduce
flooding at downstream locations.

2
1.4 Computer Requirements

The HEC-1 program requires 371,000 octal words (130,000 decimal) of core
storage. Disk storage is needed for the 16 output and scratch files used by
the program. For further information on the program's computer requirements,
see Section 13 and the Programmers Supplement.

A version of HEC-1 is also available for microcomputers (PC's). The PC

version has all the same capabilities as the mainframe version except: the
number of plans is 3 instead of 5, and the flood damage economics and ogee
spillway options were removed. These limitations may change as PC Fortran
compilers improve; contact the HEC for current information. The PC version
requires: 512 k memory, a MS-DOS compatible operating system, and a hard disk.

1.5 Acknowledgments

This manual was written by Messrs. David Goldman and Paul Ely. Mr. Ely
was also responsible for the design and implementation of the new computer
code. Mr. John Tracy modified the code for use on microcomputers. Messrs.
John Peters, Darryl Davis and Arthur Pabst made many excellent contributions
to the development of the modeling concepts and the documentation. The
development of this new version of HHC-1 was managed by Mr. Arlen D. Feldman,
Chief of the HEC Research Branch. Mr. Bill S. Eichert was the Director of the
HEC during this time. The word processing for this document was performed by
Ms. Cathy Lewis.

3
 Section 2

MODEL COMPONENTS

The stream network model is the foundation capability of the HEC-i program.
All other program computation options build on this option's capability to
calculate flood hydrographs at desired locations in a river basin. Section
2.1 discusses the conceptual aspects of using the HEC-1 program to formulate a
stream network model from river basin data. Section 2.2 discusses the model
formulation as a step-by-step process, where the physical characteristics of
the river basin are systematically represented by an interconnected group of
HEC-1 model components. Sections 2.3 - 2.8 discuss the functions of each
component in representing individual characteristics of the river basin.

2.1 Stream Network Model Development

A river basin is subdivided into an interconnected system of stream network

components (e.g., Fig. 2.1) using topographic maps and other geographic
information. A basin schematic diagram (e.g., Fig. 2.2) of these components
is developed by the following steps:

(1) The study area watershed boundary is delineated first. In a natural

or open area this can be done from a topographic map. However, supplementary
information, such as municipal drainage maps, may be necessary to obtain an
accurate depiction of an urban basin's extent.

!~2 1- Ito

.3 2050

A COMPONENT

RUNOFF COMPONENT 5060

- - - CHANNEL ROUTINW

O ANALYSIS POINT &.

HYDROORAPH COMBINATION

Figure 2.1 ETsmple River Basin Figure 2.2 Example River Basin Schematic

4
 (2) Segmentation of the basin into a number of subbasins determines the
number and types of stream network components to be used in the model. Two
factors impact on the basin segmentation: the study purpose and the
hydrometeorological variability throughout thp basin. First, the study
purpose defines the areas of interest in the basin, and hence, the points
where subbasin boundaries should occur.

Second, the variability of the hydrometeorological processes and basin

characteristics impacts on the number and location of subbasins. Each
subbasin is intended to represent an area of the watershed which, on the
average, has the same hydraulic/hydrologic properties. Further, the assumption
of uniform precipitation and infiltration over a subbasin becomes less
accurate as the subbasin becomes larger. Consequently, if the subbasins are
chosen appropriately, the average parameters used in the components will more
accurately model the subbasins.

(3) Each subbasin is to be represented by a combination of model

components. Subbasin runoff, river routing, reservoir, diversion and pump
components are available to the user.

(4) The subbasins and their components are linked together to represent
the connectivity of the river basin. HEC-1 has available a number of methods
for combining or linking together outflow from different components. This
step finalizes the basin schematic.

2.2 Land Surface Runoff Component

The subbasin land surface runoff component, such as subbasins 10. 20, 30,
etc. in Fig. 2.1 or equivalently as element 10 in Fig. 2.2, is used to
represent the movement of water over the land surface and in stream channels.
The input to this component is a precipitation hyotograph. Precipitation
excess is computed by subtracting infiltration and detention losses based on a
soil water infiltration rate function. Note that the rainfall and infiltration
are assumed to be uniform over the subbasin. The resulting rainfall excesses
are then routed by the unit hydrograph or kinematic wave techniques to the
outlet of the subbasin producing a runoff hydrograph. The unit hydrograph
technique produces a runoff hydrograph at the most downstream point in the
subbasin. If that location for the runoff computation is not appropriate, it
may be necessary to further subdivide the subbasin or use the kinematic wave
method to distribute the local inflow.

The kinematic wave rainfall excess-to-runoff transformation allows for the

uniform distribution of the land surface runoff along the length of the main
channel (e.g., subbasin 60, Fig. 2.2, runoff could be laterally distributed
between points 50 and 60 instead of being lumped at point 60). This uniform
distribution of local inflow (subbasin runoff) is particularly important in
areas where many lateral channels contribute flow along the length of the main
channel.

Base flow is computed relying on an empirical method and is combined with

the surface runoff hydrograph to obtain flow at the subbasin outlet. The
methods for simulating subbasin precipitation, infiltration and runoff are
described in Sections 3.1 through 3.5.

5
2.3 River Routing Component

A river routing component, element 1020, Fig. 2.2, is used to represent

flood wave movement in a river channel. The input to the component is an
upstream hydrograph resulting from individual or combined contributions of
subbasin runoff, river routings or diverions. If the kinematic wave method is
used, the local subbasin distributed runoff (e.g., subbasin 60 as described
above) is also input to the main channel and combined with the upstream
hydrograph as it is routed to the end of the reach. The hydrograph is routed
to a downstream point based on the characteristics of the channel. There are
a number of techniques available to route the runoff hydrograph which are
described in Section 3.6 of this report.

2.4 Combined Use of River Routing and Subbasin Runoff Components

Consider the use of subbasin runoff components 10 and 20 and river routing
reach 1020 in Fig. 2.2 and the corresponding subbasins 10 and 20 in Fig. 2.1
The runoff from component 10 is calculated and routed to control point 20 via
routing reach 1020. The runoff hydrograph at analysis point 20 can be
calculated by methods employing either the unit hydrograph or kinematic wave
techniques. In the case that the unit hydrograph technique is employed,
runoff from component 10 is calculated and routed to contrl point 20 via
routing reach 1020. Runoff from subbasin 20 is calculated and combined with
the outflow hydrograph from reach 1020 at analysis point 20. Alternatively,
runoff from subbasins 10 and 20 can be combined before routing in the case
that the lateral inflows from subarea 20 are concentrated near the upstream
end of reach 1020. In the case, that the kinematic wave technique is
employed, the runoff from subbasin 20 is modeled as a uniformly distributed
lateral inflow to reach 1020. The runoff from subbasin 10 is routed in
combination with this lateral inflow via reach 1020 to analysis point 20.

A suitable coibination of the subbasin runoff component and river routing

components can be used to represent the intricacies of any rainfall-runoff and
stream routing problem. The connectivity of the stream network components is
implied by the order in which the data components are arranged. Simulation
must always begin at the uppermost subbasin in a branch of the stream network.
The simulation (succeeding data components) proceeds downstream until a
confluence is reached. Before simulating below the confluence. all flows
above that confluence must be computed and routed to that confluence. The
flows are combined at the confluence and the combined flows are routed
downstream. In Fig. 2.2, all flows tributary to control point 20 must be
combined before routing through reach 2050.

2.5 Reservoir Component

Use of the reservoir component is similar to that of the river routing

component described in Section 2.3. The reservoir component can be used to
represent the storage-outflow characteristics of a reservoir, lake, detention
pond, highway culvert, etc. The reservoir component functions by receiving
upstream inflows and routing these inflows through a reservoir using storage
routing methods described in Section 3.6. Reservoir outflow is solely a
function of storage (or water surface elevation) in the reservoir and not
dependent on downstream controls.

6
2.6 Diversion Component

The diversion component is used to represent channel diversions, stream

bifurcations, or any transfer of flow from one point of a river basin to
another point in or out of the basin. The diversion component receives an
upstream inflow and divides the flow according to a user prescribed rating
curve as described in Section 3.7.

2.7 Pump Component

The pump component can be used to simulate action of pumping plants used
to lift runoff out of low lying ponding areas such as behind levees. Pump
operation data describes the number of pumps, their capacities, and "on" and
"off" elevations. Inflow to the pump station comes from the river channel.

Pumping simulation is accomplished in the level-pool routing option

described in Section 3.6.5. Pump flow can either be lost from the system
during routing, or after routing, can be retrieved in the same manner as
diverted flow.

2.8 Hydrograph Transformation

The Hydrograph Transformation options provide a capability to alter

computed flows based on user-defined criteria. Although this does not
represent a true watershed component, the hydrograph transformation options
may be useful in performing a sensitivity analysis or for parameter estimation.
The hydrograph transformation options are: ratios of ordinates; hydrograph
balance; and local flow computation from a given total flow. The ratio of
ordinates and hydrograph balance adjust the computed hydrograph by a constant
fraction or a volume-duration relationship, respectively (see BA and UB
records in Appendix A, Input Description). The local flow option has a dual
purpose (see HL record in the Input Description). First, the difference
between a computed and a given hydrograph (e.g., observed flow) is determined
and shown as the local flow. Second, the given hydrograph is substituted for
the computed hydrograph for the remaining watershed simulations.

7
 Section 3

RAINFALL-RUNOFF SIMULATION

The HEC-l model components are used to simulate the cainfall-runoff

process as it occurs in an actual river basin. The model components function
based on simple mathematical relationships which are intended to represent
individual meteorologic, hydrologic and hydraulic processes which comprise the
precipitation-runoff process. These processes are separated into
precipitation, interception/infiltration, transformation of precipitation
excess to subbasin outflow, addition of baseflow and flood hydrograph
routing. The subsequent sections discuss the parameters and computation
methodologies used by the model to simulate these processes. The computation
equations described are equally applicable to English or metric units except
where noted.

3.1 Precipitation

3.1.1 Precipitation Hyetotraph

A precipitation hyetograph is used as the input for all runoff

calculations. The specified precipitation is assumed to be a basin average
(i.e., uniformly distributed over the subbasin). Any of the options used to
specify precipitation produce a hyetograph such as that shown in Fig. 3.1.
The hyetograph represents average precipitation (either rainfall or snowfall)
depths over a computation interval.

INTENSITY
(in /hr)

to tt ta to 14 to
TIME (w)

Figure 3.1 Rainfall Hyetograph

8
 3.1.2 Historical Storms

Precipitation data for an observed storm event can be supplied to the

program by either of two methods:

(i) Basin-average Precipitation. Any storm may be specified for a

subbasin as a total amount of precipitation for the storm and a temporal
pattern for distributing the total precipitation.

(ii) Weiihted Precipitation Ga&eu. The total storm precipitation for a

subbasin may be computed as the weighted average of measurements from several
gages according to the following equations:

n
E PRCPN(J) * WTN(J)
Jul
PRCPA =. ........ . . . ................ (3.1)
n
E WTN(J)
J-l

where PRCPA is the subbasin-average total precipitation, PRCPN(J) is the total

precipitation for gage J, WTN(J) is the relative weight for gage J, and n is
the number of gages.

If normal annual precipitation for the subbasin is given, equation (3.1)

is modified to include weighting by station normal annual precipitation.

n
I PRCPN(J) WTN(J)
PRCPA = SNAP *... . .... ............... (3.2)
n
E ANAPN(J) * WTN(J)
J=l

where ANAPN is the station normal annual precipitation, and SNAP is the
subbasin-average normal annual precipitation. Use of this option may be
desirable in cases where precipitation measurements are known to be biased.
For example, data obtained from a gage located on the floor of a valley may
consistently underestimate subbasin average precipitaticn for higher
elevations. ANAPN may be used to adjust for this bias.

The temporal pattern for distribution of the storm-total precipitation is

computed as a weighted average of temporal distributions from recording
stations:

n
E PRCPR(I,J) * WTR(J)
PRCP(I) = Jul..... ................ (3.3)
n
I WTR(J)
J=1

where PRCP(I) is the basin-average precipitation for the Ith time interval,
PRCPR(I, J) is the recording station precipitation for the Ith time interval,
and WTR(J) is the relative weight for gage J.

9
 The subbasin-average hyetograph is computed using the temporal pattern,

PRCP, to distribute the total, PRCPA.

3.1.3 Synthetic Storms

Synthetic storms are frequently used for planning and design studies.
Criteria for synthetic storms are generally based on a detailed analysis of
long term precipitation data for a region. There are three methods in HKC-l
for generating synthetic storm distributions:

(I) Standard Project Storm. The procedure for computing Standard Project
Storms, SPS, programmed in HKC-l is applicable to basins of area 10 to 1,000
square miles located east of 105" longitude. The SP5 is determined by
specifying an index precipitation, SPFE, a storm reduction coefficient, TRSPC,
and the area over which the storm occurs, TRSDA. SPFE and TRSPC are
determined by referring to manual SH-1110-2-1411 (Corps of Engineers, 1952).
A total storm depth is determined and distributed over a 96-hour duration
based on the following formulas which were derived from design charts in the
referenced manual.

R24HR(3) - 182.15 - 14.3537 * LOGO (TRSDA + 80.) .. ......... .. (3.4)

R24HR(1) = 3.5

R24HR(2) = 15.5

R24HR(4) = 6.0

where R24HRM() is the percent of the index precipitation occurring during the
Ith 24-hour period.

Each 24-hour period is divided into four 6-hour periods. The ratio of the
24-hour precipitation occurring during each 6-hour period is calculated as
361133)
- 13.42
11.0). 9 3
R6HR(3) - (SPrZ +13.2 ....... ................... (3.5)

'
R6HR(2) = 0.055 * (SPF1 - 6.0)0 ...... ................. .(3.6)

R6HR(4) - 0.5 * (1. - R6HR(3) - R6HR(2)) + 0.0165

R6HR(1) = R6HR(4) - 0.033

where R6HR(I) is the ratio of 24-hour precipitation occurring during the Ith
6-hour period and SPF3 ts the index precipitation in inches.

The precipitation for each time interval, except during the peak 6-hour
period, is computed as

PRCP = 0.01 * R24HR * R6HR * SPF * TR...R(3.7)

6

where TRi1R is the computation time interval in hours.

10
 The peak 6-hour precipitation of each day is distributed according to the
percentages in Table 3.1 If time intervals less than one hour ase used, the
peak 1-hour precipitation is distributed according to the percentages in Table
3.2. The time interval must divide evenly into one hour. When the time
interval is larger than shown in Tables 3.1 and 3.2, the percentage for the
peak time interval is the sum of the highest percentages; e.g. for a 2-hour
time interval, the values are (14+12)%, (38+15)%, and (11+10)%. The interval
with the largest percentage is preceded by the second largest and followed by
the third largest. The second largest percentage is preceded by the fourth
largest, the third largest percentage is followed by the fifth largest, etc.

TABLE 3.1

Distribution of Maximum 6-hour

SPS Or PEP In Percent of 6-hour Amount

EM 1110-2-1411 Southwestern DivisionA

Duration Criteria Criteria for PEP
Hours (Default) (Optional)

1 10 4
2 12 8
3 15 19
4 38 50
5 14 11
6 11 8

TABLE 3.2

Distribution Of Maximum 1-Hour SPS OR PMP*

Percent of Maximum Accumulated

Duration 1-Hour Precipitation Percent of
Hours in Each Time Interval Precipitation

5 3 3
10 4 7
15 5 12
20 6 18
25 9 27
30 17 44
35 25 69
40 11 80
45 8 88
50 5 93
55 4 97
60 3 100

* Distribution of 100-yr precipitation at St. Louis, NO,

based on MOAA Technical Memorandum NW Hydro - 35.

11
 (ii) Probable Maximum Precipitation. Current Probable Maximum Precipita-
tion. PMP. computation methods are not available in HEC-1. The PEP must be
determined according to the National Weather Service's Hydrometeorological
Reports Nos. 36, 43, 49, 51, 52, or 55, depending upon geographic location.
Computer program RMM52 (REC, 1984) is available to assist with PuP and Probable
Maximum Storm determination for the eastern United States. The PHP computed
from 1MR52 or any other method may be input to fEC-1 to calculate runoff.

The PHP computation procedure programmed in HEC-1 is that required by the

outdated Hydrometeorological Report No. 33 (HHR No. 33, National Weather
Service, 1956). HER No. 33 has been superseded by HER Nos. 51 and 52. The
following HER No. 33 procedure has been retained in HEC-1 for recomputation of
previous studies. The method requires an index precipitation, PES, which can
be determined by referring to HMR No. 33 (National Weather Service, 1956).
The minimum duration of a PEP is 24 hours, and it may last up to 96 hours.
The day with the largest amount of precipitation is preceded by the second
largest and followed by the third largest. The fourth largest precipitation
day precedes the second largest. The distribution of 6-hour precipitation
during each day is according to the following ratios:

= 0.4 (R24 R24

16HR(l)
- R12). . ..... .................... .(3.8a)

112 - 16
R6HR(2) - 124...... ... ....................... .(3.8b)
R24

R6HR(3) - R6 .......................... (3.8c)

0.6 (12.-...
R24 . . . . .

R6HR(4) = 0.6 (R24 R24

- R12). . ..... .................... .(3.8d)

where R6HR(I) is the ratio of 24-hour precipitation occurring during Ith

6-hour period of a day, R6 is the maximum 6-hour precipitation in percent of
the PES index precipitation, R12 is the maximum 12-hour precipitation in
percent of PUS, and R24 is the maximum 24-hour precipitation in percent of
PHS. Precipitation is then distributed as for the standard project storm.

A transposition coefficient can be applied to reduce the precipitation on

a river basin when the storm area is larger than the river basin area. The
transposition coefficient may be supplied or computed by the following
equation in accordance with the Corps Engineering Circular CC 1110-2-27 (1968).

0.3008
TRSPC = 1 - TRSDA 0.17718......................(3.9)

where TRSPC is the ratio of river basin precipitation to storm precipitation

(minimum value is 0.80) and TRSDA is the river basin area in square miles.

(iii) Synthetic storms from depth-duration data. A synthetic storm of

any duration from 5 minutes to 10 days can be generated based on given
depth-duration data. A triangular precipitaton distribution is constructed
such that the depth specified for any duration occurs during the central part
of the storm. This is referred to as a "balanced storm." If TP-40 (National

12
Weather Service, 1961) data are used, the program will automatically make the
partial-to-annual series conversion using the factors in Table 3.3 (which is
table 2 of TP-40) if desired.

TABLE 3.3

Partial-duration to Equivalent-Annual Series Conversion Factors

Conversion
Return Period Frequency Factor C

2 year 50. 0.88

5 20 0.96
10 10 0.99

Depths for 10-minute and 30-minute durations are interpolated from 5-, 15-,
and 60-minute depths using the following equations from NYDRO-35 (National
Weather Service, 1977):

Dio , 0.59 D1 s + 0.41 D s ........ .................... .(3.10)

D = 0.49 D5 o + 0.51 DIS ........ .................... .(3.11)

where D. is the precipitation depth for n-minute duration.

Point precipitation is adjusted to the area of the subbasin using the

following equation (based on Fig. 15, National Weather Service, 1961).

FACTOR - 1. - BV * (1. -SIP (-.015 * AREA)) .... ........... .. (3.12)

where FACTOR is the coefficient to adjust point rainfall, BV is the maximum

reduction of point rainfall (from Table 3.4), and AA is the subbasin area in
square miles.

Cumulative precipitation for each time interval is computed by log-log

interpolation of depths from the depth-duration data. Incremental
precipitation is then computed and rearranged so the second largest value
precedes the largest value, the third largest value follows the largest value,
the fourth largest precedes the second largest, etc.

3.1.4 Snowfall and Snowmelt

Where snowfall and snowmelt are considered, there is provision for

separate computation in up to ten elevation zones within a subbasin. These
zones are usually considered to be in elevation increments of 1,000 feet, but
any equal increments of elevation can be used as long as the air temperature
lapse rate (TAPS) corresponds to the change in elevation within the zones.
Soe Fig. 12.3 in Example Problems, Section 12. The input temperature data are
tose corresponding to the bottom of the lowest elevation zone. Temperatures
are reduced by the lapse rate in degrees per increment of elevation zone. The
base temperature (FRZTP) at which melt will occur, must be specified because

13
 TABLE 3.4
Point-to-Areal Rainfall Conversion Factors

Duration (hours) BV (Equation 3.12)

0.5 .48
1 .35
3 .22
6 .17
24 .09
48 .068
96 .055
168 .049
240 .044

variations from 320F (OC) might be warranted considering both spatial and
temporal fluctuations of temperature within the zone.

Precipitation is assumed to fall as snow if the zone temperature (TMPR) is

less than the base temperature (FRZTP) plus 2 degrees. The 2-degree increase
is the same for both English and metric units. Melt occurs when the
temperature (TMPR) is equal to or greater than the base temperature, FRZTP.
Snowmelt is subtracted and snowfall is added to the snowpack in each zone.

Snowmelt may be computed by the degree-day or energy-budget methods. The

basic equations for snowmelt computations are from EM 1110-1-1406 (Corps,
1960). These energy-budget equations have been simplified for use in this
program.

(I) Degree-Day Method. The degree-day method uses the equation

SNWKT = COEF (TMPR - FRZTP) ....... ................... .. (3.13)

where SNWKT is the melt in inches (m) per day in the elevation zone, TNPR is
the air temperature in OF or *C lapsed to the midpoint of the elevation zone,
FRZTP is the temperature in OF or *C at which snow melts, and COEF is the melt
coefficient in inches (mm) per degree-day (OF or *C).

(ii) Energy-Budget Method. Snowmelt by the energy-budget method is

accomplished by equations 20 and 24 in EM 1110-2-1406 (Corps, 1960) for rainy
and rainfree periods of melt, respectively. For use in this program, k and k'
in the aforementioned equations are assumed to be 0.6 and 1.0, respectively.
Note that the following equations for snowmelt are for English units of
measurement. The program has similar equations for the metric system which
use the same variables with coefficients relevant to metric units. The
program computes melt during rain by equation (3.14), below. This equation is
applicable to heavily forested areas as noted in EM 1101-2-1406.

SNW T = COEF (.09 + (.029 + .00504 WIND + .007 RAIN) (TMPR - FRZTP)) . (3.14)

Equation (3.15), below, is for melt during rainfree periods in partly

forested areas (the forest cover has been assumed to be 50 percent).

14
 SNWKT = COEF (.002 SOL (1-ALBDO) + (.0011 WIND + .0145) +
(TMPR - FRZTP) + .0039 WIND (DKWPT - FRZPT)) .. ....... .(3.15)

where SNWtT is the melt in inches per day in the elevation zone, TMPR is the
air temperature in OF lapsed at the rate TLAPS to midpoint of the elevation
zone, DRWPT is the dewpoint temperature in OF lapsed at a rate 0.2 TLAPS to
the midpoint of the elevation zone. A discussion of the decrease in dewpoint
temperature with higher elevations is found in (Miller, 1970). FRZTP is the
freezing temperature in 0F, COEF is the dimensionless coefficient to account
for variation from the general snowmelt equation referenced in EM 1110-2-1406.
RAIN is the rainfall in inches per day, SOL is the solar radiation in langleys
per day, ALBDO is the albedo of snow, .75/(D2), constrained above .4, D is
the days since last snowfall, and WIND is the wind speed in miles per hour, 50
feet above the snow.

3.2 Interception/Infiltration

Land surface interception, depression storage and infiltration are

referred to in the HEC-1 model as precipitation losses. Interception and
depression storage are intended to represent the surface storage of water by
trees or grass, local depressions in the ground surface, in cracks and
crevices in parking lots or roofs, or in an surface area where water is not
free to move as overland flow. Infiltration represents the movement of water
to areas beneath the land surface.

Two important factors should be noted about the precipitation loss

computation in the model. First, precipitation which does not contribute to
the runoff process is considered to be lost from the system. Second, the
equations used to compute the losses do not provide for soil moisture or
surface storage recovery. (the Holtan loss rate option, described in Section
3.2.4, is an exception in that soil moisture recovery occurs by percolation
out of the soil moisture storage.) This fact dictates that the HEC-1 program
is a single-event-oriented model.

The precipitation loss computations can be used with either the unit
hydrograph or kinematic wave model components. In the case of the unit
hydropraph component, the precipitation loss is considered to be a subbasin
average (uniformly distributed over an entire subbasin). On the other hand,
separate precipitation losses can be specified for each overland flow plane
(if two are used) in the kinematic wave component. The losses are assumed to
be uniformly distributed over each overland flow plane.

In some instances, there are negligible precipitation losses for a portion

of a subbasin. This would be true for an area containing a lake, reservoir or
impervious area. In this case, precipitation losses will not be computed for
a specified percentage of the area labeled as impervious.

There are four methods that can be used to calculate the precipitation
loss. Using any one of the methods, an average precipitation loss is
determined for a computation interval and subtracted from the
rainfall/snowmelt hyetograph as shown in Fig. 3.2. The resulting
precipitation excess is used to compute an outflow hydrograph for a subbasin.
A percent imperviousness factor can be used with any of the loss rate methods
to guarantee 100 runoff from that portion of the basin.

15
 A percent Impervious factor can be used with any of the loss rate methods;
it guarantees 100% runoff from that percent of the subbasin.

PRECIPIrATION EXCES

INTENSITY
(in/kr)
or AVERASE INFILTRATION
(bOVER PERIOD

tt to to t4 to to
TIME (1I)

Figure 3.2 Loss Rate, Rainfall Excess Hyetograph

3.2.1 Initial and Uniform Loss Rate.

An Initial loss, STRTL (units of depth), and a constant loss rate, CKSTL
(units of depth/hour), are specified for this method. All rainfall is lost
until the volume of initial loss is satisfied. After the initial loss is
satisfied, rainfall is lost at the constant rate, CWSTL.

3.2.2 Exponential Loss Rate.

This is an empirical method which relates loss rate to rainfall intensity

and accumulated losses. Accumulated losses are representative of the soil
moisture storage. The equations for computation of loss are given below and
shown graphically in Fig. 3.3.

ALOSS = (AK + DLTK) PRCPERAIN ....... .................. .. (3.16a)

. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .
DLTK - 0.2 DLTKR (1 - (CUML/DLTKR)) 2 . . . . .
(3.16b)

for CUKL < DLTKR

AK - STRKR/(RTIOL 0 .' CUt.L) ...... .................... .. (3.16c)

16
 where ALOSS is the potential loss rate in inches (mu) per hour during the time
interval, AK is the loss rate coefficient at the beginning of the time
interval, and DLTK is the incremental increase in the loss rate coefficient
during the first DLTKR inches (mr) of accumulated loss, CUNL. The accumulated
loss, CUML, is determined by summing the actual losses computed for each time
interval. Note that there is not a direct conversion between metric and
English units for coefficients of this method, consequently separate
calibrations to rainfall data are necessary to derive the coefficients for
both units of measure.

O'ZO2LYKOR-", DLTK0.2DLTKRE-(CUML/DLTKR)X1 > 0

STRKR ---- 1

e tO /

It-

Arithmetic Scale

CUMLATIVE L038 (CUMLO - in0ims (ON)1

Figure 3.3 General HEC Loss Rate Function for Snow-free Ground
- •=• I i l i l | ||I

DLTKR is the amount of initial accumulated rain lose during which the loss
rate coefficient is increased. This parameter is considered to be a function
primarily of antecedent soil moisutre deficiency and is usually storm
dependent. STRKR is the starting value of loss coefficient on exponential
recession curve for rain losses (snow-free ground). The starting value is
considered a function of infiltration capacity and thus depends on such basin
characteristics as soil type, land use and vegetal cover.

RTIOL is the ratio of rain loss coefficient on exponential lose curve to

that corresponding to 10 inches (10 mme) more of accumulated loss. This
variable may be considered a function of the ability of the surface of a basin
to absorb precipitation and should be reasonably constant for large rather
homogeneous areas. RRAIN is the exponent of precipitation for rain loss

17
function that veflects the influence of precipitation rate on basin-average
loss characteristics. It reflects the manner in which storms occur within an
area and may be considered a characteristic of a particular region. ERAIN
varies from 0.0 to 1.0.

Under certain circumstances it may be more convenient to work with the

exponential loss rate as a two parameter infiltration model. To obtain an
initial and constant loss rate function, set KRAIN=0 and RTIOL=l.0. To obtain
a loss rate function that decays exponentially with no initial loss, set
ZERAIN=O.0 and DLTKR=0.0.

Estimates of the parameters of the exponential loss function can be

obtained by employing the HEC-1 parameter optimization option described in
Section 4.
A similar loss rate function is used for snowmelt. See the input
description for the additional variables used in snowmelt loss simulation.

3.2.3 SCS Curve Number

The Soil Conservation Service (SCC), U.S. Department of Agriculture, has

instituted a soil classification system for use in soil survey maps across the
country. Based on experimentation and experience, the agency has been able to
relate the drainage characteristics of soil groups to a curve number, CN (SCS,
1972 and 1975). The SCS provides information on relating soil group type to
the curve number as a function of soil cover, land use type and antecedent
moisture conditions.

Precipitation loss is calculated based on supplied values of CM and IA

(where IA is an initial surface moisture storage capacity in units of depth).
CN and IA are related to a total runoff depth for a storm by the following
relationships:

AIS=ACRAN
AACRA -- IA + S................................. (3.17)
IA+S

S 1000 - 10 CSU 25400254*CN (Metric Units) . . . (3.18)

CN CN
where ACEXS is the accumulated excess in inches (m), ACRAN is the accumulated
rainfall depth in inches (mn), and S is the currently available soil moisture
storage deficit in inches (am).

In the case that the user does not wish to specify IA, a default value is
computed as

IA = .2 * S ........... ............................. (3.19)

This relation is based on empirical evidence established by the Soil

Conservation Service.

Since the SCS method gives total excess for a storm, the incremental
excess (the difference between rainfall and precipitation loss) for a time
period is computed as the difference between the accumulated excess at the end
of the current period and the accumulated excess at the end of the previous
period.

18
 3.2.4 Holtan Loss Rate

Holtan et al. (1975) compute loss rate based on the infiltration capacity
given by the formula:

f - GIA * SABW"+ PC ........ ...................... ... (3.20)

where f is the infiltration capacity in inches per hour, GIA is the product of
GI a "growth index" representing the relative maturity of the ground cover and
A the infiltration capacity in inches per hour (inch 1" 4 of available
storage), SA is the equivalent depth in inches of pore space in the surface
layer of the soil which is available for storage of infiltrated water, PC is
the constant rate of percolation of water through the soil profile below the
surface layer, and BRIP is an empirical exponent, typically taken equal to 1.4.

The factor "A" is interpreted as an index of the pore volume which is

directly connected to the soil surface. The number of surface-connected pores
is related to the root structure of the vegetation, so the factor "A" is
related to the cover crop as well as the soil texture. Since the surface-
connected porosity is related to root structure, the growth index, GI, is used
to indicate the development of the root system and in agricultural basins GI
will vary from near zero when the crop is planted to 1.0 when the crop is
full-grown.

Holtan et al. (1975) have made estimates of the value of "A" for several
vegetation types. Their estimates were evaluated at plant maturity as the
percent of the ground surface occupied by plant stems or root crowns.

Estimates of PC can be based on the hydrologic soil group given in the SCS
Handbook (1972 and 1975). Musgrave (1955) has given the following values of
PC in inches per hour for the four hydrologic soil groups: A, 0.45 to 0.30;
B, 0.30 to 0.15; C, 0.15 to 0.05; D, 0.05 or less.

The available storage, SA, is decreased by the amount of infiltrated water

and increased at the percolation rate, PC. Note, by calculating SA in this
manner, soil moisture recovery occurs at the deep percolation rate. The
amount of infiltrated water during a time interval is computed as the smaller
of 1) the amount of available water, i.e., rain or snowmelt, or 2) the average
infiltration capacity times the length of the time interval.

In HEC-1 the infiltration equation used is

F F 2 * TRHR .......... ........................ .(3.21)

2
where F1 and F2 and SAl and SA2 are the infiltration rates and available storage.
respectively, at the beginning and end of the time interval TRHR, and

F1 = GIA * SA1 3 3E P + PC .............................. .(3.22)

P2 = GIA * SA28 E IP + PC .............................. .(3.23)

SA2 = Skl - F + PC * TRHR. ...... .................... .(3.24)

19
3.3 Unit Hydrozraph

The unit hydrograph technique has been discussed extensively in the

literature (Corps of Engineers, 1959, Linsley et al., 1975, and Viessman et
al., 1972). This technique is used in the subbasin runoff component to
transform rainfall/snowmelt excess to subbasin outflow. A unit hydrograph can
be directly input to the program or a synthetic unit hydrograph can be
computed from user supplied parameters.

3.3.1 Basic Methodology

A 1-hour unit hydrograph Is defined as the subbasin surface outflow due to

a unit (1 inch or umn) rainfall excess applied uniformly over a subbasin in a
period of one hour. Unit hydrograph durations other than an hour are common.
HEC-1 automatically sets the duration of unit excess equal to the computation
interval selected for watershed simulation.

The rainfall excess hyetograph is transformed to a subbasin outflow by

utilizing the general equation:

I
Q(i) = Z U(j)*X(i-j+l) ............................ (3.25)
J=l

where Q(i) is the subbasin outflow at the end of computation interval I, U(j)
is the jth ordinate of the unit hydrograph, X(i) is the average rainfall
excess for computation interval I.

The equation is based on two important assumptions. First, the unit

hydrograph is characteristic for a subbasin and is not storm dependent.
Second, the runoff due to excess from different periods of rainfall excess can
be linearly superposed.

3.3.2 Synthetic Unit Hydrographs

The parameters for the synthetic unit hydrograph can be determined from
gage data by employing the parameter optimization option described in Section
4. Otherwise, these parameters can be determined from regional studies or
from guidelines given in references for each synthetic technique. There are
three synthetic unit hydrograph methods available in the model.

(I) Clark Unit Hydrograph. The Clark method (1945) requires three
parameters to calculate a unit hydrograph: TC, the time of concentration for
the basin, R, a storage coefficient, and a time-area curve. A time-area curve
defines the cumulative area of the watershed contributing runoff to the
subbasin outlet as a function of time (expressed as a proportion of TC).

In the case that a time area curve is not supplied, the program utilizes a
dimensionless time area curve:

Al 1.414T' s 0 < T < .5 ........ ................... .(3.26)

s
1 - Al = 1.414 (l-T)' .5 < T < 1 ..................... .(3.27)

20
where Al is the cumulative area as a fraction of total subbasin area and T is
the fraction of time of concentration. The ordinates of the time-area curve
are converted to volume of runoff per second for unit excess and interpolated
to the given time interval. The resulting translation hydrograph is then
routed through a linear reservoir to simulate the storage effects of the
basin; and the resulting unit hydrograph for instantaneous excess is averaged
to produce the hydrograph for unit excess occurring in the given time interval.

The linear reservoir routing is accomplished using the general equation:

Q(2) - CA * I + CB * Q(M) ............................. (3.28)

The routing coefficients are calculated from:

CA a A /(R + .5 * At) .......... ....................... (3.29)

CB = 1 -CA ........................................ (3.30)

QUNGR = .5(Q(l) + Q(2)) .......... ...................... (3.31)

where Q(2) is the instantaneous flow at end of period, Q(M) is the

instantaneous flow at the beginning of period, I is the ordinate of the
translation hydrograph. At is the computation time interval in hours (also
duration of unit excess), R is the basin storage factor in hours, and QUNGR is
the unit hydrograph ordinate at end of computation interval. The computation
of unit hydrograph ordinates is terminated when its volume exceeds 0.995 inch
(mnm) or 150 ordinates, whichever occurs first.

(ii) Snyder Unit Hydrograph The Snyder method (1938) determines the unit
graph peak discharge, time to peak, and widths of the unit graph at 50 and 75%
of the peak discharge. The method does not produce the complete unit graph
required by HEC-1. Thus, HEC-1 uses the Clark method to affect a Snyder unit
graph. The initial Clark parameters are estimated from the given Snyder's
parameters, Tp and Cp. A unit hydrograph is computed using Clark's method and
Snyder parameters are computed from the resulting unit hydrograph by the
following equations:
CPTKP = QMAX * Tpeak - 0.5* At
C*A..................(3.32)
*
ALAG = 1.048 (Tpeak - 0.75* At) ..... ............... . (3.33)

where CPTKP is Snyder's Cp for computed unit hydrograph, QKAX is the maximum
ordinate of unit hydrograph, Tpeak is the time when QNAX occurs, in hours,
At is the duration of excess, in hours, A is the subbasin area in square
miles (sq km), C is a conversion factor, and ALAG is Snyder's standard Lag, Tp
for the computed unit hydrograph. Snyder's standard Lag i for a unit
hydrograph which has a duration of excess equal to Tp/5.5. The coefficient,
1.048, in equation results from converting the duration of excess to the given
time interval.

21
 Clark's TC and R are adjusted to compensate for differences between values
of Tp and Cp calculated by equations 3.32 and 3.33 and the given values. A
new unit hydrograph is computed using these adjusted values. This procedure
continues through 20 iterations or until the differences between computed and
given values of Tp and Cp are less than one percent of the given values.

(iii) SCS Dimensionless Unit Hydrograph. Input data for the Soil
Conservation Service, SCS, dimensionless unit hydrograph method (1972) consists
of a single parameter, TLAG, which is equal to the lag (hrs) between the
center of mass of rainfall excess and the peak of the unit hydrograph. Peak
flow and time to peak are computed as:

TPKAK = .5 * At + TLAG ........... ...................... (3.34)

QPK = 484 ARKA/TPKAK. .......... ..................... (3.35)

where TPEAK is the time to peak of unit hydrograph in hours, At is the

duration of excess in hours or computation interval, QPK is the peak flow of
unit hydrograph in hours, and ARKA is the subbasin area in square miles. The
unit hydrograph is interpolated for the specified computation interval and
computed peak flow from the dimensionless unit hydrograph shown in Fig. 3.4.

t.0

i 4
.2

0i

0 1-
0 1 2 3 4
DIMENSIONLESS TIM, tpT'pM.E

Figure 3.4 SC$ Dimensionless Unit Graph

22
 The selection of the program computation interval, which is also the
duration of the unit hydrograph, is based on the relationship At = .2*TPKAK
(SCS, 1972, Chapters 15, 16). There is some latitude allowed in this
relationship; however, the duration of the unit graph should not exceed
At < .25*Tpeak. These relations are based on an empirical relationship,
TLAG = .6*Tc, and 1.7*TPEAK - At+Tc where Te is the time of concentration
of the watershed. Using these relationships, along with equation (3.34) it is
found that the duration should not be greater than At < .29*TL&G.

3.4 Kinematic Wave

In determining subbasin runoff by the kinematic wave method three

conceptual elements are used: flow planes, collector channels, and a main
channel, Fig. 3.5. The kinematic wave technique transforms rainfall excess
into subbasin outflow. This section deals with the application of the
kinematic wave equations in HKC-1. Refer to HEC, 1979, for details on
development of the kinematic wave equations.

3.4.1 Basic Concepts

In the kinematic wave interpretation of the equations of motion, it is

assumed that the bed slope and water surface slope are equal and acceleration
effects are negligible (parameters given in metric units are converted to
Figure 3.5 Relationship Between Flow Elements
English units for use in these equations). The momentum equation then
simplifies to

Sf = SO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ... . . . . . . . . . . .. (3.36)

where Sf is the friction slope and So is the channel bed slope. Thus flow
at any point in the channel can be computed from Manning's formula.

1/2 2/3
Q = 1.486 S R A ......... ....................... .(3.37)
n

where Q is flow, S is the channel bed slope, R is hydraulic radius, A is cross-

sectional area, and n is Manning's resistance factor. Equation (3.37) can be
simplified to

Q =. *A m ............... ............................. (3.38)

where a and m are related to flow geometry and surface roughness. Figure 3.6
gives relations for a and m for channel shapes used in NEC-1. Note that flow
depths greater than the diameter of the circular channel shape are possible, which
only approximates the storage characteristics of a pipe or culvert.

Since the momentum equation has been reduced to a simple functional relation
between area and discharge, the movement of a flood wave is described solely by the
continuity equation

AA + ..q. ........... ............................ (3.39)

at al

23
3.4.2 Solution Procedure
The governing equations for either overland flow
solved In the same manner. The method assumes that or channel routing are
inflows, whether It be
rainfall excess or lateral inflows, are constant
within a time step and
uniformly

~Overland Flow Elements

(Overland Flow Strips)

0 EC~o

Flows from
overland flow
elements
L

INFLOW

oe Collector channel$

SUBSASIN OUTFLOW

Figure 3.5 Relationship Between Flow Elements

24
distributed along the element. By combining equations 3.38 and 3.39, the
governing equation is obtained as:

a_A (m-l) 8A =3.40)

t al q.......................

CIRCULAR

1
.804 S1/2 D /6
(APPROXIMATE)
m = 5/4

TRIANGULAR
0,94 s1/2 Z >I/3
- -

m =4f3

SQUARE

T CL = _.7 S11 2
n
Y:w

- 4/ 3
-m

RECTANGULAR
11 2 2/3
1.49 s W-

S-m = 5/3

TRAPEZOIDAL

r 1.4 $112 A5/3 .

n S A W+2Y {+i-I

Figure 3.6 Kinematic Wave Parameters for Various Channel Shapes

25
A is the only dependent variable In the equation; a and m are considered
constant. The standard form of the finite difference approximation to this
equation is developed as:

A(ij*) - A(ij-l) + am A(i_-__ +____ ___ M-1

At 2
Al -l) - iq.... q ......... (3.41)

This is referred to as the "standard form" of the finite difference equation

where ij is defined as:
= +
q(1j1) q(ij-) .......... ...................... (3.42)
2

The indices of the approximation refer to positions on a space-time grid (Fig.

3.7). The grid indicates the position of the solution scheme as it solves for
the unknown values of A at various positions and times. The index i indicates
the current position of the solution scheme along the length of the channel,

t
t
j 0
A - A

At

tj- 1 0

A(L-t, J-1) A(tJ-t)

Figure 3.7 Finite Difference Method Space-Time Crid

j indicates the current time step of the solution scheme. i-1, J-1 indicate,
respectively, positions and times removed a value Ax and At from the
current position of the solution scheme. The only unknown value in the
equation is the current value A(jj). All other values are known from
either a solution of the equation at a previous position 1-1 and time J-i, or
from a boundary condition. Solving for the unknown:

A(ij ) = q At + A(i,j-l)

-am i-At i~j,+Aij *CA(ij.l)-A(i.l~jl)] (3.43)

[x 2 ,jl)
. . . .

26
Once A(j,j) is known, the flow can be computed as:

Q(ij) = a[A(i,j) ]m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3.44)

The "standard form" of the equation applies if the wave celerity, c, is

less than the ratio of the space to time step, e.g., c < Ax/A t, where c is
computed as the average change of flow divided by the average flow area for a
particular routing reach. If this is not true, the "conservation form" of the
continuity equation is used to insure numerical stability and equation 3.40 is
approximated as:

Q(i,j) - Q(i-l,j) + A(i-1,j) - A(i-l,j-l) = . ..........

(345)
Ax At

where Q(ij) is the only unknown. Solving for the unknown:

+ A(ilj)]. (3.46)
Q(i,j) - Q(i-1,j) q Ax - [a(iNlj) - .....

knowing the value of Q(i,j)

A(i,j) = [Q(ij)/(]l/m .............................. .(3.47)

The space increment Ax and time step At are chosen by the program to
insure the scheme stability and convergence, and are based on experience in
the use of the scheme. Ax is computed by the program to fall between the
limits:

LREACH LREACH
so0 50 < Ax -< 2..................................
2 (3.48)

where LREACH is the length of a channel reach. At has a minimum value based
on variable array requirements which are defined as:

At > NO- * TRHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(3.49)I

- 600...................................(49
600

where NQ is the number of hydrograph ordinates, and TRHR is the computation

interval.

3.4.3 Element Application

(i) Overland Flow. The overland flow element is a wide rectangular

channel of unit width; so, referring to Fig. 3.6, O = 1.486S 1 /2K and m=5/3.
Notice that Manning's n has been replaced by an overland flow roughness factor,
N. Typical values of N are shown in Table 3.5. When applying equations (3.43)
and (3.46) to an overland flow element, the lateral inflow is rainfall excess
(previously computed using methods described in Section 3.2) and the outflow
is a flow per unit width.

An overland flow element is described by four parameters: a typical

overland flow length, L, which is also LREACH in equation (3.48), slope and
roughness factor which are used to compute a, and the percent of the
subbasin area represented by this element.

27
 TABLE 3.5

Effective Roughness Parameters for Overland Flow

Surface N

Dense Growth* 0.4 -0.5

Pasture* 0.3 -0.4
Lawns* 0.2 -0.3
Bluegrass Sod* 0.2 -0.5
Short Grass Prairie** 0.1 -0.2
Sparse Vegetation** 0.05-0.13
Bare Clay-Loam Soil (Eroded)** 0.01-0.03
Concrete/Asphalt - Very Shallow Depths* 0.10-0.15
(depths less than 1/4 inch)
- Small Depths* 0.05-0.10
(depths on the order of 1/4
inch to several inches)

• from Crawford and Linsley (1966)

• from Woolhiser (1975)

Two overland flow elements may be used for each subbasin. The total
discharge, Q, from each element is computed as

Q = q * AREA
Q~~ L......................................... (3.50)

where q is the discharge per unit width from each overland flow element
computed from equations (3.44) or (3.46), AREA is the area represented by each
element, and L is the overland flow length.

(ii) Channel Elements. Flow from the overland flow elements travels
to the subbasin outlet through one or two successive channel elements, Fig.
3.5. A channel is defined by length, slope, roughness, shape, width or
diameter, and side slope, Fig. 3.6. The last channel in a subbasin is called
the main channel, and any intermediate channels between the overland flow
elements and the main channel are called collector channels. Use of a
collector channel is optional.

Lateral inflow into a channel element from overland flow is the sum of the
total discharge computed by equation (3.50) for both elements divided by the
channel length. If the channel is a collector, the area used in equation
(3.50) is the area serviced by the collector. Lateral inflow, q, from a
collector channel is computed as

Q * AREA2 3.
AR.Al L........................(3.51)

where Q is the discharge from the collector, AREAl is a typical area served
by this collector, AREA2 is the area served by the channel receiving flow

28
from the collector, and L is the length of the receiving channel. If the
receiving channel is the main channel, ARZA2 is the subbasin area.

(i) Element Combination. The relationship between the overland flow

elements and collector and main channels is best described by an example (see
Fig. 3.5). Consider that the subbasin being modeled is in a typical suburban
comunity and has a drainage area of one square mile. The typical suburban
housing block is approximately .05 square miles. Runoff from this area
(lawns, roofs, driveways, etc.) is intercepted by a local drainage system of
street gutters and drainage pipes (typically 10-15 inch diameter). Flow from
local drainage systems is intercepted by drainage pipes (typically 21 to 27
inches in diameter) and conveyed to a small stream flowing through the
community. Typically each of the drainage pipes service about a .25 square
mile area.

One approach to modeling the subbasin employs two overland flow

elements, two collector channels and a main channel. Each overland flow
plane could be used to model runoff from different land uses in the basin
(for example housing
lots and commercial developments such as a shopping center). The first
collector channel models the local drainage system, the second collector
channel model the interceptor drainage system and the main channel models the
stream. The model parameters which might typically be used to characterize
the runoff from the subbasin are shown in Table 3.6. These parameters can be
obtained from topographic maps, town or city drainage maps or any other
source of land survey information. Note that the parameters are average or
typical for the subbasin and do not necessarily reflect any particular
drainage component in the subbasin (i.e., these are parameters which are
representative for the entire subbasin).

The model requires that at least one overland flow plane and one main
channel be used in kinematic wave applications. In the above example, fewer
elements might have been used depending on the level of detail required for
the hydrologic analysis.

3.5 Base Flow

Two distinguishable contributions to a stream flow hydrograph are direct

runoff (described earlier) and base flow which results from releases of water
from subsurface storage. The HEC-1 model provides means to include the
effects of base flow on the streamflow hydrograph as a function of three
input parameters, STRTQ, QRCSN and RTIOR. Fig. 3.8 defines the relation
between the streamflow hydrograph and these variables.

The variable STRTQ represents the initial flow in the river. It is

affected by the long term contribution of groundwater releases in the absence
of precipitation and is a function of antecedent conditions (e.g., the time
between the storm being modeled and the last occurrence of precipitation).
The variable QRCSN indicates the flow at which an exponential recession
begins on the receding limb of the computed hydrograph. Recession of the
starting flow and "falling limb" follow a user specified exponential decay
rate, RTIOR, which is assumed to be a characteristic of the basin. RTIOR is
equal to the ratio of a recession limb flow to the recession limb flow
occurring one hour later. The program computes the recession flow Q as:

29
 TABLE 3.6
Typical Kinematic Wave Data

Overland Flow Plane Data

Average
Identifica- Overland Flow Slope Roughness Percentage of
tion Length (ft) (ft/ft) Coefficient Subbasin Area

Housing 200 .01 .3 80%

Commercial 100 .01 .1 20

Channel Data

Channel Channel Contributing

Length Slope Channel Area
(ft) (ft/ft) Roughness (sq mi) Shape

Collector 500 .005 .02 .05 2.0 (ft)

Channel (Diameter)

Collector 1500 .001 .015 .25 2.0 (ft)

Channel (Diameter)

Main 4000 .001 .03 1.0* Trapezoidal

Channel

*Main channel always assumed to service total subbasin area.

DISCHARGE TRcuslN
DIRECT THaIIN0L
SURFACE RUNOFF

rRAWFALL/SNOWM.LT1
I TRANSFORMED TO I

STARTING.
S SUSBASIN RUNOFF J
I "
0

/O

F L OW

TIME

Figure 3.8 Base Flow Diagram

30
 Q = Qo (RTIOR)-n a......... ........................ . (3.52)

where Qo is STRTQ or QRCSN, and nat is the time in hours since recession
was inftiated. QRCSN and RTIOR can be obtained by plotting the log of
observed flows versus time. The point at which the recession limb fits a
straight line defines QRCSN and the slope of the straight line is used to
define RTIOR. Alternatively, QRCSN can be specified as a ratio of the peak
flow. For example, the user can specify that the exponential recession is to
begin when the "falling limb" discharge drops to 0.1 of the calculated peak
discharge.

The rising limb of the streamflow hydrograph is adjusted for base flow by
adding the recessed starting flow to the computed direct runoff flows. The
falling limb is determined in the same manner until the computed flow is
determined to be less than QRCSN. At this point, the time at which the value
of QRCSN is reached is estimated from the computed hydrograph. From this time
on, the streamflow hydrograph is computed using the recession equation unless
the computed flow rises above the base flow recession. This is the case of a
double peaked streamflow hydrograph where a rising limb of the second peak is
computed by combining the starting flow recessed from the beginning of the
simulation and the direct runoff.

3.6 Flood Routing

Flood routing is used to simulate flood wave movement through river

reaches and reservoirs. Most of the flood-routing methods available in HEC-1
are based on the continuity equation and some relationship between flow and
storage or stage. These methods are Muskingum, Kinematic wave, Modified Puls,
Working R and D, and Level-pool reservoir routing. In all of these methods,
routing proceeds on an independent-reach basis from upstream to downstream;
neither backwater effects nor discontinuities in the water surface such as
jumps or bores are considered.

Storage routing methods in HKC-1 are those methods which require data that
define the storage characteristics of a routing reach or reservoir. These
methods are: modified Puls, working R and D, and level-pool reservoir routing.

There are also two routing methods in HEC-1 which are based on lagging
averaged hydrograph ordinates. These methods are not based on reservoir
storage characteristics, but have been used on several rivers with good
results.

3.6.1 Channel Infiltration

Channel infiltration losses may be simulated by either of two methods.

The first method simulates losses by using the following equation:

Q(I) = [QIN(I) - QLOSS]I (1-CLOSS) .................... (3.53)

where QIN(I) is the inflowing hydrograph ordinate at time I before losses,

QLOSS is a constant loss in cfs (ml/sec), CLOSS is a fraction of the
remaining flow which is lost, and Q(I) is the hydrograph ordinate after losses
have been removed. Hydrographs are adjusted for losses after routing for all
methods except modified Puls; for modified Puls losses are computed before
routing.

31
 A second methods computes channel loss during storage routing based on a
constant channel loss (cfs/acre) per unit area and the surface area of channel
flow. The surface area of channel flow is computed as:

WTACRE = STR(I)/DEPTH ......... ..................... (3.54)

where STR(I) is the channel storage at time I corresponding to the routed

outflow at the end of a period, WTACRE is the corresponding channel surface
area, and the depth of flow is the average flow depth in the channel. The
flow depth in the channel is computed as:

DEPTH = FLOELV(I) - ELVINV ...... ................. (3.55)

where FLOELV(I) is the flow elevation corresponding to STR(I) and ELVINV is

the channel invert elevation. ELVINV must be chosen carefully to give the
proper values for WTACRE. The resulting hydrograph is then computed as:

QO(M) = Q(I) - WTACRE * PERCRT ...... ................. (3.56)

where Q(I) is the routed outflow and QO(I) is the flow adjusted for the
constant channel loss rate PERCRT (cfs/acre).

3.6.2 Muskingum

The Muskingum method (Corps of Engineers, 1960) computes outflow from a

reach using the following equation:

QOUT(2) = (CA-CB) * QIN(l) 4 (1-CA) * QOUT(l) + CB * QIN(2) . . . . (3.57)

CA = 2 AMSKK (l-X) + t ...... ................... (3.58)

At - 2
AMSKK +X
*
CB = 2 * AMSKK * (l-X) + At...................(3.59)

where QIN is the inflow to the routing reach in cfs (m3 /sec), QOUT is the
outflow from the routing reach in cfs (m3 /sec), AMSKK is the travel time
through the reach in hours, and X is the Muskingum weighting factor
(0 < X < .5). The routing procedure may be repeated for several subreaches
(designated as NSTPS) so the total travel time through the reach is AMSKK. To
insure the method's computational stability and the accuracy of computed
hydrograph, the routing reach should be chosen so that:

1 AMSKK 1
2(l-X) NSTPS*dt 1 2x.......................(3.60)

3.6.3 Modified Puls

The modified Puls routing method (Chow, 1964) is a variation of the storage
routing method described by Henderson (1966). It is applicable to both channel
and reservoir routing. Caution must be used when applying this method to
channel routing. The degree of attenuation introduced in the routed flood wave

32
varies depending on the river reach lengths chosen, or alternatively, on the
number of routing steps specified for a single reach. The number of routing
steps (variable NSTPS) is a calibration parameter for the storage routing
methods; it can be varied to produce desired routed hydrographs. A storage
indication function is computed from given storage and outflow data.

STRII) - C * STOR(I)
at
____ ++ OTLI.........................
2 (3.61)

where STRI is the storage indication in cfs (m/sec), STOR is the storage
in the routing reach for a given outflow in acre-ft (1000 m), OUTFL is
the outflow from routing reach in cfs (m/sec), C is the conversion factor
from acre-ft/hr to cfs (1000 ms/hr to m3/sec), At is the time
interval in hours, and I is a subscript indicating corresponding values of
storage and outflow. Storage indication at the end of each time interval is
given by

STRI(2) = STRI(1) + QIN - Q(1) ........................ (3.62)

where QIN is the average inflow in cfs (m/sec), and Q is the outflow in
cfs (ms/sec), and subscripts 1 and 2 indicate beginning and end of the
current time interval.

The outflow at the end of the time interval is interpolated from a table
of storage indication (STRI) versus outflow (OUTFL). Storage (STR) is then
computed from
SR= (STRI - 2 ) At
STR = C. . .......................... (3.63)

When stage data are given, stages are interpolated for computed storages.

Initial conditions can be specified in terms of storage, outflow, or

stage. The corresponding value of storage or outflow is computed from the
given initial value.

(i) Given Storage versus Outflow Relationship. The modified Puls routing
may be accomplished by providing a storage versus outflow relationship as
direct imput to HEC-1. Such a relationship can be derived from water surface
profile studies or other hydraulic analyses of rivers or reservoirs.

(ii) Normal-Depth Storage and Outflow. Storage and outflow data for use
in modified Puls or working R&D (see next subsection) routing may be computed
from channel characteristics. The program uses an 8-point cross section which
is representative of the routing reach (Fig. 3.9). Outflows are computed for
normal depth using Manning's equation. Storage is cross-sectional area times
reach length. Storage and outflow values are computed for 20 evenly-spaced
stages beginning at the lowest point on the cross section to a specified
maximum stage. The cross section is extended vertically at each end to the
maximum stage.

As shown in Fig. 3.9, the input variables to the program are the hydraulic
and geometric data: ANL, ANCH, ANR, RLNTH, SEL, ELMAX, and (X,Y) coordinates.
ANL, ANCH, ANR are Manning's n values for left overbank, main channel, and

33
right overbank, respectively. RLNTH is routing reach length in feet (meters).
SEL is the energy gradient used for computing outflows. (X,Y) are coordinates
of an 8-point cross section.

Storage and outflow should not be calculated from normal depth when the
storage limits and conveyance limits are significantly different. Also, if
the cross section is "representative" for a reach that is not uniform, the
stages will not be applicable to any specific location. Generally, the stages
produced by the method are of limited value because downstream effects are not
taken into account.

RSTIVE
ROUTING REAC
Reach Leneth feet) e iRLeTH
Finery ra Line Slope ( Strgtt) aetl

REPRESENTATIVE CROSS SECTION FOR ROUTING REACH

pt. I Pt. 0I
X(I),Y(I} X(a), Y(s) )

LEFT OVERSAWK . MAIN CHANNEL . RIGHT OVERBANKy

IooknnlIs a AML Ix ' on * M

xI2).y(g) x (3), Y(3) x(T), Y(T)

ANCH .
X (6), Y(G)
Pt.4
X (4), Y(4)

x(s),V(s)

0 NOTE: Coordiiate Station Polet 3 aml • we takest

as left god4 right bookt stationm, ropectlively.

Figure 3.9 Normal Depth Storage-Outflow Channel Routing

34
 3.6.4 Working R and D

The working R and D method (Corps of Engineers, 1960) is a variation of

modified Puls method which accounts for wedge storage as in the Muskingum
method. The number of steps and the X factor are calibration parameters of
the method and can have a significant effect on the routed hydrograph.

The "working discharge", D, is given by

*
D = I * I + (1-X) 0 .............................. .(3.64)

and storage indication, R, is given by

St 2

where I is the inflow hydrograph ordinate, 0 is the outflow hydrograph

ordinate, S is the storage volume in routing reach, and X is the Muskingum
coefficient which accounts for wedge storage. The calculation sequence is as
follows:

1) set initial D and R from initial inflow, outflow, and storage

2) compute R for next step from

R2 = R3. + I + 12 -.D. ...... ................ .(3.66)

2

3) interpolate D2 from R vs. D data

4) compute outflow from

02 = D 2 - XX_ (12 - D2) ...... ............... (3.67)

1-K

The storage versus outflow relationship may be specified as direct input or

computed by the normal-depth option as described above.

3.6.5 Level-Pool Reservoir Routinl

Level-pool reservoir routing assumes a level water surface behind the

reservoir. It is used in conjunction with the pump option described in
Section 3.8 and with the dam-break calculation described in Section 6. Using
the principle of conservation of mass, the change in reservoir storage, S, for
a given time period, At, is equal to average inflow, I, minus average
outflow, 0.

S2 - S2 _ Il + 12 - 01 + 02 ......................... (3.68)
At 2 2

An iterative procedure is used to determine end-of-period storage, S., and

outflow, 02. An Initial estimate of the water surface elevation at the end
of the time period is made. S 2 and 02 are computed for this elevation
and substituted in the following equation:

Y - $2 - S1- I + 12 + O1 + 02 .... .............. (3.69)

At 2 2

35
where Y is the continuity error for the estimated elevation. The estimated
elevation is adjusted until Y is within ± 1 cfs (m/sec).

i) Reservoir Storaze Data. A reservoir storage volume versus elevation

relationship is required for level-pool reservoir routing. The relationship
may be specified in two ways: 1) direct input of precomputed storage versus
elevation data, or 2) computed from surface area versus elevation data. The
conic method is used to compute reservoir volume from surface area versus
elevation data, Fig. 3.10. The volume is assumed to be zero at the lowest

AV12 (A1 + +

HT. h/(:A 2 /jA -t

WMTS

AVa . eskime be#"""f boss ae"es U 2,

O

-• oseto bosel,

. voetwol dwtemae (E- at) bw olews" Atiod Al'sd

1T - o '6, of truestew d of Ge.

Figure 3.10 Conic Method for Reservoir Volumes

elevation given, even if the surface area is greater than zero at that point.

Reservoir outflow may be computed from a description of the outlet works

(low-level outlet and spillway). There are two subroutines in HEC-1 which
compute outflow rating curves. The first uses simple orifice and weir flow
equations while the second computes outflow from specific energy or design
graphs and corrects for tailwater submergence.

36
 (ii) Orifice and Weir Flow. This option is often used in spillway
adequacy investigations of dam safety, see Example Problems, Sections 12.7 and
12.8.

Flow through a low-level outlet is computed from

V Q = COQL * CAREA * * (WSEL - ELEVL)EXPL .... ......... (3.70)

where Q is the computed outflow, COQL is an orifice coefficient, CAREA is the
cross-sectional area of conduit, WSEL is the water surface elevation, ELEVL is
the elevation at center of low-level outlet, and EXPL is an exponent.

Flow over the spillway is computed from

Q = COQW * SPWID * (WSEL - CREL)EXP W .................... .(3.71)

where Q is computed outflow, COQW is a weir coefficient, SPWID is the

effective width of spillway, WSEL is the water surface elevation, CREL is the
spillway crest elevation, and EXPW is an exponent.

If pumps or dam breaks are not being simulated, an outflow rating curve is
computed for 20 elevations which span the range of elevations given for
storage data. Storages are computed for those elevations. The routing is
then accomplished by the modified Puls method using the derived storage-
outflow relation. For level-pool reservoir routing with pumping or dam-break
simulation, outflows are computed for the orifice and weir equations for each
time interval.

(iii) Trapezoidal and Ogee Spillways Trapezoidal and ogee spillways

(Corps of Engineers, 1965) may be simulated as shown in Fig. 3.11. The
outflow rating curve is computed for 20 stages which span the range of given
storage data. If there is a low-level outlet, the stages are evenly spaced
between the low-level outlet and the maximum elevation, with the spillway
crest located at the tenth elevation. In the absence of a low-level outlet,
the second stage is at the spillway crest.
Pool Elevation - -..- - -APLOSS

HEADt ELSPI PPH HE

Approach
to

4-Reservoir Pool

OG Spillway

Figure 3.11 Ogee Spillway

37
 The available energy head HE for flow over the spillway is computed as
HEAD.
HE = HEAD - [APLOSS *HAD.I ...... ................... (3.72)

where APLOSS is the approach loss at design head, HEAD is the water surface
elevation minus spillway crest elevation, and DESHD is the design head.
Design head is the difference between the normal maximum pool elevation and
the spillway crest elevation.

Pier and abutment energy losses are computed by interpolation of the data
shown in Table 3.7 based on HE/DESHD.

TABLE 3.7

Spillway Rating Coefficients

Specific:
Energy/: : Approach
Design : : Depth : Pier : Abutment Contraction
Head, : Discharge : Adjustment : Contraction : Coefficients, KA
HE : Coefficient,: Exponent, : Coefficients,:
DKSHD : CC : EC : KP (3) Concrete (1) Earth (2)

0 3.100 0 .123 -.008 .005

.1 3.205 .0059 .101 .023 .030
.2 3.320 .0090 .082 .045 .053
.3 3.415 .0114 .063 .062 .074
.4 3.520 .0135 .046 .074 .092
.5 3.617 .0155 .034 .0el .112
.6 3.710 .0174 .026 .089 .123
.7 3.800 .0191 .017 .093 .137
.8 3.880 .0208 .009 .097 .150
.9 3.943 .0224 .003 .099 .162
1.0 4.000 .0241 0 .100 .174
1.1 4.045 .0260 -.006 .100 .182
1.2 4.070 .0281 -.012 .100 .189
1.3 4.090 .0307 -.013 .100 .194

(1) Abutment contraction coefficients for adjacent concrete non overflow

section using Waterways Experiment Station (W.E.S.). Hydraulic Design Chart
III - 3/1 dated August 1960 and making KA = .1 and HE/D = 1.0.

(2) Abutment contraction coefficients for adjacent embankment non-overflow

section from W.E.S. Hydraulic Design Chart III - 3/2 Rev. January 1964.

(3) Pier contraction coefficients for type 3 piers are from Plate 7 of EA
1110-2-1603 (Corps of Engineers, 1965).

38
 Effective length of the spillway crest ZEFFL is computed as

ZKFFL = SPWID - 2 * HE * (N * KP + KA) .... ................ (3.73)

where SPUID is the spillway crest length, N is the number of piers, KP is the
pier contraction coefficient, and KA is the abutment contraction coefficient.

For a trapezoidal spillway, outflow is computed from critical depth;

submergence of the spillway and low-level outlet are not considered. The
expression for velocity head HV at critical depth D is

Hv = V .......................... (3.74)

where A is the cross-sectional area of flow, and T is the top width at

critical depth. The velocity head is computed by trial and error until HE =
HV + D t .001.

For an ogee spillway the discharge coefficient COFQ is

COF=
COFQ = CC *
~c PDPTH K
--
T E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . (3.75)
DESHD

where PDPTH is the approach depth to spillway, and CC and EC are interpolated
from Table 3.5 based on HE/DESHD. The spillway discharge QFREE assuming no
tailwater submergence is
's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . ...
QFREE = COFQ * ZEFFL * HE (3.76)

Tailwater elevation may be computed from specific energy or by interpo-

lation from a tailwater rating table. If tailwater elevation is computed from
specific energy, the downstream specific energy is assumed to be

het = 0.9 * (HE + ELSPI / APEL) ...... .................... (3.77)

where het is the specific energy at toe of spillway, HE is the specific energy
at crest of spillway, ELSPI is the spillway crest elevation, and APEL is the
spillway apron (toe) elevation. Tailwater depth is then computed by trial and
error until

(h D) - 1 (QASSM/APWID)2 j 0.001 .......... (3.78)

2g
where D is the tailwater depth, APWID is the spillway apron width, and QASSM

is the assumed spillway discharge corrected for tailwater submergence.

A submergence coefficient is interpolated from Table 3.8 using:

HD+D = HE + ELSPI - APEL

HE HE

and aHE
D =E..................................(3.80)
HE + ELSPI - APEL - D
HE HE
39
The corrected flow is then

QCORR - QFRRE - 0.01 * SUBQ * QFREE ...... ............... .. (3.81)

where QCORR is the spillway discharge corrected for tailwater submergence, and
SUBQ is the submergence coefficient in percent. A new corrected discharge is
assumed, and tailwater and submergence correction is computed until the change
in QCORR is less than one percent.

TABLE 3.8
Submergence Coefficients
(HE + D)/U MD/ME

1.07 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50

PECENT SUINKIOGICK

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 .00

55.0 54.0 52.0 49.0 45.0 42.0 40.0 39.0 38.0 38.0 37.5 39.0 40.5 43.0 53.0 58.0 60.0 60.0 .05

36.5 35.0 33.0 31.0 27.0 23.5 21.0 19.0 18.5 18.0 18.785 18.88 19.52 21.15 26.25 29.0 31.0 32.0 .10

27.5 25.0 22.0 19.5 17.5 15.5 14.0 13.5 13.0 12.5 12.45 12.21 12.63 13.44 15.0 17.0 18.3 21.0 .15

21.0 18.0 17.0 15.0 13.0 11.3 9.8 9.0 8.5 8.2 8.0 8.0 8.19 8.56 9.41 11.2 12.0 13.0 .20

18.0 15.5 13.5 12.0 10.0 8.4 7.2 6.0 5.4 5.0 4.9 4.914 5.375 5.688 7.0 7.85 8.5 9.0 .25

16.0 13.5 12.0 10.5 8.0 6.1 4.3 3.7 3.3 3.1 3.00 3.02 3.333 3.82 5.123 6.08 6.66 7.0 .30

15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.6 2.5 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.450 1.438 1.625 1.88 2.717 3.73 4.19 4.5 .40

15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.3 2.0 1.2 .96 .87 .857 .842 .853 .933 1.62 2.24 2.70 2.9 .50

15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.3 2.0 1.1 .90 .75 .525 .515 .562 .600 .860 1.27 1.65 1.8 .60

15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.3 2.0 1.1 .80 .50 .475 .450 .390 .385 .470 .69 0.93 t.0 .70

15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.3 2.0 1.1 .70 .49 .450 .413 .323 .250 .110 .20 0.34 0.3 .80
15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.3 2.0 1.1 .70 .49 .445 .410 .310 .220 .030 0.0 0.0 0.0 .85
15.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 5.5 3.3 2.0 1.1 .70 .49 .445 .400 .300 .200 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 .90

Free discharge from the low-level outlet is

CQFREE = COQL * CAREA * (2g) * (EL - ELKVL) ............... (3.82)

where CQFREE is the conduit discharge for unsubmerged outlet, COQL is the
discharge coefficient, CARKA is the conduit cross-sectional area, EL is the
reservoir water surface elevation, and ELEVL is the center elevation of the
conduit outlet. Tailwater elevation is interpolated from the tailwater rating
table and the corrected conduit flow is computed from

CQCOND = COQL - CARKA * (2g) "s* (EL - ZXTWEL) s

............... (3.83)
where CQCOND is the conduit discharge corrected for submergence, and ZXTWEL is
the conduit tailwater elevation. ZXTWEL and CQCOND are recomputed until the
change in CQCOND is less than 0.1 percent.

40
 3.6.6 Average-Lam

The Straddle-Stagger (Progressive Averate-Laz) Method (Corps of Engineers,

1960) routes by lagging flows LAG time intervals then averaging NSTDL flows.

Q(I) = QIN(1) I < LAG ...... ................ .. (3.84)

Q(I) = QIN(I-LAG) I > LAG ........................ .(3.85)

NSTDL
1+ 2
QOUT(I) = 2
NSTDL NSTDL....................(3.86)
2

where LAG is the number of time intervals to lag inflow hydrograph, NSTDL is
the number of ordinates to average to compute the outflow, QIN is the inflow
hydrograph ordinate, Q is the lagged hydrograph ordinate, and QOUT is the
outflow hydrograph ordinate.

The Tatum (Successive Average-Lag) Method (Corps of Engineers, 1960)

computes the outflow hydrograph as an average of the current and previous
inflow ordinates.

Q(M) = (QIN(I) + QIN(I-l))/2 ........ ................... (3.87)

where QIN is the inflow hydrograph ordinate, and Q is the routed hydrograph
ordinate. This averaging is repeated NSTPS times to produce the outflow
hydrograph.

3.6.7 Kinematic Wave

Kinematic wave routing was described in detail in section 3.4. The

channel routing computation can be utilized independently of the other
elements of the subbasin runoff. In this case, an upstream inflow is routed
through a reach (independent of lateral inflows) using the previously
described numerical methods. The kinematic wave method in HEC-i does not
allow for explicit separation of main channel and overbank areas. The cross-
sectional geometry is limited to the shapes shown in Fig. 3.6. Theoretically
a flood wave routed by the kinematic wave technique through these channel
sections is translated, but does not attenuate (although a degree of
attenuation is introduced by the finite difference solution). Consequently,
the kinematic wave routing technique is most appropriate in channels where
flood wave attenuation is not significant, as is typically the case in urban
areas. Otherwise, flood wave attenuation can be modeled empirically by using
the storage routing methods, modified Puls or working R and D.

3.7 Diversions

Flow diversions may be simulated by linear interpolation from input tables

of inflow versus diverted flow. The inflow DINFLO(I) corresponds to an amount
of flow DIVFLO(I) to be diverted to a designated point in or out of the river
basin. The diverted hydrograph can be retrieved and routed and combined with
other flows anywhere in the system network downstream of the point of
diversion or to a parallel drainage system. A diversion is illustrated in the
first example problem, Section 12.1.

41
3.8 Pumling Plants

Pumping plants may be simulated for interior drainage problems where

runoff ponds in low areas or behind levees, flood walls, etc. Multiple pumps
may be used, each with different on and off elevations. Pumps are simulated
using the level-pool reservoir routing option described in section 3.6.5. The
program checks the reservoir stage at the beginning of each time period. If
the stage exceeds the "pump-on" elevation the pump is turned on and the pump
output is included as an additional outflow term in the routing equation.
When the reservoir stage drops below a "pump-off" elevation, the pump is
turned off. Several pumps with different on and off elevations may be used.

Each pump discharges at a constant rate. It is either on or off. There

is no variation of discharge with head. The average discharge for a time
period is set to the pump capacity, so it is assumed that the pump turned on
imnediately after the end of the previous period.

Pumped flow may be retrieved at any point downstream of the pump location
in the same manner as a diverted hydrograph.

42
 Section 4

PARAMETER CALIBRATION

Calibration and verification are essential parts of the modeling process.

Rough estimates for the parameters in the HEC-1 model can be obtained from the
description of the methods in Section 3; however, the model should be
calibrated to observed flood data Whenever possible. HEC-1 provides a
powerful optimization technique for the estimation of some of the parameters
when gaged precipitation and runoff data are available. By using this
technique and regionalizing the results, rainfall-runoff parameters for
ungaged areas can also be estimated (HEC, 1981). Examples of the use of the
optimization option are given in Tests 4 and 5. A sumnary of the HEC's
experience with automatic calibration of rainfall-runoff models is given by
Ford et al. (1980).

4.1 Unit Hydrograph and Loss Rate Parameters

4.1.1 Optimization Methodoloxy

The parameter calibration option has the capability to automatically

determine a set of unit hydrograph and loss rate parameters that "best"
reconstitute an observed runoff hydrograph for a subbasin. The data which
must be provided to the model are: basin average precipitation; basin area;
starting flow and base flow parameters STRTQ, QRCSN and RTIOR; and the outflow
hydrograph. Means for estimating these data and their use in the model are
described in Section 3. Unit hydrograph and loss rate parameters can be
determined individually or in combination. Parameters that are not to be
determined from the optimization process must be estimated and provided to the
model. Initial estimates of the parameters to be determined can be input by
the user or chosen by the program's optimization procedure.

The runoff parameters that can be determined in the calibration are the
unit hydrograph parameters of the Snyder, Clark and SCS methods and the loss
rate parameters of the exponential, Holtan, SCS, and initial/constant
methods. The melt rate and threshold melt temperature can also be optimized
for snow hydrology studies. If the Snyder method is employed, the Clark
coefficients will be determined and converted to the Snyder parameters.

The "best" reconstitution is considered to be that which minimizes an

objective function, STDER. The objective function is the square root of the
weighted squared difference between the observed hydrograph and the computed
hydrograph. Presumably, this difference will be a minimum for the optimal
parameter estimates. STDER is depicted in Fig. 4.1 and computed as follows.

n 1/2
STDER = [ E (QOBSi - QCOIPi) 2 * WTi/n]. .... ................ (4.1)
i=l

where QCOMPi is the runoff hydrograph ordinate for time period i computed by
HEC-1, QOBSi is the observed runoff hydrograph ordinate i, n is the total
number of hydrograph ordinates, and WTi is the weight for the hydrograph
ordinate i computed from the following equation.

43
 Vt = (QOBS i + QAVE)/(2 * QAVE) ................. (4.2)

Limits of Optimitatiew.---mi

Figure 4.1 Error Calculation for Hydrologic Optimization

where QAVE is the average observed discharge. This weighting function

emphasizes accurate reproduction of peak flows rather than low flows by
biasing the objective function. Any errors for computed discharges that
exceed the average discharge will be weighted more heavily, and hence the
optimization scheme should focus on reduction of these errors.

The minimum of the objective function is found by employing the univariate

search technique (Ford et al., 1980). The univariate search method computes
values of the objective function for various values of the optimization
parameters. The values of the parameters are systematically altered until
STDER is minimized.

The range of feasible values of the parameters is bounded because of

physical limitations on the values that the various unit hydrograph, loss
rate, and snowmelt parameters may have, and also because of numerical
limitations imposed by the mathematical functions. In addition to bounds on
the maximum and minimum values of certain parameters, the interaction of some
parameters is also restricted because of physical or numerical limitations.
These constraints are summarized in Table 4.1. The constraints shown here are
limited to those imposed explicitly by the program. Additional constraints
may be appropriate in certain circumstances; however, these must be imposed
externally to the program when the user must decide whether to accept, modify,
or reject a given parameter set, based on engineering judgment.

The optimization procedure does not guarantee that a "global" optimum (or
a global minimum of the objective function) will be found for the runoff
parameter; a local minimum of the objective function might be found by the
procedure. To help assess the results of the optimization, HEC-1 provides
graphical and statistical comparisons of the observed and computed hydrographs.
From this, the user can then judge the accuracy of the optimization result.
It is possible that the computed hydrograph will not meet with the criteria

44
 TABLE 4.1

Constraints on Unit Graph and Loss Rate Parameters

Clark Unit Graph Parameters:

TC I 1.034t
R 1 .52
At = Computation Interval

Loss Rate Parameters

Exponential SCS

ERAIN 4 1.0 0 4 CN & 100

RTIOL k 1.0

Snowmelt

RTIOK 4 1.0
- l.116C 4 FRZTP 4 3.336C

Uniform Holtan

STRTL k 0 FC k 0
CNSTL 4 0 GIA k 1.0
BEXP a 0

established by the user. An improvement in the reconstitution might be

affected by specifying different starting values for the parameters to be
optimized. This can be accomplished by varying the starting values in a
number of optimization runs in order to better sample the objective function
and find a global optimum.

4.1.2 Analysis of Optimization Results

The computed output resulting from an optimization run describes some of

the initial and intermediate computations performed to obtain optimal
precipitation-runoff parameters. It is instructive to relate the optimization
algorithm to the example output shown in Table 4.2 (see Section 12.4, for the
complete example application of this parameter calibration). The algorithm
proceeds as follows:

1. Initial values are assigned for all parameters. These values may be
assigned by the user or program-assigned default values, Table 4.3, may
be used. In the example output, four parameters are optimized: unit
hydrograph parameters TC and R, and exponential loss infiltration
parameters STRKR and DLTKR (ERAIN and RTIOL are constant). In this case,
initial values were chosen by the user, STRKR = .20, etc. Note that the
unit hydrograph parameters TC, R are displayed as the sum (TC+R) and
ratio R/(TC+R) which are adjusted by the program during the optimization
process.

45
 TABLE 4.2

HEC-1 Unit Hydrograph and Loss Rate Optimization Output

INITIAL ETIMATES FOR OPTIMIZATION VARIABLES

TC+R a (TC+R) STERR DLTXR RTIOL ERAIJI
6.16 50 0.20 0.50 1.00 0.50
INTRMEDIATE VALUES OF OPTIMIZATION VARIABLES
(*DIDCATES COANGEF PREVIOUS VALUE)
(+INDICATES VARIABLE MRS NOT CHANGED)
OBJECTIVE
FUNCTION TC+R 3t/(TV+R) SIRlE DLTES RTIOL BRAIN
VOL. ADJ. 6.156 0.500 0.446* 1.119' 1.000 0.500
3.49573+02 6.095* 0.500 0.448 1.119 1.000 0.S00
3.47133+02 6.895 0.522* 0.440 1.119 1.000 0.500
3.44508+02 6.895 0.522 0.437' 1.119 1.000 0.500
3.39398+02 6.895 0.522 0.437 0.984' 1.000 0.500
3.39285+02 6.920' 0.522 0.437 0.984 1.000 0.500
3.35925+02 6.920 0.547' 0.437 0.984 1.000 0.500
3.35183+02 6.920 0.547 0.443* 0.94 1.000 0.500
3.2855z+02 6.920 0.547 0.443 0.814' 1.000 0.500
3.27128+02 7.016' 0.547 0.443 0.814 1.000 0.500
3.27029+02 7.016 0.551' 0.443 0.814 1.000 0.500
3.24735+02 7.016 0.551 0.452' 0.814 1.000 0.500
3.11283+02 7.016 0.551 0.452 0.542' 1.000 0.500
3.10123+02 7.101' 0.551 0.452 0.542 1.000 0.500
3.10123+02 7.101 0.551' 0.452 0.542 1.000 0.S00
3.05779+02 7.101 0.551 0.465* 0.542 1.000 0.500
2.93608+02 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.362' 1.000 0.500
2.8841E+02 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.241" 1.000 0.500
2.8635E+02 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.161' 1.000 0.500
2.81879+02 7.101 0.551 0.478" 0.161 1.000 0.500
2.81839+02 7.101 0.551 0.477' 0.161 1.000 0.500
2.8134B+02 7.046' 0.551 0.477 0.161 1.000 0.500
VOL. ADJ. 7.046 0.551 0.487 0.164* 1.000 0.500

OPTIMIZATION RESULTS

* CLAM UNITGRAPS PARAMETERS

•7C 3.16
• R 3.88
SNYDER STANDARD UNITGRAPH PARAMETERS
* TP 2.99
CP 0.52
• LAG FRK CETER OF MASS OF EXCESS
• TO CENTER OF MASS OF UNITGRAPE 5.36

S N7ITGRAPH PEAK 4332. 0

S TIM OF PEA 3.00

* roN--ITAL LOSS RATE PARAMETERS

• STRIR 0.49
• DLTKR 0.16
• ETIOL 1.00
• BRAIN 0.50
S EQUIVALENT UNIFOR LOSS RATE 0.444 '

• WC01ARISON
OF COMPUTED AND OBSERVED RIDRDGRAPBS

* STATISTICS BASED ON OPTIMIZATION REGION

(ORDINATES I THROUGH 61)

TIME TO LAG
• SOF Boiv MEAN CENTER C.M. TO PEAR TIME OF
•FLOWS FLI OFOMASS
or C.K. FLOW PEAK
* PRECIPITATION EXCESS 0.937 4.13 *
• :
C OMUTED HYTROGRAPB 84787. 0.867 1390. 8.51 4.38 3621. 7.25
OBSERVED HYDROGRAPH 04787. 0.867 1390. 8.16 4.03 3540. 7.25
• DIFFERc 0. 0.000 0. 0.35 0.35 01. 0.00
P]CEN DIFFRECE 0.00 8.68 2.28
* STANDARD ERROR 270. AVERAGE ABSOLUTE ERROR 208.
SOBJECTIVE FUNCTIi 284. AVERAGE PERCUIT ABSOLUTE ERROR 27.27

46
 TABLE 4.3

HEC-1 Default Initial Estimates for Unit Hydrograph

and Loss Rate Parameters

Initial
Parameter Value

Unit Graph
Clark TC+R (TAREA)I1/ 2
R/(TC+R) 0.5

Loss Rates

Exponential COEF 0.07

STRKR 0.2
STRKS 0.2
RTIOK 2.0
ERAIM 0.5
FRZTP 0.0
DLTKR 0.5
RTIOL 2.0

Initial & Uniform STRTL 1.0

CYSTL 0.1

Holtan FC 0.01
GIA 0.5
SA 1.0
BEXP 1.4

Curve Number STRTL 1.08

CRVNBR 65

TAREA = Drainage area, in square miles

2. The response of the river basin as simulated with the initial

parameter estimates and the initial value of the objective function is
calculated. The volume of the simulated hydrograph is adjusted to within
one percent of the observed hydrograph if the option to adjust infiltration
parameters has been selected. This is demonstrated by the asterisked (*)
values of STRKR (= .448*) and DLTKR (= 1.119*) in the example output. The
asterisk (*) denotes which variable was changed and its "optimum" value.
The value of the objective function at this point equals 3.4957x10 2 .

3. In the order shown in Tables 4.2 and 4.3, each parameter to be

estimated is decreased by one percent and then by two percent, the system
response is evaluated, and the objective function calculated for each
change, respectively. This gives three separate system evaluations at

47
 equally-spaced values of the para-,ter with all other parameters held
constant. The "best" value of the parameter is then estimated using
Newton's method. This is demonstrated in the example by the asterisked
values of each of the optimization variables (e.g., TC+R = 6.895*, R/(TC+R)
= .522*, etc.). A parameter which does not improve the objective function
under this procedure is maintained at its original value. This is
indicated by a plus (+) in place of an asterisk (M) in the computed output;
this circumstance does not occur in the example.

4. Step 3 is repeated.four times. This results in adjustments to all

four of the optimization parameters, four separate times. In this example,
the resulting final values of the variables are: TC+R = 7.101*, R/(TC+R)
= .551*, STRKR = .465*, DLTKR = .362*.

5. Step 3 is then repeated for the parameter that most improved the value
of the objective function in its last change. This is continued until no
single change in any parameter yields a reduction of the objective function
of more than one percent. In the example this leads to changes to STRKR
and DLTKR.

6. One more complete search of all parameters is made. This leads to a

change in TC+R = 7.046*, leading to a final minimum objective function
value of 2.8134x102.

7. A final adustment ot the infiltration parameters is made to adjust the

computed hydrograph volume to within one percent of the observed hydrograph
volume. Note that this leads to a small change in the objective function
from optimal.

The final results of the optimization are also summarized in Table 4.2,
TC = 3.16, R = 3.88, etc. Additional information is displayed comparing
computed and observed hydrograph statistics, which are defined as follows:

Standard Error = the root mean squared sum of the difference

between observed and computed hydrographs.

Objective Function the weighted root mean squared sum of the

difference between observed and computed
hydrographs.

Average Absolute Error the average of the absolute value of the

differences between observed and computed
hydrographs.

Average Percent
Absolute Error the average of absolute value of percent
difference between computed and observed
hydrograph ordinates.

The definition of the remaining statistics in Table 4.2 is self evident.

As can be seen from the final statistics, the optimization results are very
acceptable in this case.

48
4.1.3 Application of the Calibration Capability (from Ford et al., 1980)

Due to the varying quantity and form of data available for precipitation-
runoff analysis, the exact sequence of steps in application of the automatic
calibration capability of HEC-1 varies from study to study. An often-used
strategy employs the following steps when using the complete exponential loss
rate equation:

1. For each storm selected, determine the base flow and recession
parameters that are event dependent. These are not included in the
set of parameters that can be estimated automatically. These
parameters are the recession flow for antecedent runoff (STRTQ), the
discharge at which recession flow begins (QRCSN), and the recession
coefficient that is the ratio of flow at some time to the flow one
hour later (RTIOR).

2. For each storm at each gage, determine the optimal estimates of all
unknown unit hydrograph and loss rate parameters using automatic
calibration.

3. If ERAIN is to be estimated, select a regional value of ERAIN, based

on analysis of the results of Step 2 for all storms for the
representative gages.

4. Using the optimization scheme, estimate the unknown parameters with

ERAIN now fixed at the selected value. Select an appropriate
regional value of RTIOL if RTIOL is unknown. If the temporal and
spatial distribution of precipitation is not well defined, an initial
loss, followed by a uniform loss rate may be appropriate. (In this
case, ERAIN = 0 and RTIOL = 1; or the initial and uniform lose rate
parameters may be used.) If these values are used, as they often are
in studies accomplished at HEC, Steps 2, 3, and 4 are omitted.

5. With ERAIN and RTIOL fixed, estimate the remaining unknown parameters
using the optimization scheme. Select a value of STRKR for each
storm being used for calibration. If parameter values for adjacent
basins have been determined, check the selected value for regional
consistency.

6. With ERAIN, RTIOL, and STRKR fixed, use the parameter estimation
algorithm to compute all remaining unknown parameters. DLTKR can be
generalized and fixed if desired at this point, although this
parameter is considered to be relatively event-dependent.
7. Using the calibration capability of HEC-1, determine values of TC+R
and R/(TC+R). Select appropriate values of TC+R for each gage. In
order to determine TC and R, an average value of R/(TC+R) is
typically selected for the region.

8. Once all parameters have been selected, the values should be verified
by simulating the response of the gaged basins to other events not
included in the calibration process.

4.2 Routing Parameters

HEC-1 may alco be used to automatically derive routing criteria for

49
certain hydrologic routing techniques. Criteria can be derived for the Tatum,
straddle-stagger and Muskingum routing methods only.

Inputs to this method are observed inflow and outflow hydrographs and a
pattern local inflow hydrograph for the river reach. The pattern hydrograph
is used to compensate for the difference between observed inflow and outflow
hydrographs. The assumed pattern hydrograph can have a significant effect on
the optimized routing criteria.

Observed hydrographs are reconstituted to minimize the squared sum of the

deviations between the observed hydrograph and the reconstituted hydrograph.
The procedure used is essentially the same as in the unit hydrograph and loss
rate parameters case.

50
 Section 5

KULTIPLAN-MULTIFLOOD ANALYSIS

The multiplan-multiflood simulation option allows a user to investigate a

series of floods for a number of different characterizations (plans) of the
watershed in a single computer run. The advantage in this option is that
multiple storms and flood control projects can be simulated efficiently and
the results can be compared with a minimum of effort by the user.

The multiflood simulation allows the user to analyze several different

floods in the same computer run. The multifloods are computed as ratios of a
base event (e.g., .5, 1.0, 1.5, etc.) which may be either precipitation or
runoff. The ratio hydrographs are computed for every component of the river
basin. In the case of rainfall, each ordinate of the input base-event
hyetograph is multiplied by a ratio and a stream network rainfall-runoff
simulation carried out for each ratio. This is done for every ratio of the
base event. In the case of runoff ratios, the ratios are applied to the
computed or direct-input hydrograph and no rainfall-runoff calculations are
made for individual ratios.

The multiplan option allows a user to conveniently modify a basin model to

reflect desired flood control projects and changes in the basin's runoff
response characteristics. This is useful when, for example, a comparison of
flood control options or the effects of urbanization are being analyzed. The
user designates PLAN 1 as the existing river basin model, and then modifies
the existing plan data to reflect basin changes (such as reservoirs, channel
improvements, or changes in land use) in PLANS 2, 3, etc.

If the basin's rainfall-runoff response characteristics are modified in

one of the plans, then precipitation ratios and not runoff ratios must be
used. Otherwise, ratios of hydrographs should be used. The program performs
a stream network analysis, or multiflood analysis, for each plan, Fig. 5.1.
The results of the analysis provide flood hydrograph data for each plan and
each ratio of the base event. The summary of the results at the end of the
program output provides the user with a convenient method for comparing the
differences between plans and the differences between different flood ratios
for the same plan.

The input conventions for the use of this option are described in the
input description. Section 10 gives specific examples on the use of data set
update techniques for the multiplan option. Example problems 9 and 10,
Section 12, illustrate the use of this HKC-1 option.

51
 ra 10 raio

tt

PLA ANSITE PLAN 2 -SITECA

Figre.1raItifood autiplnHdrga

520
 Section 6

DAN SAFETY ANALYSIS

The dam safety analysis capability was added to the HEC-1 model to assist
in studies required for the National Non-Federal Dam Safety Inspection
Program. This option uses simplified hydraulic techniques to estimate the
potential for and consequences of dam overtopping or structural failures on
downstream areas in a river basin. Subsequent paragraphs describe dam
overtopping analysis, dam-break model formulation, the methodology used to
simulate dam failures, and the limitations of the method. An example of dam
overtopping analysis with HEC-1 is given in example problem 7, Section 12.
Example problem 8 simulates dam failures.

6.1 Model Formulation

The reservoir component (described in Section 2) is employed in a stream

network model to simulate a dam failure. In this case, the procedure for
developing the stream network model is essentially the same as in
precipitation-runoff analysis. However, the model emphasis is likely to be
different. Most of the modeling effort is spent in characterizing the inflows
to the dam under investigation, specifying the characteristics of the dam
failure, and routing the dam failure hydrograph to a desired location in the
river basin. Lateral inflows to the stream below the dam are usually small
compared to the flows resulting from the dam failure and thus of less
importance.

6.2 Dam Safety Analysis Kethodolozy

The dam safety simulation differs from the previously described reservoir
routing in that the elevation-outflow relation is computed by determining the
flow over the top of the dam (dam overtopping) and/or through the dam breach
(dam break) as well as through other reservoir outlet works. The elevation-
outflow characteristics are then combined with the level-pool storage routing
(see Section 3) to simulate a dam failure.

6.2.1 Dam Overtopping (Level Crest)

The discharge over the top of the dam is computed by the weir flow equation

Qod = COQW * DAMWID * h, EXPD ....... ..................... (6.1)

Where h, is the depth of water over the top of dam, COQW is the weir
discharge coefficient, DANWID is the effective width of top-of-dam weir
overflow, and EXPD is the exponent of head. These variables are illustrated
in Fig. 6.1. The top-of-dam weir crest length, DANWID, must not include the
spillway. Spillway discharges continue to be computed by the spillway
equation (see Section 3) even as the water surface elevation exceeds the top
of the dam. The weir flow for dam overtopping is added to the spillway and
low level-outlet discharges.

6.2.2 Dam Overtopping (Non-Level Crest)

Critical flow over a non-level dam crest is computed from crest length

53
 E
011=00 * OAMWO * h XPO
whore
-
hI current Wm TePEL

cmue hrWohr elaeot WtE surface

data. A daI cespnt suc Masd

and elevation hw nFg .ai rnfre

Fo etnua eton-Fi..2, criica deth ,i

d=c 2 1/ DA WI aX . + L2 . . . . . . . . . 6 3

thfate abfoveth boto of thelevl

section.hop

Spillway dishare neeainars 3hn;h eto EY/II LWI)

Frpzo~or aore e
zoal ctinoFigs62d teA criticalrdeth isE
LV

forho flow thee seutlon Lowus disoputergro

wher
where ue yi the choaeo in ueain
cXrt o s aiacrossteto
i y. Z e t t scton
l f o (E(in
v r t l) t - pEsaThVWis)
e6.- am i
FloreaA is cmputed ascfo
rectangul
taeziar sections and ase 1/2wT(dcs
N2 CEL
awoatWOE- LL CO * ARE *'lg4
Thepflothrough h sectioni optdfo
5it

d................................................... (6.2)
an eeaidt. A da crs suc assoni i.6.ai rnfre
where gm is acceeaionade spogait y Thctotaflo oe the top of mi
 Figure 6.2a Non-Level Damn Crest

Figure 6.2b Equivalent Sections

Figure 6.2c Rectangular Section Figure 6.2d Trapezoidal Section

Figure 6.2e Flow Computations tor Sections

FLOW,coUpureD usIUO raCwOGIFvr&e Fee

FLO

Figure 6.2f Breach Analysis

Figure 6.2 Non-Level Damn Crest

55
then the sum of flows through each section (Fig. 6.2e). When a dam is being
breached the width of the breach is subtracted from the crest length beginning
at the lowest portion of the dam (Fig. 6.2f).

6.2.3 Dam Breaks

Dam breaks are simulated using the methodology proposed by Fread (National
Weather Service, 1979) with the exception that no reduction in the breach
discharge is made for submergence caused by downstream flow controls.
Structural failures are modeled by assuming certain geometrical shapes for the
dam breach. The variables used in the analysis, as well as the dam breach
shapes available in the program, are shown in Fig. 6.3.

__(FAnIWa Surfece Elevetol

Where Failure Beglm

Ieletloe of Soft e

~\
ELSM 1a
ofTOefE Mtsz

,- TOPEL TOPEL

BAWID :O BRWID>O0 BRWID>O

I a I

Figure 6.3 HEC- Dam-Breach Parameters

56
 Flow Q through a dam breach is computed as
s
Q = Cl * BWID * (WSEL - BREL)' + C2 * (WSEL - BREL) 2 .S .......(6.5)

where WSEL is the reservoir water surface elevation, BREL is the elevation at
base of breach, BRWID is the breach width, Cl is the broad-crested rectangular
weir coefficient (3.08), and C2 is the V-notch weir coefficient (2.44Z) with
side slope Z, horizontal to vertical.

The breach is initiated when the water surface in the reservoir reaches a
given elevation (FAILEL). The breach begins at the top of the dam and expands
linearly to the bottom elevation of the breach (ELB) and to its full width in
a given time (TFAIL). Note that the top-of-dam elevation must be specified to
fully determine the breach geometry.

The failure duration (TFAIL) is divided into 50 computation intervals.

These short intervals are used to minimize routing errors during the period of
rapidly changing flows when the breach is forming. Downstream routing methods
in HEC-1 use a time interval which is usually greater than the time interval
used during breach development. Errors may be introduced into the downstream
routinx of the failure hydrograph if the HEC-1 standard time is too large
compared to the duration of the breach. That is, if the HEC-1 time interval
is larger than the breach duration, the entire breach hydrograph may occur
within a single HEC-1 time interval. Because HEC-1 computes and displays only
end-of-period discharges, the peaks occurring within a time interval are not
known.

This potential problem of loss of volume and peak is apparent in the

program output which shows the short interal failure hydrograph and the
location of the regular HEC-1 time intervals. It is important to be sure that
the breach hydrograph is adequately described by the HEC-1 end-of-period
intervals or else the downstream routings will be erroneous.

6.3 Limitations

The dam-break simulation assumes that the dam-break hydrograph will not
be affected by tailwater constraints i.e., no correction for submergence of
the weir outflows is made. Also, the reservoir pool remains level. Also,
HEC-1 hydrologic routing methods are assumed appropriate for the dynamic flood
wave. Under the appropriate conditionp, these assumptions will be
approximately true and the analysis will give answers which are sufficiently
accurate for the purpose of the study. However, care should be taken in
interpreting the results of the dam-break analysis. If a higher order of
accuracy is needed, then an unsteady flow model, such as the National Weather
Service's DAMBRK (1979), should be used.

57
 Section 7

PRECIPITATION
DEPTH-AREA RELATIONSHIP SIMULATION

One of the more difficult problems of hydrologic evaluation is that of

determining the effect that a project on a remote tributary has on floods at a
downstream location. A similar problem is that of deriving flood hydrographs,
such as for standard project floods or 100-year exceedence interval floods, at
a series of locations throughout a complex river basin. Both problems could
require the successive evaluation of many storm centerings upstream of each
location of interest.

Precipitation must be distributed throughout the basin in such a manner

that the runoff generated by each subbasin tributary to the location of
interest is consistent with the runoff contributed by the other subbasins,
including the subbasin on which a project may be located. Consistency between
successive downstream hydrographs can be maintained by generating each from
rainfall quantities that correspond to a specific subbasin size and a specific
precipitation depth-drainage area relationship. The precipitation depth-
drainage area relationship should correspond to the desired runoff event to be
evaluated (e.g. standard project flood).

7.1 General Concept

The average depth of precipitation over a tributary area for a storm

generally decreases with the size of contributing area. Thus, it is ordinarily
necessary to recompute a decreasingly consistent flood quantity contributed by
each subbasin to successive downstream points. In order to avoid the
proliferation of hydrographs that would ensue, the depth area calculation of
HEC-1 makes use of a number of hydrographs (termed "index hydrographs")
computed from a range of precipitation depths throughout the river basin
complex. The index hydrographs are computed from a set of precipitation depth-
drainage area (index area) values, a time distribution of rainfall pattern,
and appropriate loss rate and unit hydrograph parameters. Fig. 7.1 is a
schematic of a basin for which consistent hydrographs are desired for subbasins
A, B, and the stream confluence of A and B. The precipitation depth-drainage
area relationship is tabulated on the figure.

The computation procedure is identical for subbasins A and B. Four index

runof"'hydrographs for each subbasin are computed for precipitation quantities
of 15, 13, 10 and 8 inches (for the subbasin's tributary area) and are labeled
A15, A13, etc., and B15, B13, etc. The consistent hydrograph is that which
corresponds to the appropriate precipitation depth for the subbasin's drainage
area. The consistent hydrographs are determined by interpolating between the
two index hydrographs bracketing the subbasin's drainage area and are shown
dashed on the figure.

The consistent hydrograph for the confluence of A and B must be represent-

ative of runoff contributed by both upstream tributary areas A and B. The sum
of the two consistent hydrographs would not be representative of both areas
combined because the runoff volume would not be consistent with the
precipitation depth-drainage area relationship. As shown on the figure, the
index hydrographs for the confluence are the sum of the index hydrographs

58
 A(A13 +B1)

A1 BAO+B

(A8+,8)

Precipitation Depth-Drainage
Area Function Legend

Area - 2 Precip In. o Desired location for consistent

hydrograph
00 1-s- Stream channel
200 13 rrn' Draitiage boundary
500 10 A1 3 0 2 etc. - Subarea label and drainaRe
1000 8 10area

Figure 7.1 Two-Subbasin Precipitation Depth-Area Simulation

59
from subbasins A and B and are labeled (A15 + B15), (A13 + B13), etc., to so
indicate. The consistent hydrograph for the confluence of A and B is then
determined by interpolating between the two combined index hydrographs that
bracket the sum of drainage areas A and B, as shown on the Fig.7.1.

The depth-area procedure of generating index hydrographs, interpolating,

adding them to other index hydrographs and interpolating, routing and
interpolating, is repeated throughout a river basin for as many locations as
are desired. Fig. 7.2 shows the precipitation depth-area calculation
procedure for all locations in a complex river basin.

7.2 Interpolation Formula

An interpolation formula is applied to discharge ordinates for the two

index hydrographs corresponding to areas which bracket the tributary drainage
area. The interpolation is based on the index area and the actual tributary
area.

The formula may be deduced from the following:

(1) The runoff transformation used (unit hydrograph) is a linear process.

(2) Precipitation depth varies approximately in proportion to the

logarithm of the index drainage area.

The interpolation formula can thus be derived assuming a linear discharge-

log drainage area relationship as follows:

A2 A2 Ax A2
Q = Ql* (log Ax /log A2-)+ (Q2* log Al /log A2. ........ (7.1)

where Q is the instantaneous flow of the consistent hydrograph, Ax is the

tributary area for stream location, Al is the next smaller index area, A2 is
the next larger index area, QI is the instantaneous flow for index hydrograph
1, Q2 is the instantaneous flow for index hydrograph 2.

The interpolation formula would be exact if the loss function applied was
uniform and if the precipitation depth-drainage area relationship was in fact
a straight line on semilogarithmic paper. Because the interpolation formula
is not exact, the computer program insures that the peak of the interpolated
hydrographs below all confluences are not smaller than any of the interpolated
hydrographs above the confluence.

Operation of HEC-1 for the depth-area computation requires that the basin
be modeled (Section 2) and that the desired precipitation depth- drainage area
relationship be defined by up to five pairs of values that include the range
of tributary areas to be encountered. A different temporal pattern may be
specified for each depth-area point. Successive runs of the depth-area
feature with and without a proposed project will provide a balanced evaluation
of that project on downstream flood hydrographs. A single run will provide a
set of hydrographs at all locations within the basin that conform consistently
with the precipitation depth-drainage area function.

60
 500 50m 103
1000 8I

LegeBd
* I~ouA8

~Deire loAtIonS o oniBethyrgrp

611
 Section 8

FLOOD DAMAGE ANALYSIS

Flood loss mitigation planning requires the ability to rationally assess

the economic consequences of flood inundation damage. The flood damage
analysis option provides the capability to assess flood inundation damage and
determine flood damage reduction benefits provided by alternative flood loss
mitigation measures. The subsequent sections discuss the basic concepts and
methodologies employed in performing a flood damage analysis. Example problem
11, Section 12, shows the input data and output for a flood damage analysis.

8.1 Basic Principle

The damage reduction accrued due to the implementation of a flood loss

mitigation plan is determined by computing the difference between damage
values occurring in a river basin with and without the measures. Damage is
assumed to be only a function of peak discharge or stage and does not depend
on the duration of flooding. Total damage is determined by sumning the damage
computed for individual damage reaches within the river basin. The damage in
each reach is calculated as the sum of damage for individual land use
categories (e.g. agricultural, commercial, industrial, etc.).

HEC-1 computes expected annual damage (EAD) as the integral of the

damage-exceedence frequency curve. EAD is the average-year damage that can be
expected to occur in the reach over an extended period of time.

The basic technique used in the HAD analysis is to form the damage
frequency curve by combining damage versus flow (stage) and flow (stage)
versus frequency relations which are characteristic of the area that the
damage reach represents. The damage versus flow (stage) relation ascribes a
dollar damage that occurs in an area to a level of flood flow. The flow
(stage) versus exceedence frequency relation ascribes an exceedence frequency
to the magnitude of flood flow. By combining this Information, the damage
versus frequency curve and, hence, the HAD for a reach can be determined.

Consequently, the EAD is the measure of flood damage occurring in a river

basin. By comparing river basin HAD with and without flood loss mitigation
measures, damage reduction benefits are computed.

8.2 Model Formulation

In the flood damage analysis, the conceptual model of the river basin
developed for a multiplan-multiflood analysis (example problems 9 and 10,
Section 12) is extended to include damage computations. Damage reaches are
designated by providing economic data, consisting of flow (stage) versus
frequency and flow (stage) versus damage data, for each damage reach in the
multiplan-multiflood model.

In the extended multiplan-multiflood analysis, PLAN 1 represents the base

condition. Subsequent plans represent alternative flood loss mitigation
plans. The difference between the EAD computed for PLAN 1 and subsequent
plans is the damage reduction accrued by the flood loss mitigation measure(s).

62
 The development of the conceptual model for the flood damage analysis is
based on the'interrelated requirements for the stream network and damage
calculations. This relationship is shown on Fig. 8.1 where subbasins,
routing reaches, and damage reaches are delineated for an example river
basin. The definition of the subbasins and routing reaches for the stream
network calculations is determined in part by criteria outlined in Section 2,
and in part by the requirements of the damage calculations.

The damage reaches in each area of interest are determined by isolating

river reaches which have consistent flood profiles. (Consistent flood
profiles occur when the stage profile along the reach is of similar shape for
a range of flood frequencies. For example, similar profiles are indicated
when the difference between the stages due to the 10- and 20-year flood is
approximately the same throughout the entire reach.) Data used in the damage
calculation are developed for an index location within each damage reach.

Note that the damage reach may encompass parts of a number of routing
reaches. The flows used in the damage calculation are based on the outflows
from the most downstream of these routing reaches. The flows combined with
damage data for the index location result in the appropriate damage for the
entire damage reach.

11 ACH

Divisioan

INDEX
LOCATION

Figure 8.1 Flood-Damage Reduction Model

63
8.3 Damage Reach Data

The input data for damage computations follow the multiplan-multiflood

stream network data in the input data set as shown in test example 11 and can
be supplied in a number of forms.

Damage data can be provided as stage-damage or flow-damage tables.

These data can be provided for a number of different damage categories for
each reach.

Frequency data can be provided as stage-frequency or flow-frequency

tables. In the case that the damage data are given in terms of flows and
frequency data in terms of stages (or vice versa), a rating curve for the
reach must be provided to relate stages and flows.

Damage reach location information may be specified in order to summarize

damage in a river basin. Two locational descriptors (e.g., river and county
names) are provided for each damage reach. A damage summary table is
developed in which damage is sumned and cross tabulated by the rivers and
counties (or any other locational descriptors) in which they occurred.

8.4 Flood Damaze Computation Methodology

There are two basic computations in a flood damage analysis: exceedence

frequency curve modification and EAD calculation. Structural flood control
measures (e.g., reservoirs and channel improvements) affect the flow-
frequency relationship. Nonstructural measures (e.g., flood proofing and
warning) do not usually have much impact on the flood-frequency relationship
but do modify the flow (stage) damage relationship.

8.4.1 Frequency Curve Modification

The flow-exceedence frequency data provided for damage reaches refer to

PLAN 1 or the base plan of the multiplan-multiflood model. Implementation of
structural flood control measures or changes in watershed response will change
this exceedence frequency relation. HEC-1 computes modified frequency
relationships using the following methodology.

1) A multiflood analysis is performed for PLAN 1 to establish the

frequency of the peak discharge of each ratio of the pattern event.
The peak-flow frequency for each ratio of the pattern event is
interpolated from the input flow-frequency data tables for a damage
reach. Since the flow-frequency data are generally highly non-linear,
the interpolation is done with a cubic spline fit of the data as
shown in Fig. 8.2.

A stage frequency curve is established in essentially the same

manner as for flows if stage-frequency data are specified for a
damage reach. However, since the stage-frequency data are generally
more uniform than the flow-frequency data, a linear interpolation
scheme is used to determine frequencies for peak stage of each ratio
of the multiflood.

k) A multiflood simulation is performed for the flood control plans.

The peak discharges (stages) are computed at each damage reach for

64
 0 FLOW FREQUENCY DATA

Q1 GENERATED FROM
MULTIFLOOO ANALYSI
-Z.-CUIC SPLINE
F?? OF OMT
Q&

DISCHARGE
Q
Q
,- I
too f' o fI I

GENERATED
FLOW-FREQUENCY
QE CURVE

DISCHARGE
Q
Q1

- I I I
100 ft 10 f, I

EXCEEDENCE FREQUENCY (%)

Figure 8.2 Flow Frequency Curve

each ratio of the design event. It is assumed that the frequency of

each ratio remains the same as computed for the base case in (1)
above; and only the peak flows associated with each ratio change for
different plans. In this manner, the modified flow-frequency curve
is computed for all ratios as shown in Fig. 8.3. Thus, for example,
the peak flow of RATIO 3 of PLAN 2 has the same frequency as the peak
flow of RATIO 3 of PLAN 1. The assumption inherent in this procedure
is that the event ratio-frequency relation is not affected by basin
configuration. Care should be taken in interpreting the results of
the model when this assumption is not warranted.

8.4.2 Expected Annual Damage (EAD) Calculation

EAD is calculated by combining the flow-frequency curve and the

65
 MODIFIED
CURVE

DISCHARGE
(0) Q!
@ 2 - -

- I EXISTING

I
G~ ~
_ _ _ I _
ADOPTEO

fi fa
FREQUENCY (f)

a PEAK DISCHARGE FOR DESIGN STORM L

fa FREQUENCY OF Qi FROM GIVEN CURVE

Q'L PEAK DISCHARGE FROM DESIGN STORM L UNDER MOOIFIED

WATERSHED CONDITION

Figure 8.3 Flow-Frequency-Curve Modification

flow-damage data for each PLAN and damage reach (HEC, 1979a) using the
following methodology.

1) The flow-frequency curve is used in conjunction with the flow-damage

data to produce a damage-frequency curve as shown in Fig. 8.4 The
frequency interval between each pair of RATIOS is divided into ten
equal increments. A cubic spline fit procedure is used to define the
flow-frequency curve and interpolate the value of the flows for each
of the ten frequency increments. Damage for each flow, and hence, the
corresponding frequency, is found from the damage-flow data by linear
interpolation, thus defining the damage frequency curve.

In the case that stages are used, the procedure is the same except
that the stages for generated frequencies are determined using a
linear interpolation procedure. If stages are specified for the
damage data and flows for the frequency data (or vice versa), a rating
curve is used to relate the stages and flows before determining the
appropriate damage.

2) The damage-frequency curve, at its extreme points, must include a zero

damage (and corresponding frequency) and a zero exceedence frequency
(and corresponding damage). The program does not extrapolate to zero
damage. Consequently, a simulated peak flow in the multiflood
analysis must be small enough to correspond to zero damage in the
flow-damage table. Otherwise, an error in the expected annual damage
calculation will be introduced. A zero exceedence frequency event
cannot be specified in the program, even if one could be defined.
However, the program does extrapolate to the zero exceedence frequency

66
 as shown in Fig. 8.4. This extrapolation will not severely affect the
accuracy of the result if.the peak flows generated result in a
relatively small exceedence frequency.

3) The Integral of the damage-frequency curve is the KAD for the reach.
This area is computed using a three point Gaussian Quadrature formula.

4) If more than one damage category is specified for a reach, the above
steps are repeated for each category. The KAD is suined for all the
categories to produce the WD for the reach.

The damage reduction accrued due to the employment of a flood loss

mitigation plan is equal to the difference between the PLAN 1 KAD and the
flood control MAD. The model performs this computation for all plans in the
multiplan-multiflood analysis.

DISCHARGE DISCHARGE

01- Qa-
SENERATED TRPOLAE
DAMAGE
"RUENC'r
flft ft D1 Di Da 4m

AME
FLOW FREQUENCY CURVE FLOW DAMAGE CURVE

~EXTRAPOLATED

DAMAGE- FREQUENCY CURVE

hL fn 0
EXCEEDENCE FREQUENCY (FRACTION) (FREQUENCY OF MAXIMUM
SIMULATED FLOW

Figure 8.4 Damage Frequency Curve

67
 Section 9

FLOOD CONTROL SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION

The flood control system optimization option is used to determine optimal

sizes for the flood loss mitigation measures in a river basin flood control
plan (Davis, 1974). The subsequent sections discuss the formulation of an
optimization model, the measures (components) that can be optimized, data
requirements, and the optimization methodology used. Example problem 12,
Section 12, illustrates the application of this capability.

9.1 Optimization Model Formulation

The flood control system optimization capability is an extension of the

flood damage analysis described in Section 8. The optimization model utilizes
a two-plan damage analysis: PLAN 1 is the base condition of the existing
river basin and PLAN 2 is the flood control plan being optimized. Data on the
costs of various sizes of flood control projects are required, otherwise the
formulation of the optimization model is essentially the same as in the flood
damage model case. The flood control components that can be optimized as part
of the flood control system are as follows:

Reservoir Component. The storage of an uncontrolled spillway-type

reservoir is optimized by determining the elevation of the reservoir spillway,
thus defining the point at which the reservoir begins to spill. The low-level
outlet characteristics of the reservoir are fixed by input.

Diversion Component. Flow diversions, such as described for the stream

network simulation, may have their channel capacity optimized. The diverted
flow may be returned to another branch of the stream network or simply lost
from the system.

Pumpins Plant Component. Pumping plants may be located virtually

anywhere in a stream network and their capacity may be optimized. The pumped
water may be returned to another branch of the stream network or simply lost
from the system.

Local Protection Project. A local protection project can be used to

model a channel improvement or a levee. This component can only be used in
conjunction with the damage analysis of a reach. Consequently, the
optimization data are included in the economic data portion of the simulation
input data set and are described in the economic input data description
section. The local protection project analysis requires capacity and cost
data together with pattern damage tables for maximum and minimum sizes of the
project. Damage functions are interpolated for project sizes between these
maximum and minimum design values. The difference between the channel
improvement and the levee option is specified in the pattern damage tables.
The channel improvement damage tables represent a reduction in the damage
function specified for PLAN 1. On the other hand, the damage pattern tables
for the levee Indicate zero damage for flows below the design capacity and
preserves the existing flow-damage relationships for flows exceeding the
design capacity. Consequently, the pattern damage functions are equal to the
existing damage functions for all non-zero damage values.

68
 Uniform Level of Protection. A flood control plan may require that, as
part of the flood control system, levees (local protection projects) provide
the same level or a uniform level of protection at a number of locations
(damage reaches). In this instance, the level of protection refers to the
flood exceedence frequency at which the capacity of the project is surpassed.
The flood control system optimization option can be used to determine the
uniform level of protection that, in conjunction with the structural flood
control components, leads to the maximum net flood loss reduction benefits in
the river basin.

9.2 Data Requirements

The flood control component optimization model requires data as described

for the flood damage model plus information about the capital and operating
costs of the projects and about the objective function for the flood control
scheme. The data for the various types of flood control components are
essentially the same and may be separated into cost and capacity data, and
optimization criteria as follows.

Cost and Capacity Data. Two types of data are required to calculate the
total annual cost of a flood control component. First, capacity versus
capital cost tables are required to determine the capital cost for any
capacity of the flood control component. A capital recovery factor is also
required so that equivalent annual costs for the capital investments can be
computed. Second, operation and maintenance costs are computed as a
proportion of the capital cost. For pumping plants, average annual power
costs for various pump capacities are required. Pump operation costs are
computed in proportion to the volume pumped. Capital and operating costs for
non-optimized components of the system may also be considered.

Optimization Criteria. The optimization methodology operates on maximum

net benefit and/or flow targets criteria. Maximum net benefits are computed
using the cost and flood damage data previously described. Desired streamflow
limitations may also be specified at any point downstream of a flood control
project. These streamflow limitations, referred to as "flow targets" are
specified as the flow (stage) which is desired to occur with a given
exceedence frequency. For example, it may be desired to have the 5% flood at
a particular location be 5,000 cfs. The input data for flow targets are the
discharge or stage and the exceedence frequency.

9.3 Optimization MethodolcL

9.3.1 General Procedure

The model determines an optimal flood control system by minimizing a

system objective function. The system objective function is the sum of flood
control system total annual cost and the expected annual damage occurring in
the basin. If flow targets are specified, then the previous sum is multiplied
by a penalty factor which increases the objectivE function proportionately to
deviations from the target. Note that the minimization of the objective
function leads to the maximization of the net benefits accrued due to the
employment of the flood loss mitigation measures. Net benefits are equal to
the difference between the EAD occurring in PLAN 1 and the sum of the system
costs and EAD occurring in PLAN 2.

69
 The optimization procedure can be generally described as follows:

(1) An initial system configuration is analyzed by the program based on

capacities specified by the user. The model performs a stream
network simulation and expected annual damage calculation for the
base condition, PLAN 1, without the proposed flood control measures.
The base condition need only be simulated once because it will not
change and serves as the reference point for computation of net
benefits accruing to the proposed flood control plan. The stream
network and expected annual damage calculations for the initial sizes
of the proposed flood control system are then performed and the
initial value of the objective function is determined. The program
computes and displays the net benefit that is accrued due to the
employment of the initial flood control system.

(2) The model then uses the univariate search procedure to find a minimum
value for the objective function. (The optimization algorithm is the
same as used for parameter optimization, Section 4.) The procedure
finds a minimum by systematically altering flood control component
capacities in order to calculate various values of the system
objective function. Each time a flood control system capacity is
changed, stream network calculation and EAD calculations are
performed giving a value for the system objective function.

(3) Once the optimization procedure is completed, the costs, damage and
net benefits accrued to the optimized system are computed and
displayed.

An important point to note is that the optimization procedure does not

guarantee a global minimum for the objective function. Local minimum points
may be found by the procedure. This can be tested by trying different initial
capacities for the flood control system optimization run. If the optimal
system found each time is the same, then there is strong evidence that the
minimum found is global. The optimization results and the steps in the
optimization process should be reviewed carefully to see that they are
reasonable. Other component sizes not analyzed by the search procedure should
also be analyzed to see if better results can be obtained.

9.3.2 Computation Equations

The system objective function STDER is calculated as follows:

STDER = (TANCST + ANDMG) * (ODEV + CONST) ... ........... .. (9.1)

where TANCST is the flood control system total annual cost, ANDMG is the river
basin expected annual damage, ODEV is the sum of the weighted deviations from
the target flow or stage, and CONST is a term representing the importance of
the target penalty (default value equal to 1.0). As CONST increases, the
target penalty has less importance in determining STDER.

The total annual cost TANCST is computed by the following formula:

TANCST = ANFCST + ANOMPR + FDCNT + FAN .... ............ .(9.2)

where ANFCST is the sum of the equivalent annual capital costs for the flood

70
control components, ANOMPR is the sum of the annual operation, maintenance,
power and replacement costs for the flood control components, FDCNT is the
equivalent annual capital cost for non-optimized components, and FAN is the
annual operation, maintenance, power and replacement cost for non-optimized
components.
The annualized capital and operation and maintenance costs are computed
as follows.

ANFCST = (CAPCST * CRF) for all projects .... ............ .(9.3)

ANOMPR = (CAPCST * ANCSTF) for all projects ... .......... .. (9.4)

FDCNT = FCAP " CRF .......... ...................... (9.5)

FAN = FCAP " ANCSTF ........ ..................... .(9.6)

where CAPCST is the capital cost of a flood control project, CRF is the
capital recovery factor for a specified project life and interest rate, and
FCAP is the total capital cost of the non-optimized components of the system.
FDCNT may be computed as shown above or the equivalent annual capital cost may
be specified as direct input.

The expected annual damage, ANDNG, is calculated as described in Section 8.

The tarket penalty is a sum of weighted deviations from the conditions

specified at designated reaches where damage is being calculated. The penalty
at a single reach is a function of the deviation DEV from the target.

DEV = TRGT - THP ......... ....................... .(9.7)

where TRGT is the target flow specified by the user for a given exceedence
frequency, and TMP is the computed flow for the given exceedence frequency with
the flood control projects in operation, i.e., PLAN 2. The exceedence
frequency specified for the target penalty is used to interpolate a value of
TMP from the PLAN 2 flow-frequency curve computed fqr a reach. The
interpolation is accomplished by using the cubic-spline fit procedure.

The penalty, PEN, for deviations from the target conditions are calculated
for stages as:

PEN = (DEV/ANORM) ........... ...................... (9.8)

and for flows:

PEN = (DEV/(ANORM * TRGT)) 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . ..

(9.9)

where ANORM is a normalizing factor (default value of 0.1).

The sum of the penalties for all reaches is equal to the deviation
penalty ODEV in equation 9.1. The factors CONST (equation 9.1) and ANORM can
be adjusted by the user (ANORM should be greater than or equal to .02) until
satisfactory compliance with the target constraints are met by the
optimization procedure. The default values for these parameters should
suffice for most purposes.

71
 Section 10

INPUT DATA OVERVIEW

This section describes: the general organization of the input data, special
features for specifying data, and groupings of data to accomplish specific
simulation options. A detailed descripiton of the individual input data
records and their contents is given in the Appendix A: Input Description.

10.1 Organization of Input Data

There are two general types of data records for HEC-l: input control and
river basin simulation data. The input control records tell the program the
format of the river basin data as well as controlling certain diagnostic output.
All input control records begin with an asterisk (0) in column one follwed by a
command. These input controls are discussed in the next subsection and a
detailed explanation is given in Appendix A.

The river basin simulation data are all identified by a unique two-
character alphabetic code in columns one and two of each record. These codes
serve two functions: they identify the data to be read from the record; and
they activate various simulation options. The first character of the code
identifies the general category and the second character identifies a specific
type of data within a category. An overview of these data categories and codes
is shown in Table 10.1. The flood damage data, beginning with the EC record is
placed at the end of the river basin simulation data. These data are not all
labeled as E records because the record code and format were taken from the
Expected Annual Flood Damage (HEC, 1979) program. Thus these same data records
may be used directly in both programs.

The river basin simulation data records are structured by the user to
reflect the topology of the basin. The sequence of the input data prescribes
how the river basin is simulated. There are three general subdivisions of these
data as shown in Table 10.2: job control; hydrology and hydraulics; and
economics. Example input data for a simple river basin are shown in Fig. 10.1.
The data model of a river basin can be thought of as a series of building
blocks, each block beginning with a KK record. The data following each KK
record identifies the type of operation to be performed, e.g., BA signifies
subbasin runoff and R_ signifies a routing. Section 12 gives examples of input
data structures to accomplish various program options.

10.2 Special Features for Input Data

10.2.1 Input Control

There are six input control commands: *FREE, *FIX, *LIST, *NOLIST,
*MESSAGE, and *DIAGRAM. Data can be input to the HEC-1 model in a fixed and/or
free format as noted in the Input Data Description. The traditional HEC fixed-
format input structure (ten 8-column fields) is the default option of the
program. The program now provides the capability to enter data in a free
format. All records following a *FREE record in the data will be considered as
being in free format. Free format data fields are separated by commas or one
or more spaces, and successive commas represent blank fields. The fixed format
can be returned to at any point in the data set by providing a *FIX record.
The *FIX will be in control until another *FREE record is encountered, etc.

72
 TABLE 10.1

HEC-1 Input Data Identification Scheme

Data Record
Category Identification Description of Data

Job ID Job IDentification

Initialization IT Job Time Control
IM Metric Units
10 General 0utput Controls
IN Time Control for INput Data Arrays

Variable VS Stations to be summarized

Output VV Variables to be summarized
Summary

Optimization OU Unit Graph and Loss Rate Controls

OR Routing Controls
OS Flood Control System Optimization
00 System Qptimization Objective Function

Job Type JP Multi-Plan Data

JR Multi-Ratio Data
JD Depth-Area Data

Job Step KK Stream Station Identification

Control KM Alphanumeric Message Record
KO Output Control for This Station
KF Format for Punched Output
KP Plan Number

ffydrograph HC Combine Hydrographs

Transformation HQ/HS Stage/Discharge Rating Curve
HL Local flow computation option
HB Hydrograph Balance Option

Hydrograph QO Observed Hydrograph

Data QI Direct Input Hydrograph
QS Stage Hydrograph
QP Pattern Hydrograph

Basin Data BA Basin Area

BF Base Flow Characteristics
BR Retrieve Runoff Data from ATODTA File
BI Input Hydrograph from Prior Job

Precipitation PB Basin-Average Total Precipitation

Data PI Incremental Precipitation Time Series
PC Cumulative Precipitation Time Series
PG Gage Storm Total Precipitation
PI/PC Incremental/Cumulative Precipitation Time
Series for Recording Gage
PR Recording Gages to be Weighted

73
 TABLE 10.1: HEC-1 Input Data Identification Scheme (Cont'd)

Data Record
Category Identification Description of Data

Precipitation PT Storm Total Gages to be Weighted

Data (Cont'd) PW Weightings for Precipitation Gages
PH Hypothetical Storm's Return Period
PM Probable Maximum Precipitation Option
PS Standard Project Precipitaton Option

Loss Rate Data LE HEC's Exponential Rainfall Loss Rate

Function
LM HEC's Exponential SnowMelt Function
LU Initial and Uniform Rates
LS SCS Curve Number
LH Holtan's Function

_Unitgraph Data UI Direct Input Unitgraph

UC Clark Unitgraph
US Snyder Unitgraph
UD SCS Dimensionless Unitgraph
UA Time-Area Data
UK Kinematic Overland
RK Kinematic Wave Channel (collector, main)

Melt Data MA Zone Area and Snow Content Data

MC Melt Coefficient
MD Dewpoint Data
MS Solar Radiation Data
MT Temperature Data
MW Wind Data

Routing Data RN No Routing for Current Plan

RL Channel Loss Rates
RT STraddle/Stagger Parameters
RM Miskingum Parameters
RS Storage Routing Option, follow with SV and
SQ records if Modified Puls is used
RC Channel Characteristics for Normal Depth
Storage Routing
RX Cross Section X Coordinates
RY Cross Section Y Coordinates
RK Kinematic Wave Channel

Storage Routing SL Low Level Outlet Characteristics

Data ST Top c. Dam Characteristics
SW Width/Elevation for Non-Level Top of Dam
SE Geometry
SS Spillway Characteristics
SG OGee or Trapezoidal Spillway Option
SQ Discharge/Elevation Tailwater Rating
SE Curve for SG record

74
 TABLE 10.1: HEC-1 Input Data Identification Scheme (Cont'd)

Data Record
Zatexory Identification Description of Data

Storage Routing SV Reservoir Volume

Data (Cont.) SQ Discharge,
SA Surface Area, and
SE Water Surface Elevation Data
SB Dam Breach Characteristics
SO Optimization Parameters
SD Cost I Function Corresponding to SV Data

Diversion DR Retrieve Diverted Flow

Data DT Flow Diversion Characteristics
DI Variable Diversion Q as Function of
DQ Inflow
DO Diversion Size Optimization Data
DD Cost t Function for Diversion

Pumping WP Pump Characteristics

Withdrawal Data WO Pump Size ptimization Data
WC Capacity Function for Pump
WD Cost 4 Function for Pump
WR Pump flow retrieval

Flood Damage EC Identifies Flood Damage Option

Data CN Damage Category Names
PN Plan Names
WN Watershed Name
TN Township Name

WT Watershed and Township Location

FR Frequency Data
QF Discharges for FR data
for each SF Stages for Rating Curve with QS
damage QS Discharges for SQ data
reach SD Stages for Damage Data, DC
QD Discharges for Damage Data, DC
DG Damage Data
EP End of Plan Identifier

End of Job ZZ Required to end job

A preprocessor in the program converts free-format data to the standard

8-character field structure and prints the reformatted data. This "echo print"
may be turned off and on with *NOLIST and *LIST records.

Messages, notes, explanations of data, etc., can be inserted anywhere in

the data set by using the *MESSAGE record. These records are printed with the
*LIST option but are not shown on any further output.

75
 TABLE 10.2

Subdivisions of Simulation Data

Hydrology Economics
Job Control & Hydraulics & End of Job

I_, Job Initialization K_, Job step control E_, etc., Economics,
V, Variable Output Summary H_, Hydrograph trans- data
0_, Optimization formation ZZ, End of job
J_, Job Type Q, Hydrograph data
B_, Basin data
P, Precipitation data
L_, Loss (infiltration) data
U_, Unitgraph data
N_, Melt data
R_, Routing data
S_, Storage data
D_, Diversion data
W_, Pump Withdrawal data

The stream network structure can be portrayed diagramatically by using the

*DIAGRAM record at the beginning of the data set. This option causes the
program to search the input data set for KK records and determine the job step
computation associated with each KK record group. A flow chart of the stream
network simulation as recognized from the KK-record sequences is printed. The
user should verify that this flow chart conforms to the intended network of
subbasins and routing reaches.

10.2.2 Time Series Input

The IN record allows the user to enter time-series data, either hyetographs
or hydrographs, at time steps other than the computation interval specified on
the IT record. This option is convenient when entering data generated by
another program or in a separate HEC-1 simulation. Note that if direct input
unit hydrograph ordinates is used (UI record), they must be at the same time
step as the simulation computation interval and cannot be input with the IN
record.

10.2.3 Data Repetition Conventions

In many instances, certain physical characteristics are the same for a

number of subbasins in the stream network model (for instance, infiltration
characteristics). Further, in a multiplan analysis, much of the PLAN 1
subbasin data remains unchanged in subsequent plans. The HEC-1 program input
conventions make it unnecessary to repeat much of this information in the data
set.

Data groups for subbasin runoff simulation which need not be repeated (if
they are the same as input for the previous subbasin) are shown in Table 10.3.
HEC-1 automatically uses the previous subbasin's input data for these data
types unless new data are provided for the current subbasin. The source of

76
the data used as identified by tie input record number is printed in the left
hand margin. If a zero is printed as the input record number, this means no
data records have been provided, up to that point, which contain the required
Information. Great care should be taken to verify that the input data used
was so intended. No data are repeatable for routing reaches.

TABLE 10.3
Data Repetition Options

Data Types which are Record

Automatically Repeated Identification

Rainfall P
Infiltration L
Base Flow BF
Snowmelt M
*Unit Hydrograph US, UC, UD
*Kinematic Wave " UK, RK

" Not recommended

*A Only if all records remain unchanged

In the multiplan analysis, data may be supplied for a number of plans for
the same subbasin. Data need not be repeated for each plan by following two
conventions:

(1) Plans not specified in the data set by a KP record are assumed to be
the same as the first plan in the KK record group. (Data for a
particular plan follows a KP record in the data set.)

(2) Data specified subsequent to a KP record are considered to update

previous plan data. If no data follows a KP record, then the
indicated plan will be considered to be equivalent to the immediately
preceding plan in the data set. See example problem 10 for an
application of this program input convention.

10.3 Hydrologic/Hydraulic Simulation Options

The HEC-1 program has a number of alternative methods available for

simulating some aspects of the hydrologic/hydraulic processes (as referred to
in the center column of Table 10.2). The different methods were also noted in
the several data types available for one data category. For example, loss
rates may be calculated by any of four different methods: exponential,
initial/constant, SCS, or Holtan. The general sequence of model building
operations was shown in Fig. 10.1.

There are a number of methods available for specifying rainfall

hyetographs in the stream network computation as described in Section 3 and
Table 10.4. Historical gage data can be input to the subbasin runoff

77
computation as shown in Fig. 10.2 The gage data consists of PG records for
nonrecording gages and PG and PI or PC records for recording gages. These
data are usually grouped toward the beginning of the data set before the first
KK-record runoff computation. Within each KK-record group, the (PR, PW) and
(PT, PW) records are used to specify which gages and corresponding weightings
are to be used for computation of that subbasin's average precipitation. Note
that a recording gage can be used as both a storm total and a recording &age
station. This is indicated by using gage WEST of PT and PW records in Fig.
10.2. If the storm total value is not specified on the PG record for the
recording station (as is the case for the Fig. 10.2 example), the program sums
the incremental values on the PI records to compute that value.

In order to facilitate the selection of data for the various simulation

options, the following set of tables have been prepared.

Table 10.4 Precipitation Data Input Options

Table 10.5 Hydrograph Derivation Input Options

Table 10.6 Hydrograph Optimization Input Data Options

Table 10.7 Channel and Reservoir Routing Input Data Options

Table 10.8 Spillway Routing, Dam Overtopping and Dam Failure Input
Data Options

Table 10.9 Net Benefit Analysis Input Data

Table 10.10 Flood Control Project Optimization Input Data Options

Table 10.11 Hydrograph Transformation, Comparison and I/O

These tables identify alternative methods for inputting data and

simulating basin hydrology, hydraulics and flood damage. The example test
problems in Section 12 further illustrate the input data structures for the
various capabilities of HEC-1.

10.4 Input Data Retrieval from the HEC Data Storage System (DSS)

The HEC Data Storage System , DSS (HEC, 1984), may be used to supply
certain catchment characteristics and time-series data to the HEC-1 input data
set. Those data are runoff parameters stored by program HYDPAR (Corps of
Engineers, 1978), cumulative and incremental precipitation (PC and PI data),
and streamflows (QI and QO data). The input connections used to retrieve data
are given in the overview of HEC-1 usage with DSS in Appendix B. Access to
DSS is limited to HEC-supported computers, and requires a special version of
HEC-1 and associated DSS software.

78
 A Subbasin
Runoff

Combining

Routing C

Card ID Description

ID Title
IT Time interval and beginning time
10 Output control option for whole job

KK Subbasin A
Runoff BA Area
from BF Base flow
Subbasin P Select one precipitation method, use IN if necessary
A L Select one loss rate method
U_ Select one rainfall excess transformation method

KK
Subbasin B BA Similar to above for Subbasin A
runoff BF
P,L_,u

Combine KR Station name

Ao+Bi M4 Combine runoff from A and B (message option)
A + B HC Indicate 2 hydrographs are to be combined

Route KK Station name

(A+B) RL Channel loss optional
to C R_ Select one routing method

KK
Subbasin C BA Similar to above for Subbasin A
runoff BF
, P_,L_,U_

Combine KK Station name

Routed(A+B) HC Indicate 2 hydrographs are to be combined
with C
KK
IN Compare computed and observed flows
QO
99 End

Figure 10.1 Example Input Data Organization for a River Basin

79
 lines delineating
areas pertaining
to rainfall gages

gage WEST

0 gage EAST
A .8 sq i Symbols

A - Recording gage
% o - Nonrecording gage

g0 OTotal Rainfall

EAST - 4.8"
WEST - 3.5"
SOUTH - 4.2"

DATA INPUT

Card
ID Data

ID
IT
(PG EAST 4.8
PG SOUTH 4.2
Rainfall gage data PG WEST
I .02 .05 etc. recording gage
readings for storm
KK 3-gage basin
BA 2.0
Gage weightings for (PT WEST EAST SOUTH
basin-average total jPW .4 .4 .2
Gage weightings for PR WEST
basin-average recorder PW 1

L_
U_

Figure 10.2 Precipitation Gage Data for Subbasin-Average Computation

80
 TABLE 10.4

Precipitation Data Input Options

Type of Storm Data Record Identification

Basin-Average Storm Depth PB and/or (PI or PC)

and Time Series

Recording and Nonrecording Gages PG for all nonrecording gages

PG and (PI or PC) for all recording
gages
PR, PW, PT, PW for each subbasin

Synthetic Storm from PH

Depth-Duration data

Probable Maximum Storm PM

Standard Project Storm PS

Depth-Area with Synthetic Storm JD, PH, or PI/PC

TABLE 10.5

Hydrograph Input or Computation Options

Hydrograph Derivation Options and Records

Input
Type of Data Hydrograph SAM* Unit Graph Kinematic Wave
Inflows or QI P_, _ P_, M_ P_, _
Precipitation

Basin Area BA BR BA BA

Base Flow BF BF

Loss Rate LE, LI, LU, LE, LM, LU,

LS, or LH LS or LH

Overland Flow UI, UC, US, UK, RK

Routing UA or UD

*Spatial data management and analysis files

81
 TABLE 10.6

Runoff and Routing Optimization Input Data Options

Type of Data Runoff Optimization Routing Optimization

Optimization Control OU OR

Basin Characteristics BA, L_, U_, and BF

Pattern Hydrograph QP

Observed Data P_, M_, QO QI, QO

TABLE 10.7

Channel and Reservoir Routing Methods Input Data Options

(without spillway and overtopping analysis)

Modified Puls
Given Storage Normal-Depth
Type of Data Muskingum Outflow Storage Outflow Kinematic Wave

Routing Control RM RS RS RK

Storage Discharge -- SV/SQ* --

Relationships

Rating-Curve SQ/SE* ....

Channel Hydraulic -- RC, RX, RY RK

Characteristics

• These data may be computed from options listed in Table 10.8

82
 TABLE 10.8

Spillway Routing, Dam Overtopping, and Dam Failure

Input Data Options

Type of Spillway Analysis

Given Weir
Type of Data Rating Curve Coefficients Trapezoid Oxee

Routing control RS RS, SS RS, SG RS, SG

Rating curve input SQ, SE

Reservoir Area- SA or SV, SE SA or SV, SE SA or SV, SA or SV,

Storage-Elevation SE SE

Spillway and low SS (first field SS, SL SS SS

level outlet specs only)

Trapezoidal and Ogee SG, SQ, SG, SQ,

specs and tailwater SE SE

Dam overtopping data ST** ST** ST** ST**

SW, SE*** SW, SE SW, SE SW, SE

Dam failure data SB* SB* SB* SB*

* Required with ST record for dam-break simulations

**Required to obtain special sunmary printout for spillway adequacy and dam
overtopping (ID only)
*** The SW, SE are used for non-level top of dam. The discharges computed
with this option are added to discharges computed with the above options.

TABLE 10.9

Flood Damage Analysis Input Data Options

Type of Data Record Identification

Economic Analysis delimiter EC

Damage Reach ID KK

Damage Category CN, WN*, PN*, TN*

Flow Frequency and FR, QF, DG, QD, or

Flow Damage Data FR, QF, SQ, QS, DG, SQ

Stage Frequency and FR, SR, DG, SD or

Stage Damage Data FR, SF, SQ, QS, DG, QD

Optional records
83
 TABLE 10.10

Flood Control Project Optimization

Input Data Options

Stream Network Data Economic Data

Type of Data Local Protection
Pump Reservoir Diversion Proiect

Optimization OS

Target Penalty 00

Discount Factor + WO SO DO LO
Size Constraint

Cost WC, WD SD* DC, DD LC, LD

Damage Pattern DU, DL

Degree of Protection DP

* Used with SE, SA or SV records for storage routing

Table 10.11

Hydrograph Transformation, Comparisons and I/O

Transformation Comparison I/O

Combination HC

Adjust hydrograph ordinates BA or HB

Local Flow HL, QO

Compute Stage *HQ, HE

Compare with observations QO or HL

Punch *KO, KF

Read or Write from Scratch Files *KO or HI

The use of these options must be in combination with some other hydrograph
computation

84
 Section 11

PROGRAM OUTPUT

A large variety and degree of detail in the printer output are available
from HEC-1. This section describes the output in terms of input data feedback,
intermediate simulation results, summary results, and error messages. The
degree of detail of virtually all of the program output can be controlled by
the user.

Several of the sunuary outputs are printed from scratch files generated
during the simulation. If the user desires to save these scratch files for
use in other jobs (say, for a plotting device), their location can be found in
the definition of Input/Output Fortran logical units in Table 13.1 of Section
13.

11.1 Input Data Feedback

The input data file for each job are read and copied to a working file.
As the data are copied to the working file they are converted from free format
to fixed format (see Section 10.2.1) and a sequence number is assigned to each
line. The reformatted data are printed so the user can see the data which are
going into the main part of the program.

If a *DIAGRAM record is included in the input set, HEC-1 will plot a

diagram of the stream network. The program scans the record identification
codes to produce this diagram. B_ records (indicating subbasin runoff) cause
a new branch to be added to the diagram. R_ records cause a 'V' to be printed
indicating a routing reach. HC records cause a number of branches to be
combined indicating a confluence of rivers. DT and DR cause right and left
arrows to be printed showing diversion hydrographs leaving and returning to
the network, respectively. The stream network diagram also shows how HEC-1
stores hydrographs in the computer memory. As a new branch is added to the
diagram a new hydrograph is added to storage. Moving down the page, each
hydrograph replaces in the computer memory the one printed above it.
Diversion hydrographs are stored on a separate file.

11.2 Intermediate Simulation Results

The data used in each hydrograph computation (KK-record group) can be

printed as well as the computed hydrograph, rainfall, storage, etc. as
applicable. This output can be controlled by the 10 record in general or
overridden by the KO record for this specific KK-record group. The KK-record
group of data which the program will use in its calculations are printed prior
to the calculations. The sources of these data are indicated by the record
identification code and line number printed on the left side of the page. The
line numbers are keyed to the input data listing printed at the beginning of
the job. The line number '0' indicates that no data were provided and default
values are being used. Great care should be taken to verify that the intended
data are being used in the calculation.

Hydrographs may be printed in tabular form and/or graphed (printer plot)

with the date, time, and sequence number for each ordinate. For runoff
calculations, rainfall, losses, and excesses are included in the table and

85
plot. For snowmelt calculations, separate values cf loss and excess are
printed for rainfall and snowmelt. For storage routines, storage and stage
(if stage data are given) are printed/plotted along with discharge.

For optimization jobs (unit graph and loss rate, routing, or flood
control project sizing), the program prints values for the variables and
objective function for each iteration of the process. This output should be
carefully reviewed to understand why changes are being made in the variables
and to verify (using engineering judgment and comparison with similar
results) that the results are reasonable.

11.3 Summary Results

The program produces hydrologic and economic summaries of the

computations throughout the river basin. Users can also design their own
special summaries using the VS and VV data. The standard program hydrologic
summary shows the peak flow (stage) and accumulated drainage area for every
hydrograph computation (KK-record group) in the simulation. The summaries
may also include peak flows for each plan and ratio in multiplan-multiflood
analysis or the peak flows for various durations in the basic stream network
analysis. Flood damage summary data show the flood damages and damage
reduction benefits (also costs for project optimization) for each damage
reach and for the river basin. The river basin damage reduction results may
also be summarized by two locational descriptors (say river name and county
name) if desired.

11.4 Output to HEC Data Storage System (DSS)

The HEC Data Storage System, DSS (HEC, 1984), may be used to save HEC-1
output information for use in another HEC-1 simualtion or by other HEC
computer programs. Time-series data, streamflow or stage, as well as paired-
function data, flow-frequency curves, can be output to DSS. The means by
which this data can be stored is given in the overview of HEC-1 usage with
DSS in Appendix B. Access to DSS is limited to HEC-supported computers, and
requires a special version of HEC-1 and DSS software.

11.5 Error Messages

Table 11.1 lists error messages (in capital letters) which HEC-I will
print along with an explanation of the message. Some errors will not cause
the program to stop execution, so the user should always check the output for
possible errors or warnings. The array dimensions listed in Table 11.1 are
those used by HEC-1 on a mainframe computer.

The computer operating system may also print error messages. When an
error occurs, the user should first ascertain if it is generated by HEC-1 or
by the system. If it is generated by HEC-1, i.e., in the format given in
Table 11.1, that table should be referred to and the indicated actions
taken. If the error is system generated, the computer center user service
and/or the in-house computer systems personnel should be contacted to
ascertain the meaning of the error. These errors may be due to incorrectly
input or read data or errors in HEC-1 or the computer system. If these
system errors cannot be resolved in-house or if there is an error in the
HEC-1 program, the HEC should be contacted.

86
 TABLE 11. 1
NEC-I Error Messages

Error No. Message Subroutine

1 INVALID RECORD IDENTIFICATION CODE, OR RECORD OUT OF INPUT
SEQUENCE.
Program does not recognize the record identification
code in colums I and 2. Some records must be read
in a designated sequence. Refer to input description
and section 10 of users manual. Program allows up to
30 input errors before terminating.
2 NUMBER OF ORDINATES CANNOT EXCEED xxx. OUTPUT
Number of ordinates, NQ, on IT record must be reduced
to the stated limit.
3 (NPLAN*NTRIO) CANNOT EXCEED xxx AND (NPLAN*NTRIO*NQ) OUTPUT
CANNOT EXCEED xxx.
Number of plans, ratios, or hydrograph ordinates
must be reduced to stated limit.

4 NO HYDROGRAPH AVAILABLE TO ROUTE. PREVU

No hydrograph has been given to initiate network
diagram.

5 TOO MANY HYDROGRAPHS. COMBINE MORE OFTEN. PREVU

Space for stream network diagram is limited, so
maximum number of branches is limited to 9.

6 TRIED TO COMBINE MORE HYDROGRAPHS THAN AVAILABLE. PREVU

Network diagram has fewer branches than are to be
combined at this point.
1 DIMENSION EXCEEDED ON RECORD NO. nn **xx RECORD *. ECONO
Too many values were read from given record.
Check input description.
8 xx RECORD ENCOUNTERED WHEN yy RECORD WAS EXPECTED ECONO
FOLLOWING RECORD NO. nnn.
Record No. nnn indicated that the next record would
be a yy record, but an xx record was read instead.
A record may be missing or out of sequence.

9 QF OR SF RECORD MISSING. ECONO

New flow- or stage-frequency data are required for
each damage reach.
10 QD OR SO RECORD MISSING. ECONO
New flow- or stage-damage data are required for
each damage reach.
11 SQ RECORD MUST PRECEDE QS RECORD. ECONO
See input description.
12 SQ AND/OR QS MISSING. ECONO
A stage-flow curve is required to convert flows to
stages or vice versa.
13 FIRST PLAN AT EACH STATION MUST BE PLAN 1. ECONO
(EP-RECORD MAY BE MISSING).
Damage calculations assume that Plan 1 is the exist-
ing condition. Frequencies are given for Plan 1 and
flows for the other plans produced by the same ratio
are assumed to have the same frequencies. See section
8 of users manual.

14 PEAK FLOW/STAGE DATA FOR LOCATION xxxxx NOT FOUND. ECONO

Station name on KK record is not the same as station
name used in hydrologic calculations. When an SF
record is used, peak stages must have been calcula-
ted in the hydrologic portion of HEC-l

87
 TABLE 11.1:
HEC-1 Error Messages (Cont'd)

Error No. Message Subroutine

15 INSUFFICIENT DATA FOR STORAGE ROUTING. RESOUT
May also indicate redundant data. Storage routing
requires storage and outflow data. With some
options stages are required. See input description.
16 ARRAY ON RECORD NO. nnn (xx) EXCEEDS DIMENSION OF KK. REDARY
Attempted to read more data from xx record than was
dimensioned in program.
17 NUMBER OF PUMPS EXCEEDS nn. INPUT
Attempted to read more pump data than dimensioned.
For multiplan runs. number of pumps can be reset to
zero by reading a blank iPrecord.
18 NO TOTAL-STORM STATION WEIGHTS. BASIN
Weighting factors are required to average total
storm precipitation.
19 NO RECORDING STATION WEIGHTS. BASIN
Weighting factors are required to average temporal
distribution of precipitation.

20 PRECIPITATION STATION xxxxx NOT FOUND. BASIN

Station name given on PR or PT record does not
match names given on PG records.
21 TIME INTERVAL TOO SMALL FOR DURATION OF PMS OR SPS. BASIN
Standard project storm has a duration of 96 hours.
Probable maximum storm duration varies from 24 to 96
hours, depending on given data. The given combination
of time interval and storm duration causes the nmier
of ordinates to exceed the program dimensions. Use
a larger time interval or shorter storm.
22 NO PREVIOUS DIVERSION HYDROGRAPHS HAVE BEEN SAVED. DIVERT
Attenpted to retrieve a diversion hydrograph before
the diversion has been-conputed.
23 DIVERSION HYDROGRAPH NOT FOUND FOR STATION xxxxx. DIVERT
Station name on DR record does not match names
given on previous, DT records.
24 INITIAL VALUES OF TC AND R. INVAR
For optimization run, given values of TC and R on
UC record must both be positive or both negative.
25 STATION xxxxx NOT FOUND ON UNIT nn. READQ
Station name on BI record does not match names of
hydrographs stored on unit nn.
26 SPILLWAY CREST IS ABOVE MAXIMUM RESERVOIR ELEVATION. RESOUT
Program cannot cgmpute spillway discharge. Maximum
reservoir elevation is assumed to be highest stage
given with storage data.

27 VARIABLE NUMBER (nn) EXCEEDS SIZE OF VAR ARRAY. SETOPT

Variable numbers given on DO, SO, WO, and LO records
must be in the range 1-10.
28 HYDROGRAPH STACK FULL. COMBINE MORE OFTEN. STACK
Storage space for hydrographs is full. Required
storage can be reduced by using more combining points
in the stream network.
29 ONLY ONE DATA POINT FOR INTERPOLATION. AKIMAI
Program cannot interpolate from one piece of data.
More ratios or frequencies are required for damage
calculations.

88
 TABLE 11.1:
HEC-1 Error Ressages (Cont'd)

Error No. Mess Subroutine

30 X VALUES ARE NUT UNIQUE AMD/OR INCREASING FOR CUBIC AKIMA
SPLINE INTERPOLATION.
The cubic spline interpolation routine requires that
the independent variable be unique and monotonically
increasing, i.e., Xj Xj_ 1 for all j.
31 xx RECORD MUST FOLLOW yy RECORD (INPUT LINE NO. nn). INPUT
An xx record was expected to be after the yy record.
See input description for xx and yy records.
nn is sequence number of yy record.

32 NUMBER OF STORAGE VALUES AND NIBER OF OUTFLOW VALUES RESOUT

ARE NOT EQUAL.
Number of values given on SA or SV records must be
the same as the number of flows on the SQ record
unless elevations (SE record) are given for both
storage and outflow. The number of values is
determined by the last non-zero value on the record.

33 PLAN NMIBER (nn) ON KP-RECORD (NO. ii) IS GREATER INPUT

THAN NUBER OF PLANS (mm) DECLARED ON JP-RECORD.
Number of plans for this run is declared on JP
record. Plan number must be a positive integer
less or than equal to value on JP record.
34 HYDROGRAPH STACK IS EMPTY. STACK
Attempted to combine more hydrographs than have
been saved (HC record), or attempted to route
an upstream hydrograph when no hydrographs have
been saved (e.g., RK record with "yes" option
in kinematic wave runoff). Use fIAGRN"
record to check stream network.

35 PLAN IMBER nn (ON KP-44ECORD NO. iii) HAS ALREADY INPUT

BEEN COMIPUTED FOR STATION xxxxxxxxx.
up icate plan numbers may not be used within a KK
rec segment of the input set. The plan number
is set to I when a KK record is read. Only K or I
record may be present between the KK record and a KF
record for plan number 1. This does not preclude
the first KP record from being for anyother plan
(see input description for KP record).

36 ACCUMJLATED AREA IS ZERO. ENTER AREA FOR COMBINED RNAE2

HYDROGRAPH IN FIELD 2 OF HC--REOORO.
Basin area for a combined hydrograph was calcu-
lated as zero. This will result in an error when
computing an interpolated hydrograph for the depth-
area option (3D-Record). Basin area to be used to
calculate the interpolated hydrograph should be
entered in Field 2 of the tC Record.
37 OPERATION CANNOT BE DETERMINED FROM RECORDS IN KK- HEC1
RECORD GROUP BEGINNING WITH RECORD NO. XXX.
The records specified in a KK-record group were
not complete and it is likely that data needs
to be specified on additional records.

99
 Section 12

EXAMPLE PROBLEMS

This section contains several problems which serve as illustrative examples

of various capabilities of HEC-1. The first three example problems illustrate
the most basic river basin modeling capabilities. Following these, specialized
capabilities of HEC-1 are added to the basic model. The last four examples (9,
10, 11 and 12) are a sequence of steps necessary to perform multiflood,
multiplan, flood damage, and flood control project optimization analyses.

12.1 Example Problem #1: Stream Network Model

A stream network model was developed for the Red River watershed shown in
Fig. 12.1. The development of this type of model for a watershed is basic to
the use of the HEC-1 program. The example demonstrates the following features
of the program:

a. Data input conventions.

b. Rainfall specification by non-rbcording gage, recording gage and gage
weighting data.
c. Calculation of runoff hydrograpbs utilizing loss rate, base flow and
unit graph data.
d. Flood hydrograph routing by the channel storage method.
e. Reservoir routing using the spillway and low-level outlet options.
f. Channel bifurcations (man-made or natural) using the diversion option.
g. Input of time-series data at time increments different than the
computational time step.

Tables 12.1a-12.lc display data for the watershed model; note that the
data record identifiers used to input each type of data are also indicated in
the tables. Important points to note about the stream network model data are
as follows:

(a) Both recording and non-recording gage stations can be used as total-
storm stations for a subbasin as specified on the PT, PW cards. (The total
depth associated with incremental or cumulative rainfall data is automatically
calculated for each recording gage.) In this example, gage 400 is used only
for the temporal pattern. The subbasin storm pattern is calculated as a
weighted average of the recording gage storm patterns indicated on the PR, PW
cards.

(b) The various unit hydrograph options available can be used with any of
the loss rate options. The data in the appropriate HEC-1 format and the
results of the computer simulation are displayed in the Table 12.1d computer
output.

90
 LO$T
DR
CHANNEL RoITt 101030

LOSTm OWERT

Figur Strem
12. Nework odelschmai

WEST ED
91
 TABLE 12. la

Red River Watershed: Rainfall and Observed Hydrograph Data

Rainfall Data Record Identifier

Total Storm Data:
PG
Ga 0Storm Deth
WV 1.0inches
61 4.65
62 4.85
63 4.90
64 5.10
Hourly Precipitation Data:
Starting Time: 1:15 AM IN
Date: 3une 12, 1968
Station 9: 400 PG
Hourly incremental rainfall: PI
.04, .35, .01, .03, .73, .21, .02, .01, .03, .01
Observed HIdrograph Data:
Station RED30 KK
Observed flow beginning at same time simulation
starts, see input data listing. IN card is IN
required preceding the flow data because the
data talation interval is different than the QO
previous IN card for rainfall.

TABLE 12.Ib
SUBSASIN PHYSICAL PARAMETERS (Test 1)

PRECIPITAT ION
SUBBASIN BASIN AREA GAGE WEIGHTS BASE FLOW PARAMETERS
NAME (SQ MI) (PT, PW CARD) LOSS RATE UNIT GRAPH (BF CARD)
(KK CARD) (BA CARD) GAGE 0 NT. (METHOD) (CARD) (METHOD) (CARD) STRTQ QRCSN RTIOR
RED RI .82 400 1 SCS LS SCS U9 10.0 -2.5 1.2
60 .75 N-B=0 E=-.47
61 .25
EASTIO .66 400 1 EXPON. LE SNYDER US 10.0 -.25 1.2
61 .6 9rW-o. 6 1pF:
62 .3 DLTKRrl.0 CP--O.8
63 .1 RTIOR=1.0
ERAIN .0
LOSTBR .36 400 1 UNIFORM LU CLARK UC 10.0 -. 25 1.2
62 .5 STR--0.3 T-8
63 .5 CNSTL-.04 R=1.2

WES120 .80 400 1 HOLTAN LH SCS UD 10.0 -.25 1.2

63 .6 0W. 4 U&.94
64 .4 SA--0.3
EXP= 1.4
FC= .04
RED30 .19 400 1 SCS LS SCS LiD 10.0 -.25 1.2
64 .65 7-9 D& 1.04
63 .35

92
 TABLE 12.lc

Channel Storage Routing And Diversion Data

CHANNEL STORAGE ROUTING RECORD IDENTIFIE

Reach: lOto2O KK

VOLUME-OUTFLOW DATA RS

VOLUME: 0 18 36 54 84 110 138 174 228 444 SV

OUTFLOW: 0 500 1000 1500 2150 2600 3000 3450 4000 6000 SQ

Reach: 20to30 KK

VOLUME-OUTFLOW DATA RS

VOLUME: 0 17 42 67 100 184 274 386 620 SV

OUTFLOW: 0 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000 SQ

RESERVOIR ROUTING DATA

Reservoir: E.DAM KK

Initial WSEL: 851.2 RS

LOW LEVEL OUTLET SL

Invert elevation = 851.2 m.8.l.
Cross-sectional area = 12 sq.ft.
Discharge coefficient - .6
Head exponent a .5

SPILLWAY SS
Crest elevation - 856 0.8.1.
Width = 60 feet
Weir coefficient 2.7
Head exponent = 1.5

VOLUME-ELEVATION DATA

VOLUME: 21 100 205 325 955 SV

ELEVATION: 850 851.5 853.3 856.5 858.0 SE

DIVERSION DATA

Location: EAST1O KK

DIVERSION DESIGNATION DT
Diverted flows labeled: DIVERT

DIVERTED FLOW DATA

CHANNEL INFLOW: 0 100 300 600 900 DT

DIVERTED FLOW: 0 25 100 180 270 DQ

93
 TABLE 12.ld

Example Problem #1: Input and Output

X X XXXXXXX XXXXX X
X X X I X XX
X X X X X
XXXXXXX XXXX X XXXXX X
X X X X X
X XX X X X
X X XXXXXXX XXXXX XXX

THIS PROGRAM REPLACES ALL PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF HEC-1 KXNMN AS HECI (JAN 73), NWIUGS. HIEC1DB, AND HEC1KW.
THE DEFINITIONS OF VARIABLES -RTIMP- AND -RTIOR- HAVE CIANED FROM THOSE USED WITH THE 1973-STYLE INPUT STRUCTURE.
THE DEFINITION OF -A.4SKK- ON RN-CARD) WAS CHANGED WITH REVISIONS DATED 28 SEP 81. THE VERSION RELEASED 313AN85
CONTAINS HEN OPTIONS ON RL AND BA RECORDS, AND ADDS THE RL RECORD. SEE JANUARY 19S5 INPUT
DESCRIPTION FOR NEW DEFINITIONS.

EC-1 INPUT PAGE 1

LINE ID ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... 8 ....... 9 ...... 10

I ID EXAMPLE PROBLEM NO. 1

2 ID STREAM NETNORK MODEL
*DIAGRAM
3 IT 15 12JUN68 715 58
4 10 5
5 PG 60 4.68
6 PG 61 4.65
7 PG 62 4.85
8 PG 63 4.90
9 PG 64 5.10
10 PG 400 0
11 IN 60 12JUN68 715
12 P1 .04 .35 .01 .03 .73 .21 .02 .01 .03 .01

13 XX REDRI
14 KO 4
15 KM SCS RNOFr COMPUTATION
16 BA .82
17 aF 10.0 -. 25 1.2
18 PR 400
19 Pw 1
20 PT 60 61
21 P" .75 .25
22 LS 90
23 UD 1.47

24 XI EAST10
25 KO 4
26 KM SNYDER UNIT GRAPE COMPUTATIOW-EXPONDITIAL LOSS RATE
27 BA .66
28 BF 10.0 -. 25 1.2
29 PR 400
30 Pw 1
31 PT 61 62 63
32 Pw .6 .3 .1
33 LE .6 1.0 1.0 0
34 US 1.3 .8

35 KI EASTIO
36 KM DIVERT rLOM TO LSTAR
37 DT DIVERT
3 DI 0 100 300 600 900
39 DQ 0 25 100 180 270

40 I RED10
41 KM4 COMBINE HYDROGRAPHS FROM SUBBNSINS EAST10 AND RED RI
42 sc 2

43 KR 10T020
44 g0 4
45 KM ROOTM FLOWS rR)M STATION RLD01 TO RED 20
46 RS 1 PLO* -1
47 SV 0 18 36 54 84 110 138 174 228 444
48 SQ 0 500 1000 1500 2150 2600 3000 3450 4000 6000

94
 IS-1 INMT PAGE 2

LIZI 10 ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... 0 ....... 9 ...... 10

0 IK LOSTBR
so KN RETRIEVE DIVERSION FROM EAST10
51 DR DIVERT

52 KK L06T
53 K4 CIAR4 UNIT GRAPH COMPUTATION-INITIAL AND UNIFORM LOSS RATES
54 SA .36
55 8? 10.0 -. 25 1.2
56 PR 400
57 p1 1
58 PT 62 63
59 P .5 .5
60 LU .3 .04
61 uc .80 1.2

62 KR LOSTBR
63 KM COMINE RUINOPF FROM LOSTOR VITO DIVRTE FLOW
64 BC 2

65 KR S.D4
66 KM ROUTE FLOWS TIHOUGH DAN
67 RS 1 EXV 651.2
68 SV 21 100 205 325 955
69 Se 850 651.5 853.3 856.5 858.0
70 St, 851.2 12 .6 .5
71 SS 856 60 2.7 1.5

72 KR WEST20 P
73 Km SCS RUMOF COMPEUTATION-EOLTAN LOSS RATE
74 gO 1 2
75 SA .80
76 B? 10.0 -. 25 1.2
77 PR 400
78 P11 1
79 PT 63 64
80 Pw .6 .4
81 LX .04 .4 .3 1.4
82 UD .94

83 RK RED20
84 KK COMBINE RUN" FROM WSST20,OU/PLOW FROM K.DAM AND REACH 1020
85 HC 3

86 KR 20TO30
87 K4 ROUTE PLOWS FROM RED20 TO R,130
88 RS 1 FLOW -1
89 5V 0 17 42 67 100 184 274 386 620
90 SQ 0 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000

91 KR RED30
92 KM RUNOFF BY THE SCS pITND
93 BA .19
94 BF 10.0 -. 25 1.2
95 PR 400
96 PW 1
97 PT 64 63
98 P" .65 .35
99 LB 79
100 UD 1.03

101 91 RED30
102 KM COMBINE RUNOFF FROM RED30 AND OUTLOW FROM REACH 20TO30
103 HC 2

104 KK GAGE
105 sO 1
106 KM AND OBSERVED YDNP=RAPO
COMPARE COMPUTIED S AT RED30
107 IN 15 12JUN68 715
108 O 10 13 16 20 25 30 51 92 159 241
109 O 332 399 412 393 348 291 255 229 235 321
110 0O 472 705 921 1120 1255 1345 1373 1314 1228 1122
111 QO 996 900 817 742 668 614 549 500 444 409
112 gO 388 372 359 348 330 328 321 310 300 291
113 QO 282 274 267 277 252 240 231 224
114 zz

95
 SCHMATIC DIAGRAM Of STIRAN METWOMS
INPUT
LINE (V) ROUTNG (--) DIVERSION
NO. (.) coWNEt (4--) RETURN O DrIV tTD F.

13 R RI

24 . FAST1O

37 ------- DIVERT
35 ZAST0

40 RE10 ............
V
V
43 101020

51 ..-------. DIVERT
49 LOSTBR

52 LOSTBR

62 LOSTa ............
V
V
65 E.DAK

72 WEST20

83 RPD20 ........................
V
V
of 20T030

91 RED30

101 R30 ............

Yb
 U.S. ARMYCORPS OF ENGINEERS
FLOW NYROGRAP PACKAGE (N1C-9)8* 1E NpROLOGIC ENGINEERING CENTER
T
REIED 195* 609 SECAID STREET
J a• DAVIS, CALIFORNIA 95616

SRU DATE 2 JUL 85 TINE 13:45:17 (916) 6403285 OR (Ff5) 4.821S

9XAMPLZ1PROL, 1O. 1
STRWIA NtIORK MOD

4 TO OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPWn 5 PRINT CONTROL
rptor 0 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. YDROGRPPU PLOT SCALE
DMSG Y88 PRINT DIAGNO6TIC bUSSAGZ
IT NYDOGRAPIR TINE DATA
NMN15 IWUTgmIN COMPUTATION IrNwRvAL
IDATE 12JUN68 STARTING DATE
ITIME 0715 STARTING TIMM
NQ 50 NUMBER OF HYDROGRAPE ORDINATES
NDOATE 12JUN88 9MDING DATE
NDTIlE 2130 ENDING TIME

COMPUTATION INTERVAL 0.25 MOM'P

TOTAL TIN BASE 14.25 OAURS

ENGLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE AREA SQUARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTH INCHES
LENGTH , ELEVATION FEET
FLOW CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
STORAGE VULME ACRE-PEET
SURFACE AREA ACRES
TEMPERATURE DEGRES FARENHEIT

*he.* *** act ac e hat ata tee .. aat *a te teee ate a.. ae• tea at. en ta t•a *a eta aeee tat*eaa* .at Ceeeeta .e. te**

atatetee Ca~e

13K * RED RI
* a
at...........

14 KO OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPRNT 4 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. HYDROGRAPH PLO SCALE
SCS RUNOFF COMPUTATION

SUBSASIN RUNOW DATA

16 BA SUBBASIN CHARACTERISTICS
TARFA 0.82 SUBBASIN AREA

97
 17 sp BABS FLi CHARACTERISTICS
STRTQ 10.00 INITIAL FL0
QRMN -0.25 BEGIN BASE FLOW RBESbION
RTIOR 1.20000 RCES ION CONSTANT

PRICIPITATION DATA

20 PT TOTAL S70FM STATIONS 60 61

21 PW WEIGHTS 0.75 0.25

18 PR RMORDING STATIONS 400

19 PW WEIGHTS 1.00

22 LS SCS LOSS RATE

STRTL 0.50 INITIAL ABSTRACTION
CRVNBR 80.00 CURVE NUMBER
RTIIe 0.00 PERCET IMPERVIOUS AREA

23 UD SCS DIM=SIOLESS UNITGRAPH

TLAG 1.47 LAG

PRECIPITATION STATION DATA

STATION TOTAL AIG. ANNUAL WEIGHT

60 4.68 0.00 0.75
61 4.65 0.00 0.25

TEMPORAL DISTRIBUTIONS

STATION 400, WEIGHT - 1.00

0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.13 0.18 0.18 0.18
0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

UNIT HYDROGRAPH
31 EWD-OP-PRRIOO ORDINATES
17. 51. 105. 175. 226. 247. 246. 222. 191. 149.
110. 85. 66. 52. 40. 31. 24. 19. 14. 11.
9. 7. 5. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 1. 1.
0.

*.e. ... ... .* .. l ... e... ... . . .* *.. ** *.. *.. **. ... .*. ... te. *.. *t* ..

24 KX EAST10
Z

25 90 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPENT 4 PRINT CONTROL
IPL40 0 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. HYDROGRAPS PLOT SCALE
SNYDER UNIT GRAPH COMPUTATION-EXPOMENTIAI LOSS RATE

SUBBASNI RUNOFF DATA

27 BA SUBSASIN CHARACTERISTICS
TAREA 0.66 SUBBASIN AREA

98
 28 BP BASE PLOWCHARACTERISTICS
STRTQ 10.00 INITIAL PLOW
QRCSN -0.25 BEGIN BASE FLOW RECESSION
RTIOR 1.20000 RECESSION CONSTANT

PRECIPITATION DATA

31 PT TOTAL STOIR STATIONS 61 62 63

32 PW WEIGHTS 0.60 0.30 0.10

29 PR RECORDING STATIONS 400

30 PW WEIGHTS 1.00

33 LZ EXPONETIAL LOSS RATE

STRER 0.60 INITIAL VALUE OF LOSS COEFFICIENT
DLTKR 1.00 INITIAL LOSS
RTIOL 1.00 LOSS COEFFICIENT RECESSION CONSTANT
ERAIN 0.00 EXPONENT OF PRECIPITATION
RTIMP 0.00 PERCENT IMPERVIOUS AREA

34 US SNYDER UNITGRAPB
TP 1.30 LAG
CP 0.80 PEAKING COEFFICIENT

SYNTHETIC ACCUMLATED-AREA VS. TIME CURVE WILL BE USED

PRECIPITATION STATION DATA

STATION TOTAL AVG. ANNUAL WEIGHT

61 4.65 0.00 0.60
62 4.85 0.00 0.30
63 4.90 0.00 0.10

TEMPORAL DISTRIBUTIONS

STATION 400, WEIGHT - 1.00

0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

UNIT HYDW3GRAPB PARAMETERS

CLARK TC= 1.81 HR, R- 0.55 R
SNYDER TP- 1.29 HER, CP- 0.79

UNIT HYDROGRAPE
16 ENITOF-PERIOD ORDINATES
23. 79. 146. 210. 252. 261. 238. 181. 116. 73.
46. 29. 18. 12. 7. 5.

** * .*.te**. ... ... ant a.. ato

e a.. *a ata a.. t. a.. taet a.. t. t. tat a.. act .a. a. e a.. .aa a.. .t.ee

43 R * 10T020 *

44 0 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPRNT 4 PRINT CONTROL

99
 II WIU I iW t ,k ,L

QSCAL 0. MIIDROGRAPHPLOT SCALE

ROUTE FLOWS FROM STATION RED10 TO RED 20

HYDROGRAPH ROUTING DATA

46 RS STORAGE ROUTING
NSTPS I NUMDER OP SUBREACHES
ITYP FLOW TYPE OP INITIAL CONDITION
RSVRIC -1.00 INITIAL CONDITION
X 0.00 NORKING R AND D COEFICIENT

47 SV STORAGE 0.0 18.0 36.0 54.0 84.0 110.0 138.0 174.0 228.0 444.0

48 SQ DISCHARGE 0. 500. 1000. 1500. 2150. 2600. 3000. 3450. 4000. 6000.

*4* *4* 44* *44 *** ** *4*, 4*e *** *4*44 ** 4*4*4e* *4* 4*4 *4* *4*o 4*t ** *44 e* */ 4* 444 ** *44 4*4 4*4 44, *4*e *44

* *

72 KK * WEST20 *

74 KO OUTPUT CONTROL VAItIABLES

IPRT 1 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 2 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. HYDROGRAPH PLOT SCALE

SUBBASIN RUNOFF DATA

75 BA SUDDASIN CHARACTERISTICS
TARER 0.80 SUBBASIN AREA

76 BF BASE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

STRTQ 10.00 INITIAL FLOW
QRCSN -0.25 BEGIN BASE FLOW RECESSION
RTIOR 1.20000 RECESSION CONSTANT

PRBCIPITATION DATA

79 PT TOTAL ST004 STATIONS 63 64

80 PW WEIGHTS 0.60 0.40

77 PR RECORDING STATIONS 400

78 PW WEIGHTS 1.00

81 L HOLTAN LOSS RATE

PC 0.04 DEP PERCOLATION RATE
GIA 0.40 COEFFICIMT OF SA
SA 0.30 DEPTH OF AVAILABLE STORAGE
BEXP 1.40 EXPONENT OF SA
RTIMP 0.00 PERCENT IMPERVIOUS AREA

82 UD sCS DIMNISIONLESS UNITGRAPH

TLAG 0.94 LAG

100
 APILFLLTATION bTATIUN DATA

STATION TOTAL AVG. ANNUAL WEIGHT

63 4.90 0.00 0.60
64 5.10 0.00 0.40

TZKPORAL DISTRIBUTIONS

STATION 400, WEIGHT - 1.00

0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

UNIT BYD 0GRAM

21 DID-OF-PEAIO ORDINATRS
48. 153. 299. 361. 343. 280. 18. 125. 87. 59.
40. 27. 19. 13. 9. 6. 4. 3. 2. 1.
0.

KYDRGRAPB AT STATION WEST20

DA MN BRi ORB RAIN LOSS EXCESS OM * DA MON BUS O11 RAIN LOSS EXCSS Com

12 JUN 0715 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 10. * 12 J 1430 30 0.01 0.01 0.00 211.
12 JUN 0730 2 0.03 0.02 0.01 10. • 12 JUN 1445 31 0.01 0.01 0.00 200.
12 JUN 0745 3 0.03 0.02 0.01 11. * 12 JUN 1500 32 0.01 0.01 0.00 192.
12 JUN 0800 4 0.03 0.02 0.01 15. • 12 JUN 1515 33 0.01 0.01 0.00 1e.
12 JUM 0815 5 0.03 0.02 0.01 19. * 12 JUN 1530 34 0.03 0.01 0.01 175.
12 JUN 0830 6 0.30 0.02 0.28 36. * 12 JUN 1545 35 0.03 0.01 0.01 167.
12 JUN 0845 7 0.30 0.02 0.28 81. * 12 JUN 1600 36 0.03 0.01 0.01 160.
12 JUN 0900 8 0.30 0.02 0.28 164. * 12 JUN 1615 37 u.03 0.01 0.01 152.
12 JUN 0915 9 0.30 0.02 0.29 263. * 12 JUN 1630 38 0.01 0.01 0.00 146.
12 JUN 0930 10 0.01 0.01 0.00 344. * 12 JUN 1645 39 0.01 0.01 0.00 139.
12 JUN 0945 11 0.01 0.01 0.00 377. * 12 JUN 1700 40 0.01 0.01 0.00 133.
12 JUN 1000 12 0.01 0.01 0.00 343. * 12 JUN 1715 41 0.01 0.01 0.00 127.
12 JUN 1015 13 0.01 0.01 0.00 275. * 12 JUN 1730 42 0.00 0.00 0.00 121.
12 JUN 1030 14 0.03 0.02 0.01 201. * 12 JUN 1745 43 0.00 0.00 0.00 116.
12 JUN 1045 15 0.03 0.02 0.01 139. * 12 JUN 1800 44 0.00 0.00 0.00 Ill.
12 JUN 1100 16 0.03 0.02 0.01 99. * 12 JUN 1815 45 0.00 0.00 0.00 i06.
12 JUN 1115 17 0.03 0.02 0.01 91. * 12 JUN 1830 46 0.00 0.00 0.00 101.
12 JUN 1130 18 0.63 0.02 0.62 87. * 12 JUN 1845 47 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.
12 JUN 1145 19 0.63 0.01 0.62 160. * 12 JUN 1900 40 0.00 0.00 0.00
12 JUN 1200 20 0.63 0.01 0.62 343. * 12 JUN 1915 49 0.00 0.00 0.00 to
12 JUN 1215 21 0.63 0.01 0.62 556. * 12 JUN 1930 50 0.00 0.00 0.00 8
12 JUN 1230 22 0.18 0.01 0.17 740. * 12 JUN 1945 51 0.00 0.00 0.00 8
12 JUN 1245 23 0.18 0.01 0.17 839. * 12 JUN 2000 52 0.00 0.00 0.00 77
12 JUN 1300 24 0.18 0.01 0.17 817. * 12 JUN 2015 53 0.00 0.00 0.00 74.
12 JUN 1315 25 0.18 0.01 0.17 729. * 12 JUN 2030 54 0.00 0.00 0.00 70.
12 JUN 1330 26 0.02 0.02 0.00 619. * 12 JUN 2045 55 0.00 0.00 0.00 67.
12 JUN 1345 27 0.02 0.01 0.01 503. * 12 JUN 2100 56 0.00 0.00 0.00 64.
12 JUN 1400 28 0.02 0.01 0.01 393. * 12 JUN 2115 57 0.00 0.00 0.00 61.
12 JUN 1415 29 0.02 0.01 0.01 294. * 12 JUN 2130 58 0.00 0.00 0.00 59.
SSUN 4.98 0.55 4.43

PEAK Low TIME MAXIMI AVERAGE FLOW

(CFS) (ER) 6-BR 24-R 72-R 14.25-nR
839. 5.50 (CFS) 367. 210. 210. 210.
(INCHES) 4.265 5.803 5.803 5.803
(AC-PT) 182. 248. 248. 248.

CUM8ATIVE AREA - 0.80 SQ MI

101
 09 I xx I.i a

S-.

~~. o 0 , .
o .
0 .o~. . .. . . . . . . . . . , , . .. o , o . . . . . . . .o

* 0
o ~, ~
t o . ~ ° o
.0 . .
o .
0 .
, 0 o 0 0 o o o,0,
.. . o . .... ....

. . . . ... .. . . . . .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.00 0
.. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .

0
0 0
o , 0 , 0 0 0 . , , , , 0I, * 0 0 , 0 , o 0 , 0 , 0 0 0 0 °
*; 0.
. . .. ....... .............. .
...........
. . . . . . . . . ..
S0
0
:t.0
0
S0 0 o0 - 4 00
I 0 .. 0
I. .. 0000
000 000
o*00
°
8000
0t

102
... *0* *0* et e• 0. 0*0 *0* 0*0 *04 *** *0* * *0*
•• *0* *** 0** *0* 4*0 *0 • ** *0* *0* *•* *0* *0* *0* 4*4eoe *4* 4 .*4*

* 0

104 xg GAGE •
* •

105 KO OrTUT CONTROL VARIABL S

IPifT 1 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. RYDROGRAPH PEOr SCALE
O014PARE COMPUT D AND OBSERVD HYDNGRAPHS AT RED30

107 IN TIME DATA P01 INPUT TIME SERIES

JXMIN 15 TIrm INTERVAL IN MINUTES
JXDATE 12JUN68 STARTING DATE
JXTIX 715 STARTING TIME

S~COPAM8N OF CO]PUTOlDAND OBSEEIVED TUOGAP *

* TIME TO LAG0
• o
fU OP OOXY MEA CUSTER C.N. TO pIA TINE OF
PLO" OEM rF or MASS C.N. PI flr[

• CWPUTED 3MGAPR 27067. 3.705 467. 7.63 7.63 1331. 6.50

• OIPEUVID NRO OAPE 26766. 3.464 462. 7.75 7.75 1373. 6.S0

S DIFFERC 299. 0.041 5. -0.12 -0.12 -42. 0.00 *

POniC DIP M
CEM 1.12 -1.59 -3.09

•• STANDARD
O.JUCTIVE AOR
PmOTIOS 21.
22. AV33m AVERAGE ANSOWE
PUnGT &66icx im om '6
18.56 •
*

E OOeGM AT OTATION GAGE

DA m n CO Q an Q I alo * DR N=NEM ORD M Q o Q PIDL OR WN ORD COW 0 ON Q m ,aL

12 J 0715 1 36. *• 12 JUN 1215 21 536. 472. 64. * 123 UN 1715 41 401. 368. 13.
123 0730 2 37. 13. 24. 123 1230 22 731. 705. 2
26. 12 JUN 1730 42 382. 372. 10.
12 JN 07405 3 37. 16. 21. *• 12 JW 1245 23 37. 921. 1. *• 12 3 1745 43 365. 35. 6.
123W 000 4 36. 20. 18. 12 3 1300 4 1119. 1120. -1. 12 3U 100 44 350. 34f. 2.
13Wl 0615 5 40. 25. 15. •* 12 JI 1315 25 1249. 1255. -. * 123 U 1615 45 336. 330. -2.
123 03!0830 6 46. 30. 16. 13W 1330 26 1316. 1345. -27. • 123031630 46 324. 326. -4.
12 JUN 0645 7 64. 51. 13. 012 JU 1345 27 1331. 1373. -42. 012 JUN 1845 47 312. 321. -9.
123W 0900 6 106. 92. 14. *• 123 140028 1290. 1314. -24. * 12 3U 1900 4! 301. 310. -1
123W 0915 9 176. 159. 19. • 13UN 1415 29 1210. 1228. -10. 12 3UN 1915 49 290. 300. -
123 U 0930 10 270. 241. 29. 12 3 1430 30 1100. 1122. -22. * 123 1930 50 280. 291. -11.
123 0945 11 359. 332. 27. * 12 3A 1445 31 907. 996. -9. * 12 3U 1945 51 270. 262. -12.
123 M 1000 12 41. 399. 19. 12 3 1500 32 690. 900. -10. * 12 3U 2000 52 261. 274. -13.
12 3N 1015 13 435. 412. 23. * 123JU 1515 33 06. 817. -11. * 13W 2015 53 252. 267. -15.
12 3U 1030 14 417. 393. 24. *• 12 3U 1530 34 731. 742. -11. *• 123 W 2030 54 243. 277. -34.
123JU 1045 15 378. 346. 30. 12 3U 1545 35 662. 668. -6. 12 3N 2045 55 235. 252. -17.
123 M 1100 16 330. 291. 39. 0123 W 1600 36 602. 614. -12. * 12 M 2100 56 227. 240. -13.
123 UN 1115 17 269. 255. 34. * 123 W 1615 37 591. 549. 2. * 123 2115 57 220. 231. -11.
12 JUN 1130 16 261. 229. 32. * 123JU
• 1630 36 502. 500. 2. * 12 3 2130 S0 213. 224. -11.
123JU 1145 19 270. 235. 35. 123 W 1645 39 450. 444. 14.
12 3U 1200 20 356. 321. 37. • 123JU 1700 40 26. 409. 17. *

103
 I I

I * ° ° *
.'° . . . . o o o o o , . o * o o , o * * . , * o o I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i
. . . . . . . . . .i
. . . . . . . . . .i
. . . . . . . . . .i
......:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

*o
I

..... . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

o 0"

. .I . .

J . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. .. . . . . .
0 0
* 0
0
.................... ......... . . 0 ........
... . . . .

0
I
. . . . .. ... . .. .
o , o . o1

I *' I
 RKW?
CUICAM
SWOIAR
Fur Iu Bo6RD
TINS IN IN-ltI,
FLOW O NLU
U

AVZ NXD FUW FOX MZZO MJDD BASIN MUX TIME Or

FM Tin Or
IRAN 6-1 24-1100 72-.4001 AMW STI MR STOS
WINAYM'OW STATION FLOW
IYDROGRAP ? am0 2 460. 6.2S 221. 116. 116. 0.82
442. 5.75 174. 100. 100. 0.6
?immal s AT LU1O
DTo Nxyg 138. 5.75 $2. 29. 29. 0.66
D 1VUlmON0
IW0DIUA&I? OiM O 304. 5.75 122. 71. 71. 0.66

a P 100 740. 6.00 341. 100. Its. 1.48

2 MiD
10020 667. 6.50 339. 1M6. 106. 1.46
lafRD
LOOMSt 138. 5.75 52. 29. 29. 0.00
IPOUUPAT
IWnGUUANMM LoE 309. 5.50 149. I5. 0. 0.36
D
WO6? 436. S.S0 200. 114. 114. 0.36
2 moSZ3SD a
iO V rto .DMN 6. 10.00 67. 47. 47. 0.36 652.69 L0.00

O
SIU30G 1S AT uUM 20 639. 5.50 367. 210. 210. 0,0

A?
i 31020 1370. 6.00 733. 444. 444. 2.64
3 CS3O
201030 1224. 6.50 729. 439. 439. 2.64
loIwD to
AT 530 143. 5.75 61. 34. 34. 0.19
SToGwIs1
lf)30 1331. 6.50 709. 473. 473. 2.53
2 Cm I M

105
12.2 Example Problem #2: Kinematic Wave Watershed Model

The use of the kinematic wave option is demonstrated in the development

of a model for the Smith River Watershed. A schematic diagram of the
watershed model is shown in Fig. 12.2.

The input data for the watershed are displayed in Tables 12.2a -
12.2c. The HEC-l data model for the basin is shown in Table 12.2d. There
are a number of important points to note about the data:

(1) Each subbasin has data for two overland flow elements (only
one is required) which is specified on the UK card. The two
elements represent separately the impervious and pervious
areas of a subbasin.

(2) Collector channel and main channel data are specified on the
RK card for each subbasin. As many as two collector channels
can be specified for each subbasin, however, only one
collector channel was used In this example.

(3) The infiltration data is specified only once, on the LS card,

for subbasin sub 1. The infiltration data on this card is
assumed to apply for all subsequent runoff computations by
program input convention.

The simulation results are displayed in Table 12.2d following the input
listing.

SI.DSI sun 2 SU3

SUB 4

SUB 4

Figure 12.2 Kinematic Wave Model Schematic

106
 TABLE 12.2a
Subbasin Characteristics
OVERLAND FLOW PLANE DATA
(UK RECORD) LOSS RATE
DRAIN (S RECORD)
SUBBASIN O.F. LENGTH O.F. SLOPE MANNING S SUBBASIN AREA SCS CIRVE
DATA (ft.) (ft/ft) N AREA (sc. mi.) NUMBER
SUBI
Iip Catchment 100 .03 .24 15 1.43 go
Perv Catchment 190 .02 .35 85 85
SUB 2
Ip Catchmnt 100 .05 .24 15 .67 98
Perv Catchment 190 .03 .35 85 85

SUB 3
Imp Catchment 100 .05 .24 15 .56 98
Perv Catctwent 190 .03 .35 85 85

SUB 4
Imp Catchment 100 .03 .24 15 1.83 98
Perv Catchment 190 .015 .35 85 85

SUB 5
I Catclment 100 .05 .24 20 .67 98
Perv Catchment 220 .028 .35 80 85

SUB 6
Imp Catchment 100 .03 .24 20 1.43 98
Perv Catchment 200 .02 .35 80 85

SUB7
Ip Catchment 100 .06 .24 15 .96 98
Perv Catchnmnt 190 .03 .35 85 85

TABLE 12.2b
CWNEL DATA (Test 2)
(RK RECORD)

LENGTH SLOPE MANNING AREA WIDTH SIDE SLOPE UPSTREAM

SUBSASIN (ft) (ft/ft) N (sa mi SHAPE (ft) (ft/ft) INFLOW
SUBI
COLLECTOR CHAAEL 2000 .008 .02 .45 TRAP 0 1 -
MAIN CHANNEL 13500 .004 .08 TRAP 2 2 no
SUB 2
COLLECTOR CHANNEL 2400 .01 .02 .39 TRAP 0 1
MAIN CHANNEL 6500 .008 .08 - TRAP 2 2 no
SUB 3
COLLECTOR CHANNL 1600 .019 .02 .35 TRAP 0 1
MAIN CHANNEL 6500 .012 .08 -- TRAP 2 2
SUB 4
COLLECTOR CHANNEL 2500 .01 .02 .79 TRAP 0 1
MAIN CPANNEL 12000 .007 .05 -- TRAP 50 2 yes
SUB 5
COLLECTOR CHANNEL 2000 .013 .02 .42 TRAP 0 1
MAIN CHANNEL 8000 .01 .05 - TRAP 8 3 no
SUB 6
COLLECTOR CHANNEL 2200 .011 .02 .55 TRAP 0 1
AIN CHANNEL 14000 .005 .09 - TRAP 2 2 no
SUB7
COLLECTOR CHANNEL 2100 .024 .02 .74 TRAP 0 1
MAIN CHANNEL 7000 .011 .05 TRAP 50 3 yes

107
 TABLE 12.2c

Precipitation Data

NON RECORDING GAGE DATA RECORD IDENFIFIERS

GAGE f DEPTH (in) PC

1 1.96
2 1.68
3 2.73
4 2.56
5 2.52

SUBBASIN GAGE WEIGHTS PR, PT, PW

SUBBASIN RECORDING TOTAL

GAGE # WT. GAGE # W"I.

SUB 1 10 1 1 .75
3 .25

SUB 2 10 1 1 .75
2 .25

SUB 3 20 1 2 1

SUB 4 40 1 2 .05
3 .40
4 .50
5 .05

SUB 5 40 1 2 .2
4 .8

SUB 6 40 1 4 1

SUB 7 50 1 5 1

108
 TABLE 12.2d

Example Problem #2: Input and Output

ffC-1 INPUT PAGE

LINE to ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... ....... 66 ....... 7 ....... S ....... 9 ...... 10

1 ID EXAPIZL PROSEL4 NO. 2

2 ID KINZ4ITIC HAVE ZWATERSBD MODE.
3 IT 15 60
4 to 5
5 PG 1 1.96
6 PG 2 1.68
7 PC 3 2.73
8 PG 4 2.56
9 PG 4 2.56
10 PG S 2.52
11 PG 10
12 PI .00 .01 .00 .00 0. 0. 0. 0. .01 .01
13 PI .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .03 .03 .03 .03
14 PI .08 .08 .08 .08 .23 .15 .05 .02 .08 .22
15 Pr .23 .20 .09 .01 .02 .05 .01 .01 0. 0.
16 P1 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. .01 .01
17 PI .00 .01 .01 .01 .00 .01 0. 0. 0. 0.
18 Pt 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
19 PI 0. 0.
20 PC 20
21 PI .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 0. 0. .01 .01
22 PI .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01
23 PI .02 .02 .02 .02 .01 .02 .01 .01 .01 .20
24 PZ .72 .33 .0S .02 .04 .02 .01 .01 .01 .01
25 P1 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .00 .01 .01 .00
26 PI .01 .01 .00 .01 .00 .01 0. 0. 0. 0.
27 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
28 PI 0. 0.
29 PG 30
30 PI .02 .02 .02 .02 .03 .03 .00 0. .00 .00
31 Pt .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .06 .06 .06 .06
32 PI .15 .15 .15 .15 .20 .04 .01 .15 .28 .20
33 PI .33 .31 .01 .06 .04 .02 0. 0. .01 .01
34 Pt 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
35 Pt 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
36 P1 0. 0.. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
37 PI 0. 0.
38 PG 40 0.
39 PI .04 .04 0. 0. .03 .03 .00 0. .01 .01
40 PI .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .03 .03 .03 .03
41 PI .15 .15 .15 .1S .13 .02 .01 .04 .08 .17
42 P1 .37 .40 .30 .03 .02 .03 .01 .01 0. 0.
43 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
44 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
45 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
46 PI 0. 0.
47 PG 50
48 Pt 0. 0. .03 .03 0. 0. .01 .01 .01 .01
49 PI .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .04 .04 .04 .04
50 PI .11 .11 .11 .11 .15 .04 .02 .04 .06 .16
51 PI .28 .45 .41 .04 .02 .03 0. 0. .03 .02
52 PI .00 .01 .00 .00 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
53 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
54 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
55 PI 0. 0.

56 KR SulI
57 KJ4 RUNOFF FROM SU.BASf'4 I
so KO 1
59 PR 10
60 tW 1
61 PT 1 3
62 P" .75 .25
63 BA 1.43
LS 98 85
64
65 U1K 100 .03 .24 15
66 UK 190 .02 .35 85
.008 .02 .45 TwAP 0 1
67 RI 2000
.004 .08 TAP 2 2
68 RI 13500

109
 aw-1 INPUT PAGE 2
LIN ID ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5....... 6 ....... 7 ....... a ....... 9 ...... 10

69 1! SUB2
70 1K RUNOFF FROM SUBBASNI 2
71 PR 10
72 FN 1
73 PT 1 2
74 PW .75 .25
75 BA .67
76 UK 100 .05 .24 15
77 UK 190 .03 .35 85
78 RK 2400 .01 .02 .39 TRAP 0
79 R 6500 .008 .08 TRAP 2 2

80 K1 S0B3
81 Dt RUNOFF FRO SUBBASI- 3
82 BA .56
83 PR 20
84 9w 1
85 PT 2
86 :" 1
87 UK 100 .05 .24 15
88 UK 190 .03 .35 85
89 Rl 1600 .019 .02 .35 TRAP 0
s0 RK 6500 .012 .08 TRAP 2 2

91 K1 SUB4
92 KM COMBINE RU?4OFF FRO SUB1, SUB2 AND SUB3
93 HC 3

94 UK SUB4
95 K! RUNOFF FROM SUBBASIN 4
96 PR 40
97 PW 1
98 PT 2 3 4 5
99 PW .05 .40 S0 .05
100 BA 1.83
101 UK 100 .03 .24 15
102 UK 190 .015 .35 85
103 RK 2500 .01 .02 .79 TRAP 0
104 AN 12000 .007 .05 TRAP 50 2 YES

105 K SUBS
106 KH RUNOFF FRO SUBBASIrN 5
107 PR 40
100 9W 1
109 PT 2 4
110 9W .2 .8
111 BA .67
112 UK 100 .05 .24 20
113 UK 220 .028 .35 80
114 RK 2000 .013 .02 .42 TRAP 0
115 RK 8000 .01 .0S TRAP 3

116 UK SUBS
117 KM RUNOFF FROM SUBDASIN 6
118 PR 40
119 Pw 1
120 PT 4
121 PW 1
122 BA 1.43
123 UK 100 .03 .24 20
124 UK 200 .02 .35 80
125 RK 2200 .011 .02 .55 TRAP 0
126 RK 14000 .005 .09 TRAP 2 2

127 9K SUB7
128 KM COMBINE RUNOFF FROM SUB4, SUDS, AND SUB6
129 HC 3

130 1IK SUB7

131 KM RUNOFF FROM SUB7 AND UPSTREAm INFL,
132 PR 50
133 9W 1
134 PT 5
135 P" 1
136 BA .96
137 UK 100 .06 .24 15
138 UK 190 .03 .35 85
139 RK 2100 .024 .020 .74 TRAP 0
140 R 70011 .011 .050 TRAP 50 3 YES
141 ZI

110
*taaa~o **ttt*a~tt
tttta tawtlatateit~iI tt tttttttt *a
eaaaaaaaaaaa~aaaaa
eaaaae

• FLOD) HYDROGRAPH PACKAGE (IEC-1) * U.S. ARMYCORPS OF ENGINEERS *

* FEBRUARY 1981 • THE HYDROLOGIC ENGINEERING CENTER '
* REVISED 14 JUN 85 • 609 SECONDSTREET •
D 2 • t DAVIS, CALIFORNIA 95616 a
a RU DATE 2 JUL 85 TINE 13:45:1' (916) "0-3285 OR (FTS) "8"3ZSS •

EXAMPLE
"MUM NO. 2
KI'NU4AflC WAVI WATIEIm b4V0/

4 1O OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPwIT 5 PRINT CONIOL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QOCAL 0. EYDR0GRAPS PLoT SCALE
DMG yU PRINT oIAQwsIC wSSAG

IT ErOGRAP" TIl DATA

XMIN 15 KINUTIS IN C UTATION INTSRVhL
IDAT! 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITIM 0000 STARTING TIM
NO 60 NunEl or RYDOGRAPH ORDINATES
NDDATB 1 0 EDING DATE
NOTION 1445 WDING TlME

COMPUTATION INTERVAL 0.25 NOURS

TOTAL TIM BASE 14.75 BOURS

UIGLISR UNITS
DRAINAGE ARM SQUARE MILES
PRECIPITATION ORS XNC
LENGTU, ELEVATION PEET
now CUBIC PR1T PER SEDND
STORMEN VOLUR Am-FE
SURFACE AM ACRES
TEMPERATURE DnuRm FAoREuIT

,et tat tat tat at. eta tea tat tat a.. tea a.. eta taa tea ea e eattt te at. tat at, tat tatta tat at. ate Cra. at ee

56EK SUI •
S*eatat t aaa

58 KO OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPRMT I PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. BYTDROGRAPS
PLOT SCALE

SUBBASM RUNOF DATA

63 BA SUEBSMIN CRARACTERISTICS
TARIA 1.43 SUBBSALN AREA

111
 ." UAla ,',l'l " L;A'A

61 PT TOTAL STORM STATIONS 1 3

62 PW WEIGHTS 0.75 0.25

59 PR RECORDING STATIONS 10
60 PW WEIGHTS 1.00

64 1S SCS LOSS RATH

STRTL 0.04 INITIAL ABSTRACTION
CRvN3R 98.00 CURVE NUBER
R7HPT 0.00 PETA2' IiERVIOUS ARE

LOSS RATE VARIABLES FOR SEOID OVERILAND FLOW ELEET

STRTL 0.35 INITIAL ABSTRACTION
CRltMi 8 OS-00 CUVE NUsER
RTIMP 0.00 PERCENT IMPERVIOU AREA

KINEMATIC NAVE
65 UK OVERLAND-FLOW EWEIT NO. 1
L 100. OVERLAND FLOW LENGTE
S 0.0300 SLOPE
N 0.240 MOUGHWBSS COEFICIENT
PA 15.0 PERCIT OF SUBEASIN
66 UK OVERLAIID-FLOW, ELDI NO. 2
L 190. OVERLAND FLO LZM=
8 0.0200 SLOPE
N 0.350 RUG3IESS CIEICIENT
PA 85.0 PERCENT OP SUeASIN
67 RK COLLECTOR CHANNEL
L 2000. CHANNEL LZSTH
S 0.0080 SLOPE
N 0.020 CHANNEL ROUONNU COEFFICIfNT
CA 0.45 CONTRIBUTING AE
SHAPE TRAP CHANNEL SHAPE
NO 0.00 00TroN WIDTH OR DIAMETER
2 1.00 SIDE SLOPE
68 RI MAIN CHANNL,
L 13500. CHANNEL LDEGTH
S 0,0040 SLOPE
N 0.080 CHANNEL ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENT
CA 1.43 CONTRItNBUTN AREA
SHAPE TRAP CHANNEL SHAPE
NO 2.00 907" Wti)m OR DIAMETER
$ 2.00 SIDE SLOPE
RUPSTQ NO ROUTE UPSTREAM HY'DROGRAM

PRECIPITATION STATION DATA

STATION TOT AVG. ANNUAL WEIGHT

1 1.96 0.00 0.75
3 2.73 0.00 0.25

TaoLDI F11 BmTIONS

STATION 10, WRIGHT * 1.00

0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
0.08 0.08 0.00 0.08 0.23 0.15 0.05 0.02 0.08 0.22
0.23 0.20 0.09 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01
0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01
COPUJTED KINEMATIC PARAMETERS

ELEMENT ALPHA N OT (MIN) OX (FT)

1 1.0753 1.667 15.00 50.00
2 0.6021 1.667 15.00 95.00
3 3.3366 1.333 15.00 1000.00
4 0.5115 1.351 15.00 6750.00

112
 HYDROGRAP AT STATION SUBI

DA NON HPRN ORD RAIN LOSS EXCESS COP Q * DA MN EM ORD RAIN LOSS EXCESS COMP Q

1 0000 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. * 1 0730 31 0.24 0.09 0.15 127.

1 0015 2 0.00 0.00 0100 0. * 1 0745 32 0.25 0.08 0.17 202.
1 0030 3 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 0800 33 0.22 0.06 0.16 305.
1 0045 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. * 1 0815 34 0.10 0.02 0.08 367.
1 0100 5 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. * 1 0830 35 0.01 0.00 0.01 352.
1 0115 6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. * 1 0845 36 0.02 0.01 0.02 299.
1 0130 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. * 1 0900 37 0.05 0.01 0.04 247.
1 0145 8 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. 1 091.5 38 0.01 0.00 0.01 204.
1 0200 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. * 1 0930 39 0.01 0.00 0.01 170.
1 0215 10 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 0945 40 0.00 0.00 0.00 139.
1 0230 11 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 1000 41 0.00 0.00 0.00 114.
1 0245 12 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. 1 1015 42 0.00 0.00 0.00 93.
1 0300 13 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 1030 43 0.00 0.00 0.00 76.
1 0315 14 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 1045 44 0.00 0.00 0.00 63.
1 0330 15 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 1100 45 0.00 0.00 0.00 53.
1 0345 16 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 1115 46 0.00 0.00 0.00 44.
1 0400 17 0.01 0.01 0.00 0. * 1 1130 47 0.00 0.00 0.00 37.
1 0415 18 0.03 0.03 0.00 0. * 1 1145 48 0.00 0.00 0.00 32.
1 0430 19 0.03 0.03 0.00 0. * 1 1200 49 0.00 0.00 0.00 27.
1 0445 20 0.03 0.03 0.00 0. * 1 1215 50 0.01 0.00 0.01 24.
1 0500 21 0.03 0.03 0.00 1. * 1 1230 51 0.01 0.00 0.01 21.
1 0515 22 0.09 0.08 0.01 1. 1
1 1245 52 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.
1 0530 23 0.09 0.08 0.01 3. * 1 1300 i3 0.01 0.00 0.01 is.
1 0545 24 0.09 0.07 0.02 6. * 1 1315 54 0.01 0.00 0.01 16.
1 0600 25 0.09 0.06 0.03 10. * 1 1330 55 0.01 0.00 0.01 17.
1 0615 26 0.25 0.15 G.10 18. * 1 1345 56 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.
1 0630 27 0.16 0.08 0.08 42. * 1 1400 57 0.01 0.00 0.01 17.
1 0645 28 0.05 0.02 0.03 71. * 1 1415 58 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.
1 0700 29 0.02 0.01 0.01 88. * 1 1430 59 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.
1 0715 30 0.09 0.04 0.05 98. * 1 1445 60 0.00 0.00 0.00 16.
* SUq 2.15 1.09 1.06

TOTAL RAINFALL - 2.15, TOTAL LOSS - 1.09. TOTAL EXCESS * 1.06

Y FLOW TIME MAXIMUIMAVERAGE FLOW

"F51 (Hit) 6-SR 24-HR 72-HR 14.75-R
37. 8.25 (CFS) 136. 59. 59. 59.
(INCHES) 0.86 0.944 0.944 0.944
(AC-?T) 68. 72. 72. 72.

CUMULATIVE AREA - 1.43 SQ MI

RUNOFF SIDHARy
FLOW IN CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
TIME IN HOURS, AREA IN SQUARE MILES

PEAK TIME OF AVERAGE FLOW FOR MAXIUM PERIOD BASIN MAXIMUM TONE OF
OPERATION STATION PLO; PEAK 6-HOUR 24-HOUR 72-HOUR AREA STAGE MAX STAGE

RYDROGRAPH AT SUB1 367. 8.25 136. 59. 59. 1.43

RYDROGRAPH AT SU2 207. 8.25 54. 23. 23. 0.67

HYDROGRAPH AT SUB3 230. 8.25 37. 16. 16. 0.56

3 COMBINED AT SUB4 804. 8.25 226. 98. 98. 2.66

HYDROGRAPH AT SU84 1674. 8.50 477. 205. 205. 4.49

HYDROGRAPH AT SUDS 427. 8.25 87. 37. 37. 0.67

HYDROGRAPH AT SUB6 628. 0.50 1Q6. 84. 84. 1.43

3 COMBINED AT SUB7 2663. 8.25 757. 325. 325. 6.59

HYDROGRAPH AT SUB7 3158. 8.50 887. 380. 380. 7.55

NORMALEND OF NE-I ...

113
12.3 Example Problem #3: Snowmelt Runoff Simulation

This example demonstrates the degree-day method of deriving a runoff

hydrograph due to snowmelt. The example basin configuration and data are
shown in Fig. 12.3 and Table 12.3a. The general procedure used in this case
is as follows:

(1) Determine total precipitation based on melt coefficients, initial

available snowpack, rainfall and temperature data.
(2) Compute excess from exponential loss equations.
(3) Use the SCS unit hydrograph to route the excess to the basin
outlet.

The input data and results of the analysis are displayed in the computer
printout in Table 12.3b.

Figure 12.3 Snowmelt Basin

114
 TABLE 12.3a
Snowmelt Data

INFILTRATION CARDS

Rainfall - Exponential Loss Rate I.E

SJ1R - 0. 24
DLTKR - 0.00
RTIOL - 1.00
ERAIN - 0.70

Snowmelt - Exponential Loss Rate 114

S7RKS - 0.24
RTIOK - 1.00
UNIT HYDROGRAPH UC

TC - 46
R - 183

ZOE DATA NA

ZGNE AREA SNOWPACK

(sq miles) (in water)

1 1,000 7.5
2 500 6.2
3 370 8.4
MELT COEFFICIENTS MC

TLAPS - 3.3
COEF - .08
FRZTP - 33

TABLE 12.3b
Example Problem #3: Input and Output
H&C-i INPUT PAGE
LINE ID ....... I ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... 6 ....... 9 ...... 10

I ID EXAMPLE PROSLM 1. 3
2 10 SNUOIULT RIOF SIMULATION

3 IT 720 04APR75 0800 90

4 10 0 2
5 IN 1440 04APR75 0800
6 PG 100
7 PI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.26 0.04 0.0 0.0
8 PI .01 .0 0 0 0 0 0 .2 .67 .36
9 PI .01 .02 .3 .07 .09 .04 0 0 0 .01
10 PI .02 0 0 0 .02 .03 .50 .56 0 0
11 P1 .32 .27 0 .48 .46 .21 0 .07 .01 .06

12 IX 7
13 K ,MINWNESOTA RIVER BASIN
14 BA 1870
15 or 8 1500 1.0022
16 PT 100
17 PM 1.0
18 PR 100
19 P" 1.0
20 tc 46 183
21 .E .24 0 1.0 .7
22 1M .24 1.0
* * * 11 DATA (L(MEST ZONE)
23 KA 1000 7.5

115
 * ..... DATA FOR ZOtEs AT HIGHER ELEVATIONS (1000 rT INCREMENTS)
24 MA% 500 6.2
25 MA 370 8.4
26 BC 3.3 .08 33
27 IN 1440 04APR75 0800
28 HT 18 30 35 31 27 22 32 14 0 2
29 HT 17 37 28 37 38 34 37 48 51 47
30 MT 42 45 55 60 54 53 52 47 45 50
31 MT 55 51 50 49 50 60 55 50 41 46
32 MT 54 57 57 54 64 65 63 58 52 47
33 zz

, **4444444444444444444444444444444*444 4....* 4....4444*e.444444 44t4.44..t4* .

FLOOD HYDROGRAPH PACKAGE (NEC-I) * U.S. ARMYCORPS OF EGINEERS *

FEBRUARY 1981 * THE HYDROLOGIC DGINEERING CENTER *
REVISED 18 JUN 81 * 609 SECOND STREET *
* * DAVIS, CALIFORNIA 95616
RUN DATE 24 JUN 81 TIME 9:09:07 * (916) 440-3285 OR (FTS) 448-3285

EXAMPLE PROBLEM NO. 3

SN4MELT RUNOFF SINELATION

4 10 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPRNT 0 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 2 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. RYDROGRAPH PIDT SCAE
DMSG YES PRINT DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

5 IN TIME DATAFOR INPUT TIME SERIES

JXMIN 7440 TIME INTERVAL IN MINUTES
JXDATE 4APR75 STARTING DATE
JXTIME 800 STARTING TIME

IT HYDROGRAPH TIME DATA

NMIN 720 MINUTES IN COMPUTATION INTERVAL
IDATE 4APR75 STARTING DATE
ITIME 0800 STARTING TIME
NQ 90 NUMBER OF SYDROGRAPB ORDINATES
NDDATE 18MAY75 ENDING DATE
NDTIME 2000 EIDING TIME

COMPUTATION INTERVAL 12.00 HOURS

TOTAL TIME BASE 1068.00 HOURS

E4GLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE AREA SQUARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTH INCHES
LENGTH, ELEVATION FEET
FLOW CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
STORAGE VOLUME ACRE-FEET
SURFACE AREA ACRES
TEMPERATURE DEGREES FHREIT

*• 444
* * * 44 *t *4 • • e •eeeJ * t ••••tee•o et e e ,••tte e o * • e

* *

12 KK 7 *
* *

,MINNESOTA RIVER BASIN

27 IN TIME DATAFOR INPUT TIME SERIES

JXMIN 1440 TIME INTERVAL IN MINUTES
JXDATE 4APR75 STARTING DATE
JxTrME 800 STARTING TIME

116
 IUDA ItMM I II

14 DA BUNAiU CmA~aCTs*ISTICS
TAM 1670.00 SWhWNIAWAMNA

15 w BUZ3 V CNAECTRIXSTICU
fmg 6.00 INITIAL FLOW
OF"N 1500.00 srxB EASE FAI/ EM8IO
ITIOr 1.00220 1A[BSION CONiTAX

U PIT DATA
r'JIO"

16 PT TAL STOW STATIONS 100

17 P1 V3IGTS 1.00

is P /RECORDING STATIONS 100

19 Pm WIGNTS 1.00

IC 81K)MLT DATA
TLApS 3.30 T13MRAT LAPSE PATE
C0lp 0.06 SWONMT CWOTICIUIT
P'11? 33.00 MT T20MRATURZ

MR ELEVATION ZONE DATA

ZON AM UNOMPACK ANNUAL PROCIP
1 1000. 7.50 0.00
2 500. 6.20 0.00
3 370. 8.40 0.00

IT TUWZRAIURZ DATA
16.0 24.0 30.0 32.5 35.0 33.0 31.0 29.0 27.0 24.5
22.0 27.0 32.0 23.0 14.0 7.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 9.5
17.0 27.0 37.0 32.5 26.0 32.5 37.0 37.5 38.0 36.0
34.0 3S.5 37.0 42.5 66.0 49.5 51.0 49.0 47.0 44.5
42.0 43.5 45.0 50.0 55.0 57.5 60.0 57.0 54.0 53.5
53.0 52.5 52.0 49.5 47.0 46.0 45.0 47.S SO.0 52.5
55.0 53.0 51.0 50.5 50.0 49.5 49.0 49.5 SO.0 55.0
60.0 57.5 55.0 52.5 50.0 45.5 41.0 43.5 46.0 50.0
54.0 55.5 57.0 57.0 57.0 55.5 54.0 59.0 64.0 64.5

21 E IiXPMITIAL LOSS RATE

Sr 0.24 INITIAL VAWE Or LOSS a)WFICIIT
DLTKR 0.00 INITIAL LOSS
RTIOL 1.00 LOSS CO3'FICIUIT ECESSION O3KSTANT
BRAIN 0.70 XPONr Or PRECIPITATION
RTII 0.00 P rr IPERVIOUS AR

LN i.TWATER LOS PATE

STOS 0.24 INITIAL VALOR O LOSS WW"ICIZWT
1IOK 1.00 LOSS 1C13icrz7T RECESSION ansTANT

20 UC CLRK UNIGPAPU
TC 46.00 TIM OF CONCNfTRATION
R 183.00 STORAGE QOEICIEIT

STWTSXTIC AJ VS. TIM CURVE WILL 89 USE

VICrLATED-ARZ&

PRCIPITATION STATION DATA

STATION TOTAL AVG. ANNUAL N1IGuT

100 4.59 0.00 1.00

ISSORAL DISTRIBUTIONS

D-AALt, lu., A*.J-t11 A.uU

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00
0.13 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.13
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.01 0.00
0.00 0.10 0.10 0.33 0.34 0.16 0.18
0.00 0.00 0.00
0.01 0.01 0.15 0.15 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05
0.00 0.01
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01
0.02 0.02
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01
0.29 0.29 0.28 0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.01 0.02
0.16 0.13 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.24 0.24 0.23
0.16

UNIT HYDROGRAPH PAAI13TERS

CLARK TC- 46.00 HR, R-183.00 OR
SNYDER TP 49.11 ER, CP 0.23

117
 UNIT HYDROGRAPH
83 I"D-OF-PRIOD ORDINATES
602. 2263. 4252. 5476. 5586. 5231. 4899. 4588. 4296. 4024.
3768. 3529. 3305. 3095. 2899. 2715. 2542. 2381. 2230. 2088.
1955. 1831. 1715. 1606. 1504. 1409. 1319. 1235. 1157. 1084.
1015. 950. 890. 833. 781. 731. 685. 641. 600. 562.
527. 493. 462. 433. 405. 379. 355. 333. 312. 292.
273. 256. 240. 224. 210. 197. 184. 173. 162. 151.
142. 133. 124. 116. 109. 102. 96. 90. 84. 79.
74. 69. 65. 60. 57. 53. 50. 46. 44. 41.
38. 36. 33.

HYDR0GRAPH AT STATION 7

DA MON HR84N ORD PRECIP TOM SHcEELT SOLOSS SWOEXCS RAIN RAINLOS RAIMEXS SM0+RAIN LOSS EXCESS COMP Q

4 APR 0800 1 0.00 16.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.
4 APR 2000 2 0.00 24.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.

Note: Lines 3-32 not shown

20 APR 0800 33 0.00 37.0 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 43.
20 APR 2000 34 0.00 42.5 0.23 0.17 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.23 0.17 0.06 74.
21 APR 0800 35 0.00 48.0 0.45 0.29 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.45 0.29 0.16 260.
21 APR 2000 36 0.10 49.5 0.51 0.30 0.21 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.61 0.36 0.25 78 .
22 APR 0800 37 0.10 51.0 0.57 0.32 0.24 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.67 0.38 0.29 1761.
22 APR 2000 38 0.33 49.0 0.49 0.26 0.23 0.33 0.18 0.15 0.02 0.44 0.38 3167.
23 APR 0800 39 0.34 47.0 0.41 0.22 0.18 0.33 0.19 0.15 0.74 0.41 0.33 4875.
23 APR 2000 40 0.18 44.5 0.31 0.19 0.12 0.18 0.11 0.07 0.49 0.30 0.18 6597.
24 APR 0800 41 0.18 42.0 0.21 0.14 0.07 0.14 0.09 0.05 0.35 0.23 0.12 7970.
24 APR 2000 42 0.00 43.5 0.27 0.19 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.27 0.20 0.07 8773.
25 APR 0800 43 0.01 45.0 0.33 0.23 0.10 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.33 0.23 0.10 9083.
25 APR 20C' 44 0.01 50.0 0.53 0.32 0.21 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.54 0.33 0.21 9223.
26 APR 080u 45 0.01 55.0 0.73 0.40 0.32 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.74 0.41 0.33 9573.
26 APR 2000 46 0.15 57.5 0.83 0.42 0.41 0.15 0.08 0.07 0.98 0.50 0.48 10446.
27 APR 0800 47 0.15 80.0 0.50 0.27 0.22 0.15 0.09 0.06 0.65 0.36 0.28 11631.
27 APR 2000 48 0.03 57.0 0.23 0.14 0.09 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.26 0.17 0.09 13230.
28 APR 0800 49 0.04 54.0 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.00 0.14 0.09 0.04 14047.
28 APR 2000 50 0.04 53.5 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.84 0.00 0.14 0.10 0.04 14095.
29 APR 0800 51 0.05 53.0 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.00 0.14 0.10 0.04 13655.
29 APR 2000 52 0.02 52.5 0.09 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.11 0.08 0.03 13069.
30 APR 0800 53 0.02 52.0 0.09 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.11 0.07 0.03 12481.
30 APR 2000 54 0.00 49.5 0.07 0.05 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.05 0.02 11904.
1 MAY 0800 55 0.00 47.0 0.05 0.04 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.04 0.01 11323.
1 MAY 2000 56 0.00 46.0 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.04 0.03 0.01 10729.
2 MAY 0800 57 0.00 45.0 0.03 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.03 0.00 10124.
2 KAY 2000 58 0.00 47.5 0.05 0.04 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.04 0.01 9530.
3 MAY 0800 59 0.00 50.0 0.07 0.05 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.05 0.02 8978.
3 MAY 2000 60 0.00 52.5 0.03 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.03 0.00 8478.
4 MAY 0800 61 0.01 55.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 8007.
4 MAY 2000 62 0.01 53.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 7541.
5 MAY 0800 63 0.01 51.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 7075.
5 MAY 2000 64 0.00 50.5 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6626.
6 MAY 0800 65 0.00 50.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6206.
6 MAY 2000 66 0.00 49.5 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5812.
7 MAY 0800 67 0.00 49.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5443.
7 AY 2000 68 0.00 49.5 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5097.
8 MAY 0800 69 0.00 50.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4774.

Note: Lines 70-88 not shown

18 mA? 0800 89 0.24 64.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24 0.24 0.00 0.24 0.24 0.00 1424.
18 MAY 2000 90 0.23 64.5 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.23 0.23 0.00 0.23 0.23 0.00 1387.

PEAK FLOW TIME MAXIMUM AVERAGE FLOW

(CFS) (HR) 10-DAY 30-DAY 90-DY 44.5-DAY
14095. 588.00 (CPS) 10928. 5759. 3884. 3884.
(INCHES) 2.173 3.436 3.438 3.438
(AC-FT) 2i6T i42675.
3. 342654. .

CUMULATIVE AREA - 1870.00 SQ MI

118
 STATION 7

(0) OUTFLOW
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. $000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. O. 0. 0. 0.
(T) TMIERATURE
O. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 20. 40. 60. 80. 0. 0.
(L) PRECIP, (X) EXCESS
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 0.8 0.4 0.0
'.qM PER

42000 20 T
50800 30 T
52000 40 T
60800 so T
62000 60 T
70800 70 T
72000 00 T

Note: Lines 9-25 not shown

162000 260
170800 270 .... T.. L.
172000 280 T.. LL.
180800 290 T.. LL.
182000 300 T ... L.
190800 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
192000 320 T . " L
200800 330 T. L
202000 340 .T . LLLLLX.
210000 35.0 T LLLLLLLXXXX.
212000 36. O . T rrLLLLLLLXXXXXX.
220600 37. 0. T LLLLLLLLLLXXXXXXX.
222000 30. 0 T LLLLLLLLLLLXXXXXXXXXX.
230800 39. 0 T .LLLLLLLLLLLXXXXXXXX.
232000 40. 0 •T LLLLLLLXXXXX.
240800 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LLLLLLXXX.
242000 42. 0 T LLLLLXX.
250800 43. 0 T .LLLLLXXX.
252000 44. 0 T LLLLLLLLXXXXX.
260800 45. 0 T . LLLLLLLLLLXXXXXXXX.
262000 46. 0 T. LLLLLLLLLLLLXXXXXXXXXXX.
270800 47. 0. T LLLLLLLLLXXXXXXX.
272000 48. 0 T. LLLLLXX.
280800 49. OT LLX.
282000 50. 0 T LLX.
290800 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . .T . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. LLX.
292000 52., 0 T LLX.
300800 53. 0 T LLX.
302000 54. 0 T LL.
10800 55. 0 T L.
12000 56. 0 T L.
.,.Uu D1. TU L.
"2000 So. 0 . T L.
0800 59. oT LX.
2000 60. .0 T L.
'1800 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .
'000 62. 0 T
o800 63. 0 T
2000 64. 0 T
1800 65. .0 T
'000 66. 0. T
3800 67. 0 T
2000 68. 0 T
'800 69. 0 T
-,000 70. 0 T
1800 71 . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2000 72. 0T.
3800 73. 0 T
2074. 0 TLLLLLLL'i
J800 75. 0 T LLLL
2000 76. 0 .T LLLLLLL.
!800 77. 0 .T LL,
2000 78. 0 T
3800 79. 0 T L:
2000 80. 0 T
8 .
el80 .. 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42000 82. 0 T, L,
--3800 83. 0 T. LLLL,
2000 84. 0. T. LLL,
080O 85. 0. T. LLL.
'2000 86. 0 .T.
10800 87. 0 .T.
'2000 68. 0 T. LLLLLLm
30800 89. 0 .. T LLLL.K..
'.2000 90 ---
- -0-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- T -- - - - - - - - - -L L .

119
12.4 Example Problem #4: Unit Graph and Loss Rate Parameter Optimization

This example demonstrates the optimization of Clark Unit Hydrograph

parameters TC and R, and the loss rate parameters for the HEC-1 exponential
loss function. Note that unit graph and loss rate parameters can be fixed at
a desired value; in this example, the exponential loss rate parameter ERAIN
was fixed at 0.7, leaving the remaining loss rate and unit graph parameters
to be optimized. The example input data in the appropriate HEC-1 format and
the optimization results are shown in Table 12.4.

TABLE 12.4

Example Problem #4: Input and Output

LINER 2 . 3 . - .
IN.1 5 . . 7 . S 9 . 1
LIMB 10 ....... I ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... I ....... 0 ...... 10

1 ID ZXMLlE TEST 0. 4
2 D UNIT GRAM AM 1,4058 RATE OPTIXUZATIOU
3 IT 15 67k]G27 1145 61
4 10 1 2
5 O0
6 PC 467042 2.39 1.00
7 PG 100
a ix .00 .00 .03 .06 .45 .42 .29 .14 .08 .04
9 PI .03 . .0 .02 .02 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .02
10 PI .01 .01 .02 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 .00
11 Pr .01 .01 .00 .00 .01 .02 .01 .01 .01 .00
12 PI .01 .01 .01 .01 .00 .00 .00 .01 .00 .00
13 PG 300
14 Pi .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
15 P1 .00 .00 .00 .10 .45 1.45 .73 .02 .80 .50
16 PI .25 .05 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
17 PZ .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
18 PI .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
19 PG 5000
20 P1 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
21 P2 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
22 PI .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .04 .23
23 PI .39 .18 .56 .00 .00 .00 .19 .06 .20 .20
24 P1 .11 .03 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00

25 KR 467042
26 go 57 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73
27 QO 130 250 370 520 720 920 1170 1470 1720 1900
28 QO 2060 2250 2400 2570 2720 2860 3090 3390 3540 3520
29 QO 3480 3330 3290 3230 3100 2900 2720 2520 2270 2050
30 QO 1800 1570 1430 1300 1200 1100 980 890 800 745
31 QO 690 650 610 570 540 510 490 475 460 445
32 90 430 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
33 PT 467042
34 PE 1.00 0. 0. 0. 0.
35 PR 100 300 5000 0 0
36 13 .45 .45 .10 0. 0.
37 BA 37.90 0.-
30 9F 57. -.25 1.3195
39 OC -1.00 -1.00
40 La -1. -1. 1. .5
41 Z2

120
ft * * ft

* FLOOD HYDROGRAPH PACKAGE (NEC-1) U.S. ARMSCORPS OF ENGINEERS

* FEBRUARY 1981 ' THE NYDROLOGIC ENGINEERING CENTER
* REVISED 14 JUN 85 * 609 SECOND STREET
* 4 * DAVIS, CALIFORNIA 95616
* U DATE 2 JUL 85 TINE 13:45:17 " * (916) 440-328S OR (FTS) 448-3285

DXAMPLB TEST 30. 4

UNIT GRAPE AND LS RATE OPTIMIZATION

4 10 OUTPUT COI TROL VARIABLES

IPPNT I PRINT COWTROL
XPLO 2 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. PLOT" SCALE
IROURAPf
DG YS PRINT DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

IT ZYOR0GRAPH TIME DATA

WIN 15 MInITz IN COPUTATION INTERVAL
IDATE 67AUG27 STARTING DATE
ITIms 1145 STARTING TIME
NQ 61 mBRu Or ETON RAPE ORD"NAmTS
NDDAT3 2SV27 ENDING DATE
NDTIMB 0245 ENDING TIME

COMPUTATION INTERVAL 0.25 SOURS

TOTL TIM BASS IS.00 SOUR8

DIGLIS UNITS
DRAINAGE AREA SQUARE NILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTB INCHES
LENGTH ELEVATION TEST
FLOW CUBIC FEET PR
STORAGE VOLUME ACl-FnT
SUPAC AREA ACRES
TZPERR DEGREES FAHRENHIT

OU OPTIMIZATION OF UNITGRAPS AND LOSS RATE PARAMETERS

IFORD 1 FIRST ORDINATE OF OPTINZATrOM REGION
ILOND 61 LAST ORDINATE OF OPTIMIZATION REGION

25 X 467042

su5sAmI RUNOTf DATA

37 BA SUBAMIN CRARACTERISTICS
TARRA 37.90 SUlBSIN AEA
38 BY BASS FLOW CEARACTERISTICS
STRITO 57.00 INITIAL FLOW

121
 qiotm -0.1) OmN BASE FW tMMSION
31100 1.31950 RECESSION CONSTANT

PRlIPI7ATIOW DATA

33 PT TOTL STOm STATIONS 467042

34 11 WEIGTS 1.00
35 Pit RECORDING STATIONS 100 300 5000 0 0
36 lq" WZIGHTS 0.45 0.45 0.10 0.00 0.00
40 ti MPONUTIAL, LOSS RATE
DI0ME -1.00 INITIAL VALUE OF LOSS COZFFICzfeT
OLEI -1.00 INITIAL LOSS
1tOL 1.00 LOSS COEPPCICENT ECUESION CONSTANT
mAIN 0.50 ExND'P r P IPiTAToM
3T513 0.00 Peim= IMPERVIOUS ARA

39 OC CLARK UNITG3AI3
IC -1.00 TIM OF CONCRTRATION
3 -1.00 STORAGZ COEFICIENT

SwIEBIC ACCUH.TD-RSA VS . TEII CURE WILL 53 USE

PRIPT"ATION STATION DATA

STATION TOTAL AVG. ANNUAL W3IG'

467042 2.39 1.00 1.00

TJ3KPAL DISTRIBUTIONS

STATION 100, WZIGHT - 0.45

0.00 0.00 0.03 0.04 0.45 0.42 0.29 0.14 0.00 .0.04
0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01

STATION 300. NI3GB? - 0.45

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.45 1.45 0.73 0.02 0.00 0.50
0.25 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
STATION 5000, WIGHT - 0.10
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.04 0.23
0.39 0.10 0.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19 0.08 0.20 0.20
0.U1 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

INITIAL STI2hTS 703 OPTDMZATION VARIABLZS

TC+ 3/ (10+ ) STiZE DLTXR ETIOL ZMAIN
6.16 0.S0 0.20 0.50 1.00 0.50

IWlmSHEDIATZ VALUES OF OPTIMZATION VARIABLES

(*'DZCA2T CRAPN2"M PREVIOUS VAW)
(+IUDICATZB VARIABLE NA NOT CH3GD)
OSJ10TIV3
Ft4CION TC+R 3/(TC+R) STIA DLTIR RTOL SP0AIN
VOL. AD0. 6.156 0.500 0.448' 1.119 1.000 0.500

3.49572+02 6.8950 0.500 0.440 1.119 1.000 0.500

j 411jogv4d *.8v3 U."dd U.448 l.iv J.UUU U, U
3.44503+02 6.895 0.522 0.437* 1.119 1.000 0.300
3.39393+02 6.895 0.522 0.437 0.9648 1.000 0.500
3.39283 02 6.920* 0.522 0.437 0.904 1.000 0.500
3.35921402 6.920 0.547* 0.437 0.964 1.000 0.500
3.35181+02 6.920 0.547 0.443* 0.964 1.000 0.500
3.28558+02 6.920 0.547 0.443 0.0140 1.000 0.500
3.27123402 7.016* 0.547 0.443 0.014 1.000 0.500
3.2702502 7.016 0.551* 0.443 0.814 1.000 0.500
3.24733 02 7.016 0.551 0.452* 0.014 1.000 o.soo
3.1121+02 7.016 0.551 0.452 0.542' 1.000 0.500

122
 3.10123402 7.101* 0.551 0.452 0.542 1.000 0.500
3.10123402 7.101 0.SS1 0.42 0.542 1.000 0.500
•
3.05772402 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.542 1.000 0.500
2.9360Z+02 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.36 2* 1.000 0.500

2.0841Z+02 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.241. 1.000 0.500

2.8635Z,02 7.101 0.551 0.465 0.161. 1.000 0.500
2.01072,02 7.101 0551 0.476 0.161 1.000 0.500
•
2.81833002 7.101 0.551 0.477 0.161 1.000 0.SOO

2.01342+02 7.0460 0.551 0.477 0.161 • 1.000 0.500

VOL. ADS. 7.046 0.551 0.4 * 0.164 1.000 0.500

* OPTIIZATION 3ESLTS
................................................:

• CLARK UNITGRAP PARAUTE•RS

SJLC 3.16
• R 3.86

' SWYDER STANDARD ONZTGRAPU PARAMETES

1I
T 2.9
• CP 0.52
• LA PRO C ER OF MASS OF EXCESS
S TO CEDI Or MASS O OVVTCRAPff 5.36

• UWlMRAPZ PEAK 4332.

• T OF PEAK 3.00
* a

* ]XPOI IAL LOSS RATE PARAMEERS

* STRD 0.49 a
DLTID 0.16 *
S~XTIOL 1.00 *
S DZAIN 0.50

a IMNgIoV UIPORM LOW RATE

TLy 0.444 *

eta eat tatae*

tta~~t~t......t.t...t.a ..tt.t............ e .tt**t..............
..... ***tlttti

• COMPARISON OF COMPUTED AND OBSRVED ZYIDOGRAflS

~eeat~
.*S............. t...t. ta t *ttta*aatte~ e a. ~..t.taa. t.t0.att.Ot

STATISTICS BASED ON OPTIMIZATION RZGIO*

(ORDINATES I THAOU 61)

* TIM TO LAG
• SON Or BOv MEAN CENTE C.K. TO PEAS TIME Or
• FLOWS DETH FLOW OF "An C.,. FLOW PEAK

• PREGIPITATION EXCESS 0.937 1.13 •

• COMPUTED WYTDROGRAPK 64787. 0.867 1390. 8.51 4.36 3621. 7.2S •

OBSERVZD EYDROMGPA 8477. 0.67 1390. 6.16 4.03 3S40. 7.25 •
a

0. 0.000 0. 0.35 0.35 $1. 0.00 a

a DIFFEEC
a PERCENT DIRENCE ~ 0.00 6.68 2.28

a STNDARD ERROR 270. AVERAGE ABSOOTI E ROR 208.

OJECI aY FUNCTION 284. AVER GE PERCNIT ABSOLUTE EROR 27.27 *
•

123
 UIT YDROGRAPE
89 ZWD-OF-PZIMOO ORDINATES
96. 361. 741. 1191. 1690. 2227. 2779. 3285. 3700. 4017.
4232. 4332. 4265. 4050. 3797. 3560. 3338. 3130. 2935. 2752.
2580. 2419. 2268. 2127. 1994. 1870. 1753. 1644. 1541. 1445.
1355. 1270. 1191. 1117. 1047. 982. 920. 863. 809. 759.
711. 667. 625. 586. 550. 515. 483. 453. 425. 398.
374. 350. 328. 308. 289. 271. 254. 238. 223. 209.
196. 184. 172. 162. 152. 142. 133. 125. 117. 110.
103. 97. 91. 85. 80. 75. 70. 66. 62. 58.
54. 51. 48. 45. 42. 39. 37. 34. 32.

EYDROGRAPE AT STATION 467042

DA MONMtU ORD RAX1 LOSS EXCES Q QOBS

5 Q8 DA M ERA ORD RAIlI LOSS EXCESS C Q OBS

1 SEP 1145 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 57. 57. * 1 SEP 1930 32 0.03 0.03 0.00 3311. 333'
1 SEP 1200 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 53. 57. 1 SEP 1945 33 0.02 0.02 0.00 3135. 329-
1 SEP 1215 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 50. 59. * 1 SEP 2000 34 0.04 0.04 0.00 2947. 322'
1 SEP 1230 4 0.01 0.01 0.00 46. 61. * 1 SEP 2015 35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2764. 317'
1 SEP 1245 5 0.02 0.02 0.00 43. 63. * 1 SEP 2030 36 0.00 0.00 0.00 2592. 293
1 SEP 1300 6 0.16 0.10 0.06 46. 65. * 1 SEP 2045 37 0.01 0.01 0.00 2430. 27:
1 SEP 1315 7 0.15 0.09 0.05 64. 67. * 1 SEP 2100 38 0.02 0.02 0.00 2276. 2t2
1 SEP 1330 8 0.10 0.08 0.02 100. 69. * 1 SEP 2119 39 0.01 0.01 0.00 2136. 227,
1 SEP 1345 9 0.0S 0.05 0.00 151. 71. * 1 SEP 2130 40 0.02 0.02 0.00 2003. 205
1 SEP 1400 10 0.03 0.03 0.00 212. 73. 1 SEP 2145 41 0.02 0.02 0.00 1878. 18C:
1 SEP 1415 13 0.01 0.01 0.00 280. 130. * 1 SEP 2200 42 0.01 0.01 0.00 1761. 15:.
1 SEP 1430 12 0.01 0.01 0.00 352. 250. * L SEP 2215 43 0.01 0.01 0.00 1651. 143,
1 SEP 1445 13 0.01 0.01 0.00 423. 370. 1 SEP 2230 44 0.00 0.00 0.00 1546. 130G
1 SEP 1500 14 0.01 0.01 0.00 487. 520. * 1 SEP 2245 45 0.00 0.00 0.00 1451. 121"
1 SEP 1515 15 0.04 0.04 0.00 539. 720. * 1 SEP 2300 46 0.00 0.00 0.00 1361. 11-
1 SEP 1530 16 0.16 0.10 0.06 584. 920. * 1 SEP 2315 47 0.00 0.00 0.00 1276. 98
1 SEP 1545 17 0.52 0.18 0.34 658. 1170. * 1 SEP 2330 48 0.00 0.00 0.00 1196. 89:
1 SEP 1600 18 0.26 0.12 0.14 792. 1470. 1 SEP 2345 49 0.00 0.00 0.00 1122. 81
1 SEP 1615 19 0.01 0.01 0.00 973. 1720. * 2 SEP 0000 50 0.00 0.00 0.00 1052. 74
1 SEP 1630 20 0.29 0.13 0.16 1198. 1900. * 2 SEP 0015 51 0.00 0.00 0.00 986. 6?
1 SEP 1645 21 0.18 0.10 0.08 1481. 2060. * 2 SEP 0030 52 0.00 0.00 0.00 925. 65-
1 SEP 1700 22 0.09 0.07 0.02 1818. 2250. * 2 SEP 0045 53 0.00 0.00 0.00 867. 6,.
i ;zLr ill ;.U2 0.02 O.UU 2MO. 24"~. L
WID A
S4 i I. .;U ULS. Diu.
I SEP 1730 24 0.01 0.01 0.00 2557. 2570. * 2 SEP 0115 55 0.00 0.00 0.00 762. 540.
'SEP 1745 25 0.00 0.00 0.00 2894. 2720. * 2 SEP 0130 56 0.00 0.00 0.00 714. 510.
1 SEP 1800 26 0.00 0.00 0.00 3187. 2660. * 2 SEP 0145 57 0.00 0.00 0.00 670. 490.
1 SEP 1815 27 0.00 0.00 0.00 3420. 3090. * 2 SEP 0200 58 0.00 0.00 0.00 628. 475.
1 SEP 1830 28 0.00 0.00 0.00 3573. 3390. * 2 SEP 0215 59 0.00 0.00 0.00 589. 460.
1 SEP 1845 29 0.00 0.00 0.00 3621. 3540. * 2 SEP 0230 60 0.00 0.00 0.00 552. 445.
1 SEP 1900 30 0.01 0.01 0.00 3568. 3520. * 2 SEP 0245 61 0.00 0.00 0.00 518. 430.
1 SEP 1915 31 0.02 0.02 0.00 3457. 3480. *

* SUN 2.39 1.45 0.94

PEAK FLOW TIME MAXIMUN AVERAGE FLOW

(CFS) (HR) 6-ER 24-ER 72-R 15.00-ER
3621. 7.00 (CFS) 2591. 1408. 1408. 1408.
(INoris) 0.636 0.864 0.864 0.864
(AC-PT) 1285. 1746. 1746. 1746.

CUIMLATIVE AREA - 37.90 SQ KI

124
 .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

*
.3 3
."

04. I

0 . .

o*I 0.0 0 . . . . .

O• •
.. ; . . . . . ... . . . . . . ..

0
* 0
"0

* * 0
o

. . 0 . .

S. . . . .
- . ..
l • "0

o • I
.0 • • • • • • • • • ° • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • , . 0 0

0 4.4C Mo M
. . . .. . . . . . . 0
.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 00..
0. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
o

"°
o.

-------- -- - -- - --.------------- tfIIl

' STATION 467042 O*

RAINAGI AREA * 37.90

OATE
h .. PZM f ERRAR.... . . .I.I.... 0.. Tl... T. 1.0...1
OU S T 8.....................
DA MEN R V VOL LAG ER IC A T. R/(ITC+R) T1 Cl QFP STAEA DLTKR RTIOL EAJ
67 AUG 27 27.3 0.0 8.7 2.3 3.16 3.88 7.0S 0.55 2.99 0.52 111. 0.49 0.14 1.00 0.50

•** MORML ID O0 JOB

125
12.5 Example Problem #5: Routing Parameter Optimization

Input data requirements for the routing parameter optimization are

observed inflow and outflow hydrographs and a pattern lateral inflow
hydrograph for the routing reach. The routing parameters optimized in this
example are the Muskingum K and X, and the number of subreaches, NSTEPS. The
example input data and optimization results are shown in Table 12.5.

TABLE 12.5

Example Problem #5: Input and Output

,rE-1 INPT PAGE 1

LINE ID ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... I ....... 9 ...... 10

1 D EXAMPLE PROBLDM N. S
2 ID STREANELW ROUTING OPTIMIZATIOM
3 ID MUSKINGUM METHOD
4 IT 720 600000 0 is
5 10 1 2
6 OR 2

7K 1
S QF 2000 2000 7000 11700 16500 24000 29100 28400 23800 19400
9 QP 15300 11200 8200 6400 5200 4600 0 0 0 0
10 QI. 2200 2200 14500 28400 31800 29700 25300 20400 16300 12600
11 QI 9300 6700 5000 4100 3600 2400 0 0 0 0
12 QO 2000 2000 7000 11700 16500 24000 29100 28400 23800 19400
13 QO 15300 11200 8200 6400 5200 4600 0 0 0 0
14 RL 0. 0.
15 RN -1 -1.00 -1.00
16 21

EXAMLZ PROBLEM NO. 5

STRERAREI ROUTING OPTIMIZATION
ISKINGUM METHOD

5 10 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

ZPRNT 1 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 2 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. IYDROGRAPH
PLOT SCALE
DM4G YES PRINT DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

IT BYDROGRAP TIME DATA

NMIN 720 MINUTES IN COMPUTATION INTERVAL
ZDATE 6000 0 STARTING DATE
ITIMB 0000 STARTING TIME
NQ 16 NUMBER Or BYDROGAPB ORDINATES
NDWATE 13 0 ENDING DATE
NDTIME 1200 ENDING TIME

COI UTATION INTERVAL 12.00 ROURS

TOM TIME BASE 180.00 HOURS

ENGLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE AREA SQUARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTH INCHES
LENGTH. ELEVATION FEET
FLOw CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
STORAGE VOLUME ACR-FrEET
SURFACE ARA ACRES
TEqPERATURE DEGREES FAHRENHEIT

OR OPTIMIZATION OF ROUTING PARAMETERS

XFORD 2 FIRST ORDINATE OF OPTIMIZATION REGION
ILORD 16 LAST ORDINATE OF OPTIMIZATION REGION

126
 KYDROGNAP8 ROUING DATA
14 RL ROUTING as83

is IN N6KIWA ADUTING

I -1.00 HSKINUN I

INITIAL ESTIMATES POE OPTIMIZATION VARIABES

AMSKK x
12.00 0.20
ImEilmIATE VALUES OF OPTIMIZATION VXRIABLRS
(*INDICATS OEmax FRO PENYXOO VALV)
(+INDICATU VARIABLE WAS ONT MOEDE)
osJCimvE
FUNCTION AMIR x
NOMB.1 OF EA)TING STEPS 1
2194.2 16.000' 0.200
2157.1 18.000 0.137'
1791.6 23.109' 0.137
1744.8 23.109 0.206*
1730.9 22.344' 0.206
1726.7 22.344 0.1940
1726.7 22.300* 0.194
172$.7 22.300 0.193'

1728.7 22.296' 0.193

MENBB OP ROTING STEPS - 2
2113.6 18.000' 0.200
1979.9 16.000 0.133'
1804.4 25.063' 0.133
1776.3 2S.063 0.069'
1648.6 19.146' 0.089
1617.3 19.146 0.059'
1397.3 22.641' 0.059
1394.6 22.641 0.040'
1348.3 21.535' 0.040
1340.1 21.592' 0.040
1346.1 21.592' 0.040

NUMBER OF ROTING STEPS - 3

2270.1 18.000' 0.200
2129.9 18.000 0.133'
2006.4 25.214' 0.133
1944.1 25.214 0.089'
1782.5 19.111' 0.089
1732.2 19.111 0.059'
1507.2 22.967' 0.059
1482.3 22.987 0.040'
1404.0 21.566' 0.040
1403.4 21.660' 0.040
1385.8 21.600 0.026'
1374.9 21.680 0.016'
1374.6 21.650' 0.018
tINDER OP ROUTING STEPS -2
2113.6 16.000' 0.200
1979.9 16.000 0.133't
1604.4 25.063' 0.133
1776.3 25.063 0.089'
1646.8 19.146' 0.089
1617.3 19.146 0.059'
1397.3 22.641' 0.059
1394.8 22.641 0.040t
1346.3 21.535' 0.040
1340.1 21.592' 0.040
1346.1 21.592' 0.040

127
 DERIVED COEFFICIENTS
NSTPS NSTDL LAG ANSKK X TSK
2 0 0 21.61 0.04 0.00

DAY MON NRN OD INFLOW LOCAL OJTFLOW ACTUAL

6 0000 1 2200. 3. 2203. 2000.

6 1200 2 2200. 3. 2203. 2000.
7 0000 3 14500. 10. 3634. 7000.
7 1200 4 28400. 16. 9296. 11700.
8 0000 5 31800. 23. 18224. 16500.
8 1200 6 29700. 34. 25405. 24000.
9 0000 7 25300. 41. 28062. 29100.
9 1200 8 20400. 40. 26900. 28400.
10 0000 9 16300. 33. 23623. 23800.
10 1200 10 12600. 27. 19673. 19400.
11 0000 11 9300. 21. 15791. 15300.
11 1200 12 6700. 16. 12242. 11200.
12 0000 13 5000. 11. 9222. 8200.
12 1200 14 4100. 9. 6901. 6400.
13 0000 15 3600. 7. 5316. 5200.
13 1200 16 2400. 6. 4223. 4600.

SUM 214500. 300. 212915. 214800.

STATION 1

STATION 1
(I IW IE. (0) OUTFLOW, (*) OBSRVRD FLOW
0. 4000. 6600. 12000 16000. 28000. 32000. 20000.
0. 24000.
0. 0. 0.
60000 P3*1 .
DAIR
61200 2. . .* 1- . . . . . ........
-.......... . . . ..................................................................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70000 3. 0. *
71200 4. o * .1 .
90000 5 .0
81200 6. •0
90000 7 . 0
91200 1. . 0 .* •
100000 9.• 0* •
101200 10. *
110000 11.......... ..... . ... .. e.. ...... ...........................
111200 12 1 . .0. ..
120000 13. 1 . 0
121200 14. 1 0
131200 16.- - -x--.o*,* - --- . . . -. .. . ----.
130000 15. 1. . . --
. ...
--..
--.-.--
.. ..- -. --
........
-- .........
- -- - -- -..
- .. ... .. .
(-) O OPTIMIZATION

128
12.6 Example Problem #6: Precipitation Depth-Area Simulation

In this example, runoff in the river basin shown in Figure 12.4 is to be

simulated using the precipitation depth-area relationship given in Table
12 .6a. The storm pattern, to be used for all drainage basin sizes in this
case, is also shown in Table 12.6a.

All subbasin system hydrographs are routed and combined as in a stream

network computation. However, the resulting hydrograph at any control point
is interpolated from the system hydrographs based on the cumulative area to
that point. The listing of the input data deck and the resulting depth-area
simulation is shown in Table 12.6b.

TABLE 12.6a
Depth-Area Simulation Data

RAINFALL DATA CARD(S)

TRRNSPOSITIaN STORM JD
AREA DEPTH
(sq MI) (in)

1000 9.08

3000 8.93

5000 8.70

7000 8.57

9000 8.43

Please see data input listing for Dattern hyetograph (PI cards)

4606 4306

Figure 12.4 Precipitation Depth-Area Analysis Basin

129
 TABLE 12.6b

Example Problem #6: Input and Output

IMI-1 IMPUT PAGE 1

LINE ID ....... I....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... I ....... 9 ...... 10
1 ID AIPLX PROSSI8 MD. 6
2 ID PRECIPITATION DWPTE-ARIA SIMDLATION
3 ID PON A RIVER BASIN
4 ID AND INTEPOLATION IKTNE
S IT 120 0 0 97
6 10 5
7 3D 9.00 1000.00
8 PI 0. 0. 0. .0014 .0015 .0048 .0092 .0048 .0046 .0063
9 PI .0131 .0141 .0189 .0237 .0)69 .0141 .0092 .0048 .0029 .0015
10 PI .0029 0. 0. 0. .0087 .0175 .0175 .0175 .0039 .0007
11 P2 0. 0. .0140 0. .0097 .0184 0. 0. .0310 0.
12 PI 0. .0209 .0179 .0155 .01SS .0058 .0131 .0155 .0063 .0097
13 P1 .0007 .0126 .0175 .0146 .0121 .0141 .0141 .0136 .0126 .0155
14 PI .0170 .0233 .0209 .02-6 .0340 .0660 .0209 .0184 .0170 .0155
15 PI .0146 .0126 .0073 .0i07 .0049 .0073 .0034 .0024 0. 0.
16 PI .0107 0. .0107 .0310 .0048 .0281 .0141 .0048 .0039 .0087
17 PI 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
16 3D 8.93 3000.00
19 3D 8.70 5000.00
20 JD 6.57 7000.00
21 JO 8.43 9000.00
22 IU 4865
23 10 3
24 BA 3503. 0.
25 Ia .40 0. 4.00 .70 0.
26 OC 12.30 8.60
27 BY 1200. 3000. 1.0132
28 I] 4890
29 EL 0. 0.
30 RT 24 0
31 IM 4805
32 BA 1750. 0.
33 Li .33 0. 4.00 .70 0.
34 VC 6.60 4.60
35 ST 280. 700. 1.0147
36 RE 4890
37 EL 0. 0.
38 RT 12 2 0
39 Is 4890
40 BA 3296. 0.
41 La .39 0. 4.00 .70 0.
42 OC 13.20 9.20
43 or 400. 1000. 1.0147
44 n 4890
45 SC 3
46 22

EXNIL PROBLD( NO. 6

PR IPITATION DEPlr-AREA SIMLATION
POR A RIVER BASIN
AND INTERPOLATION RUITINE
6 10 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES
IPwr S PRINT CONTOL
IPWT 0 PW CONTROL
0. UTMOGRAP5 P20? SCALM
TO PRINT DXAGI STIC INSShM
IT 81 OGRAPS TIME DATA
NNIN 120 mNU' IN CO4PUTATION INTERVAL
MATE 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITIE 0000 STRTING TIME
97 NUIER OF E1RGRAPS ORDINATES
0 awl= DATE
mHgTI 0000 ENDING TIME
CDUTaTION INTERVAL 2.00 HOURS
TOTAL TIME BASE 192.00 NOM38
UILIS8 UNITS
DANAA ARM SQUARE NILES
Pit IPITATIO DIMl INCU
LINGTE, E.VATION FE
FLOE CUBIC FEET PER 81O"D
STOMAG VOME ACR-PUT
SURFACE AR ACRES
TIMPERATURE DRRS FAERME2IT
7 JD X3F5 STOR NO. 1
STRM 9.08 PRECIPITATION DEPTH
TRDA 1000.00 TRANSPOSITION DRAINAGE AREA
8 Pr PPrCIPITATION PATTERN
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.01
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00
0.00 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.01 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01

130
1 3D T STOM NO. 2
STEW 8.93 PRECIPIAION DIM
TWA 3000.00 TRUASPOSITION OPAXSZ AM

a PI PRIPIATIOM PATTm
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.01
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00
0.00 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.01 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
19 JD INDEX STORM NO. 3
STUN 8.70 PRCIPITATION OE
TLUA 5000.00 TUASPOSI'TION DRAINA AMEA
0 Pl P3WIPTATION PATTIM
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00o 0.01
01
0.00
001
0.0
0.02
0.00
0.02
0
S: 8:8
:2 8:81 8:8 8:8 0 :?
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00
0.00 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.01 O.Oi . .6i U. 0.5i
.G 0.00 0.00 .. UU
0.01 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01

20 3D INDEX STORM NO. 4

STmU 8.57 PRECIPITATION DEPTH
TDA 7000.00 TRANSPOSITION DRAINA=GARA
0 PI PRWIPITATION PAT
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.01
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00
0.00 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.01 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
21 JD INDX STORM NO. S
STUN 8.43 WIPMI'AIO DET
TINA 9000.00 TRANSPOSITION DRhrIAG AREA
0 Pr PRECIPITATION PATTERtN
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.01
0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.03 0.00
0.00 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01
0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02
0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.01 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01

22KB * 486S 0

23 KO OUTPUT ONTROL VARIABLES

IPmNT 3 PRINT COWNOL
IPLOT 0 PLO COTROL
QSCAL 0. NY OGAP PLOT SCALE
SUlASMIN RUNOF DATA
24 SA SUBASIN ClUtRACTSRISTICS
TARER 3503.00 SU BASBN ARM
27 O1 BASS FLOW CE-RACTERISTICS
STRM 100.00INITIAL FLOW
zcsg 3000.00 nIG. DUE FLOW RSSIO
R 1.01320 RW S ION CONTAMT
25 LE RKPO1MOCIAL LOSS RATE
STMR 0.40 INITIAL VALUE OF LW ODIFFICIE'T
DLTKR 0.00 INITIAL LOS
RTIOL 4.00 LOOB 0O3FICIINT RCESIO CONSTANT
IRAIN 0.70 EXPONENT OF PWCIPTATION
RTIMP 0.00 FAWT IIPERVIOS AMI
26 UC CLARKUWITGRAPI
TC 12.30 TIM OF CONCETRATION
R 8.60 STORAGE (OOFICIRMT
SYNTHETIC ACCUIATED-ARM VS. TIM CURVE WILL BE USED

UNIT RYDROGRAPH PARAMETERS

CLAR TC- 12.30 MN. - 8.60 HR
SKTl TE- 10.29 ON. CT- 0.6s
UNIT 31YNAIEh
27 IMD-OP-PlRIOD ORDINATES
10918. 39523. 77100. 113430. 137385. 142547. 126313. 100632. 79667. 63070.
49930. 39526. 31293. 24774. 19613. 15527. 12292. 9731. 7704. 6099.
4028. 3622. 3026. 2396. 1697. 1501. 1139.

131
 DTUG3AM AT STATION 4865
T1MESIosTIOm AM 1000.0 Q INI

VWd FLAW TIMr MA

SN AVERAGE FLU
6-DR 24-1P 72-ER 192.00-Mr
PURE
S (_ 155074. 124589. 78467. 42735.
825 (A3 0.412 1.323 724.499 3.636
(AC-FIT 76896. 247119. 466913. 678114.

CUILATIVE AM - 3503.00 SQ NI

hTDGRAN AT STATION 4865

TRANSPOSITION AREA 3000.0 SQ MI
O TIME NAXINUN AVERAGE FLOW
PEFI. T6-ER 24-SR 72-KR 192.00-ER

A 4 4 7 k. 144.4 CPS) 151369. 121524.

1.290
76450.
2.435
41543.
3.528
(IU= ) 0.402
(AC-FT) 75059. 241039. 454908. 659196.

CUMLATIVE ARA - 3503.00 SQ 4I

RYRGAPH AT STATION 4865

TRANSPOSITION AR 5000.0 SQ MI

?ZAR FLOW TImE NAXIMUN AVERAGE FLOW

CSTS) 6-ER 24-SR 72-sR 192.00-3R
118710. 14~~JM= ) 145712. 116845. 73371. 39726.
0.387 1.241 2.337 3.374
(AC- T) 72254. 231759. 436588. 630363.

CUNILATIVE ARM - 3503.00 SQ MI

BYDTOGRAPS AT STATION 4865

TRASPOSITION ARMA 7000.0 SQ 1I

P&AR FLOW TIME MAXIMUM AVERAGE FLOW

(3) 6-3R 24-ER 72-HR 192.00-33
14E564, 140.00 (CPS) 142527. 114212. 71639. 38705.
(DI_ 0.370 1.213 2.282 3.287
(AC-IT) 70675. 226536. 426282. 614162.

CUMULATIVE AR - 3503.00 SQ KI

EBODOGRAPH AT STATION 4865

TRANSPOSITION AM 9000.0 SQ MI

PEA FLOW TIME NAXIMU AVERAGE FLOW

(CPS) (ER) 6-ER 24-33 72-3R 192.00-HR
198. .00 ( ) 139109. 111386. 69780. 37611
0.369 1.163 2.223 3.194
(AC-PT) 68979. 220930. 415223. 596796.

cumuATIWv AREA - 3503.00 SQ MI

INTIZRPOLATED HYOGRAPE AT 4865

PEAK FLOW TIme MXI19IJN AVERAGE FLOW

(HR) 6-HR 24-,R 72-HR 192.00-33
1 2726 140.00 149653. 120104. 75516. 40992.
1I0.60) 0.397 1.275 2.405 3.482
(AC-FT) 74208. 238223. 449349. 650447.
CUMULATIVE AREA - 3503.00 SQ NI

RUDOFF SUMMARY
FLOW IN CUBIC PET PER SEoD
TIME IN HOURS, AREA IN SQUARE MILES
PEAR TIlE OF AVERAGE FLOW FOR MAXIMUM PERIOD BASIN NAXIMUN TIME OF
OPERATION STATION FLOM PEAK 6-DOER 24-WiuR 72-OUR AREA STAGE MAR STAGE

HYOROCRAPH AT 4865 152726. 140.00 149653. 120104. 75516. 3503.00

ROUTED TO 4890 134678. 166.00 132570. 114463. 72205. 3503.00

EYDROGRAPR AT 4885 112011. 136.00 103306. 72302. 43669. 1750.00

ROUTED TO 4890 93847. 148.00 91223. 70648. 43403. 1750.00

HYDROGRAPH AT 4890 142090. 142.00 138339. 113338. 72159. 3296.00

3 COMEINED AT 4890 249934. 146.00 247715. 227713. 172326. 8549.00

132
12.7 Example Problem #7: Dam Safety Analysis

Two examples of dam analysis are included in these example problems:

Test 7 illustrates evaluations of overtopping of the dam, and Test 8 shows
the analysis of the downstream consequences resulting from various assumed
dam breaches. The desired hydrologic analysis includes evaluations of
overtopping the dam and of various types of structural failures. Figure 12.5
illustrates the schematic of the Bear Creek system and associated hydrologic
data. Table 12. 7 a gives pertinent reservoir data.

Problem Description

Test 7 analyzes the overtopping potential of the Bear Creek Dam.

Ratios of the PHF were generated and routed through the reservoir to
determine the event (expressed as percent of the PMF) that would overtop the
structure. The general procedure used in the analysis was:

Develop the PMP for area above the reservoir from input index
rainfall parameters.
Determine average basin loss rates and probable maximum
rainfall excess.
Develop a unit hydrograph using the Snyder method.
Generate the runoff hydrograph and add base flow to get
probable maximum inflow hydrograph to the reservoir.
Apply ratios to the PMF to obtain a series of proportional
inflow hydrographs.
Develop reservoir storage-outflow functions from elevation-area
relationship and characteristics of reservoir outlet works and
dam.
Route hydrographs through the reservoir and determine the ratio
of the PMP that overtops the dam.
The input data and output from the HEC-I program are shown in
Table 12.7b.
Discussion of Results

The last page of the HEC-I output (Table 12.7b) provides a "SUMMARY
OF DAM OVERTOPPING/BREACH ANALYSIS FOR STATION DAM" which illustrates the
potential of the dam to overtop as a ratio of the PMF. Also, data on
duration of overtopping and maximum water surface elevations, for use in
determining possible dam failure due to erosion are shown. Interpolation of
the information provided in that summary indicates that a flood of about
thirty percent of the PMF would overtop the dam.

133
 BEAR GREEK RESERVOIR

*reale Area at
114148te-72.1 eq. 01.
Rootling Itch I1

slop* = .0084 ftt

Rooting MC1M a
Istaftee 12000 feet
aStop* .0024 Wt/t

POTENTIAL SAMAGBE CENTER

Figure 12.5 Schematic of Bear Creek Basin

134
 TABLE 12.7a

Reservoir Data

RECORD IDENTIFIER
Outflow characteristics of the Bear Creek Reservoir:

Low level outlet SL

Diameter = 4 feet
Coefficient of discharge = .7
Downstream centerline elevation of outlet = 380.0 m.s.l.
Exponent of head = .5

Spillway SS

Crest elevation = 420.0 m.s.l.

Length = 200 feet
Weir coefficient = 3.1
Exponent of head = 1.5

Dam ST

Crest elevation = 432.0 m.s.l.

Length = 900 feet
Weir coefficient = 3.1
Exponent of head = 1.5

Reservoir elevation-area relationship SE, SA

Elevation Area
(m.s.l.) (acres)

340 0
380 100
410 250
420 300
424 320
428 350
432 380
436 410
440 450
444 500

135
 TABLE 12.7b
Example Problem #7: Input and Output
1-1 ism PAGE 1
LIIZ ID ....... I....... 2....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7....... ....... 110
......
1 ID XUSNA PMOBLXN M. 7
2 ID DAN SAFEY ANALYSIS
3 IO ANALYSIS OF DAN OVERTOPPING USING PATIOS OF He

4 IT 15 0 0 121
5 1 5
6 31 FLOW .20 .35 .50 .65 .80 1.0
7 I DIFLO IFLO TO WAR RESVOIR
IA 72.1
9 ip -1.0 -. 05 2.0
10 PM 25 0 0 02 97 110
11 LU 1.0 .04
12 us 4.8 .60
13 xx DAM BEAR CRUX DAN
14 Rs 1 STOP 10000
15 8A 0 100 250 300 320 350 380 410 450 S00
16 BE 340 380 410 420 424 420 432 436 440 444
17 as 420 200 3.1 1.5
18 IL 380 12.6 .7 .5
19 BT 432 900 3.1 1.5
20 U a1
21 K1 RBMZ OUTFLOWM RS IMaR
T00 FIRST CHNNL MRZC DONST EAM
22 RS 1 STOR -1
23 IN .04 .05 .04 15000 .0033 312
24 Ix 0 S00 1400 1425 1450 1475 2500 3000
25 RY 400 350 290 280 280 290 350 400
26 S2

* FLOOD HYDROGRAPH PACKAGE (NEC- 1) * • U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS *

* FEBRUARY 1981 * THE HYDROLOGIC ENGINEERING CENTER *
• REVISED 14 JUN 85 609 SECOND STREET
• U M DATE 2 JUL 85 TIME 13:5:17 (9 6 DAVIS,
"0 3 CALIFORNIA
8 n•F S 95616
B 3 8
(916) 440-3285 OR (FTS) 448-32S5

ANWPOLPOLM no. 7
DAMSHAM ANALYBS
ANALYSIS OF DANOVERTPPING USING RATIOS OF N
5 10 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES
IPIMT 5 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT ON1 ROL
QSCAL 0. TDGIRAP1 PLT SCALE
ONIG YES PRINT DIAGNOSTIC SAOAUB
IT HYDROGRAPHTIC DATA
115116 15 MNUTES IN COMPUTTION rNTZRVAL
IDATE 1 0 STARTING DATS
INE 0000 STAiIG ThU
no 121 NUMBR OP RTDF40RAPS ORDINATZS
NDOATE 2 0 ESIN0 DATE
NOTIIM 0600 EI31NG TIMR
COMUTATION INTERVAL 0.25 ROURS
TOTKL TIME SARK 30.00 HOURS
ENGLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE ARER SQUARE KILES
PRIPITATION DWPTH
LIN". ZT
MATION FE
FLOW CUBIC FEET PER SlN
STOAGE VOLUME A=R-P?
SURE AM ARE
TEMPEATURE ONORMS FARIUISRIT

3P ISDTI-PIAN OPTION
NPtAN 1 NUMBER O PLANS
3R NULTI-RATIO OPTION
RATIOS 07 M" rF
0.20 0.35 0.50 0.65 0.80 1.00

136
 FORM4ULTIPLEPLAN-RATIO ECONOMIC
PEAKFLOW AND STAGE(END-OF-PERIOD)SUMMARY COMPUTATIONS
FLOWSIN CUBIC FEETPER SECOND, AREA IN SUJAREMILES
TIMETO PEAK IN HOURS

RATIOS APPLIED TO FLOWS

OPERATION STATION AREA PLAN RATIO I RATIO 2 RATIO 3 RATIO 4 RATIO S RATIO 6
0.20 0.35 0.50 0.65 0.80 1.00

HYDROGRAPH AT
+ INFLOU 72.10 1 FLOW 19032. 33305. 47579. 61853, 76126. 95158.
lNK 2c.?- 20.25 .0.25 20.25 20.25 20.25

ROUTEO TO
* DAN 72.10 1 FLOu 17040. 31622. 46856. 61272. 75545. 94537.
TIME 21.50 21.00 20.75 20.50 20.50 20.50

w PEAK STAGES IN FEET *

1 STAGE 428.93 432.90 434.60 435.90 437.03 438.39
TIME 21.50 21.00 20.75 20.50 20.50 20.50

ROUTED TO
* RCHI 72.10 1 FLOW 16886. 31224. 46515. 60842. 75115. 94074.
TIE 22.00 21.50 21.00 20.7 20.75 20.75

- PEAK STAGES IN FEET *

I STAGE 298.11 301.71 304.37 306.39 308.10 310.07
TIME 22.00 21.50 21.00 20.75 20.75 20.75

SUMMA OI DR NORY E 1V ]lGfB rhTNj8 MRI STATIaOR DhN

PlAN 1 ............... mylT . L apiLUUmy

LU ? 109 P DAN
KaYATION 422 .71 420 .00 432.00
9991. 9161. 13200.
OulY~w 3225. 447. 26283.

PATIO *X1m1 IIM nkXrIRm i

NZIwh I WTIOI TrTJm or Tm o
Olp Smam iR ODI 1 STOAGE OuIfl~ OVER loP Xhl OUTFLOW FAILU
muf W.S.11" OVE DAN AC-fT as VOOmS ED=n Domn

0.20 428.93 0.00 12070. 17051. 0.00 21.50 0.00

0.35 432.90 0.90 13546. 31655. 3.50 21.00 0.00
0.50 434.61 2.61 14215. 46866. 7.25 20.75 0.00
0.65 435.90 3.90 14737. 61284. 9.50 20. 0.00
0.80 437.03 5.03 15206. 75558. 11.25 20.S3 0.00
1.00 438.39 6.39 15789. 94548. 12.75 20.50 0.00

* NDPJL ID OF USC- ***

137
12.8 Example Problem #8: Dam Failure Analysis

Test 8 involves evaluation of the downstream

hydrologic-hydraulic consequences in the Bear Creek system (Fig. 12.5)
resulting from different assumed structural failures of the dam (Table
12.7a). The test uses the multiplan capability of the program to evaluate
five different types of dam breaches in a single computer run. The user
designed output option was also used in this test. The computation sequence
performed by the program was:

* Compute the PMF inflow hydrograph for the reservoir.

* Route the hydrograph through the reservoir. The outflow
hydrograph is based on the specified breach criteria and
normal releases of the outlet works.
Route hydrographs through channel reaches RCH 1 and RCH 2
using the cross-sectional data shown in Fig. 12.6.
A summary of the HEC-1 results are shown in Table 12.8a. The input
format and computation results for this test are shown in Table 12.8b.

Discussitn of Results

The failure analysis performed provides insight into the

sensitivity of various breach dimensions on downstream water surface
elevations. The downstream peak discharges and corresponding stages are
given in Table 12.8a. The HEC-l summary output, Table 12.8b, contains these
results (input and output listing as well as line printer plots of the breach
hydrographs).

The plots illustrate how well the hydrograph depicted by normal time
steps represents the breach hydrograph generated using smaller time steps.
PLAN I has a volume gain of 2330 acre-feet from the peak portion of the
hydrograph indicating that a smaller time step should be used. The plot for
PLAN 3 indicates that the peak flow from the dam occurs after thu breach is
fully formed. Characterization of the outflow hydrograph and peak discharge
will depend on the specified time step as in a standard storage routing.

138
 TYI CAL CRVOSS SECTION 1
mooch me" I

1000' 2t00',

1251 050ms,

Figure~~8
126BerCeek Don1rem0rssSetin

TYICL nO139CIO
 TABLE 12.8a
Dam Failure Analysis Results
Plan No. Reservoir RCHI RCH2
and Peak Peak Peak Peak Peak Peak
Breach Criteria %W.S. El. Q W.S. El. Q W.S. El.

Plan 1
fail time - 15 sin. 1,244,000 433.5 610,000 334.1 422,000 280.7
total dam

Plan 2
fail time - 3 hrs. 209.000 434.1 197,000 317.7 184,000 276.0
total dam

Plan 3
fail time - 3 hra 135,000 435.4 127,000 312.9 122,000 274.2
breach depth - 50 ft.
b.w. - 50 ft.
@.a. - 2:1

Plan 4
fail time - 3 hr. 180,000 434.6 175,000 316.3 171,000 275.6
breach depth - 70 ft.
b.v. - 200 ft.
s.a. - 2:1

Plan 5
fail time - 10 hra 109,000 436.6 109,000 311.4 108,000 273.7
breach depth = 70 ft.
b.v. - 200 ft.
a.s. - 2:1

TABLE 12.8b
Example Problem #8: Input and Output
L=C- I23 .79 PAGE 1
L~INE ID ....... I ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... a ....... 9 ...... 10

1 ID MI P LEM NO. 8
2 ID DAM PFILRN ANALYSIS
e FIX ***
3 IT is 140
4 10 4
5 JP 5
6 VS Will 1 SMI H2 ITCR2 K2 BCH2
7 W 2.11 2.51 7.11 7.51 2.11 2.51 7.11 7.51

8 XX IN BEAR CAIN RVOM IR

9 14 CALCULATION OP INFLOW TO DAR 0m RE OIR
10 BA 72.1
11 PH 25 0 0 0 62 97 110
12 LU 1. .04
13 aS 4.8 .60
14 or -1 -. 05 1.319

15 RK OUT BEAR CRE'K DAM

16 KM WU EDL.S T BEAR CREEN REEERVOIR
17 to 1
18 RP 1
19 RS 1 BLEV 420
20 SA 0 100 250 300 320 350 380 410 450 500
21 BE 340 380 410 420 424 428 432 436 440 444
22 8S 420 200 3.1 1.5
23 ST 432 900 3.1 1.5
24 DL 380 12.6 .7 .s
25 88 340 900 0 .25 433
26 NP 2
27 88 340 900 0 3 433
28 aP 3
29 0 5
30 S 382 50 2 3 433
31 lp 4
32 sD 362 200 2 3 433
33 KP 5
34 a 362 200 2 10 433

140
 35 a aE1
36 KO 5
37 IN COMM R0TING 31UM 2-3
38 Its 1 SJOR 0
39 MC .04 .05 .04 ISOO .0033 33S
40 BE 0 500 1400 1425 1450 1475 2S00 3000
41 BY 400 350 290 280 200 290 350 400

42 [ 3l2
43 10 5
44 UO CAME ROUTING ZMIC 3-4
45 RS I STOR 0
46 PC .03 .04 .03 12000 .0025 200
47 RX 0 500 1000 10S0 1150 1200 3S00 5000
48 RY 400 275 26S 255 255 26S 275 400
49 Zz

FLOOD HYDROGRAPH PACKAGE (NEC 1) * , U.S. ARNY CORPS OF ENGINEERS

RESRUARY.. 1981
N85 TE NYDOLOGIC ENGINEERING CENTER
*REVISED 14 JUN 85 A, 609 SECON STREET
N DT J, DAVIS. CALIFORNIA 95616 *
* RUN DATE 2 JUL 85 TIME 13:45:17 *• (916) 440-3285 OR (FIS) 48-3M

EXAIPLE PROBLE1 NO. 8

DAM FAILURE ANALYSIS

4 1O OOTPT NT'OnL VIR.IABLES

IPlmT 4 PRINT CITROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QICAL 0. SYDROGRAPH PLOT SCALE
NS; YES PRINT DIAGNOSTIC mESAGEs

IT HYDROGAPE TINE DATA

AlTn 15 MINUS IN COMPTATION INTURVAL
IDAT 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITINN 0000 STARTING TIME
no 140 UMER OF HYDROGRAPE ORDINATES
MO 2 0 ENDING DATE
WDTIS 1045 3NDING TIME

COMPUTATION INTERVAL 0.25 BWS

TOUTL TINE BASE 34.75 HOURS

ENGLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE AM SQUARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DiE nius
tasT, .EVATION FET
FLOW CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
STORM!GRVOLUME ACRE-FEET
SURFACE ARM ACRES
TEMPERATURE DEGEE FAHRENEIT
U ER-DiINED OUTPUT SPECIPICATIONS

TABLE 1
VS STATION RCH1 Nal ami CRCi RCH2 K22 MC12 MC82
W VARIABLE ODE 2.11 2.51 7.11 7.51 2.31 2.51 7.11 7.51 0.00 0.00

JP IIILTI-PIAN OPTION
UPIAN 5 NUMBER OF PLANS

JR NULTI-RATIO OPTION
RATIOs OF RUOFF
1.*00

e* *9* 9*9 9*9 99* * *9* 9* *e999 *9 e e*9 9*9 *99te*9* *999* *9*ee*9*9* 99* e* ,99* 99* *9* *** *9* 9ee *•* e* 99* 9*

8 U * IN OEAM CRE RESERVOIR

141
 CALCUATION OF INFLOW TO BEAR CRACK RESEVSIR

SUSASIN RUDNID DATA

10 BA SUBBASrN CHARACTERISTICS
TAM 72.10 SUASrSN AREA

14 BF BASE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

STRTQ 72.10 INITIAL FLN
QRCSN -0.05 BEGIN BASS FLOW RCSSIN
RTIOR 1.31900 RERSSION CONSTANT

PRECIPITATION DATA

11 P PODABLE MAXIMN ST RM
PSI 25.00 INDEX PRECIPITATION
TRSPC 0.86 TRANSPOSITION CONICIEIT
TRSDA 72.10 TRANSPOSITION ARIA
SWD SO OSX SWD DISTRIBUTION

PERCENT OF INDEX PRECIPITATION OCCURRING IN GIVEN TIM

6-R 12-ER 24-SR 48-ER 72-ER 96-ER
82.0 97.0 110.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

12 LtO UNIFOR LOU RATE

STRTL 1.00 INITIAL LOIS
ComTL 0.04 UNIFORM LOSS RATE
RTIIW 0.00 PERCEN IEIOW AREA

13 US SNYDER UNITORAPE
TP 4.80 LAG
CP 0.60 PEAlING COEFICIENT

SYNTETIC ACUNUIATED-ARAR VS. M CURVE WILL BE USUD

OMIT NYDBOGRAPE PARAETEMS

CIAR TC. 5.16 R, R- 4.88 ER
SNYDER TP, 4.80 HR, CP- 0.60

UNIT SYDROGRAPH
115 ZRD-O-PERIO0 ORDINATES
70. 265. 547. 883. 1259. 1667. 2099. 2552. 3020. 3501.
3984. 4437. 4834. 5174. 5457. 5683. 5851. 5958. 60C, 5963.
5810. 5554. 5277. 5013. 4762. 4524. 4298. 4083. 3879. 3685.
3501. 3326. 3160. 3002. 2851. 2709. 2574. 2445. 2323. 2207.
2096. 1991. 1892. 1797. 1707. 1622. 1541. 1464. 1391. 1321.
1255. 1192. 1133. 1076. 1022. 971. 923. 877. 833. 791.
752. 714. 678. 644. 612. 582. 552. 525. 499. 474.
450. 428. 406. 386. 367. 348. 331. 314. 299. 284.
269. 256. 243. 231. 219. 209. 190. 188. 179. 170.
161. 153. 146. 138. 131. 125. 119. 113. 107. 102.
97. 92. 87. 83. 79. 75. 71. 67. 64. 61.
58. 55. 52. 50. 47.
*** CCC 0Cctt *C0 CCC **C CCC dCe Ccc *** *** CCC CCC CCC CCC

PLAN 2 INPUT DATA FOR STATION IN ARE SAM AS FOR PLAN 1

CCC CCC tee 0CC Ccc ccc ccc ene ti ee rCC CCC en *ee cc eee eec

PLAN 3 INPUT DA2 FOR STATION IN ARE SAM AS MOR PLAN 1

eo ee **c ***
ee *** *** e**
*** *** *** *e* ** *** *0

PlAN 4 INPUT DATA FOR STATION IN AI SANM AS FOR PLAN 1

ccc en* eec Ccc *c* CCC ehe e eec eec tee *n eec Ccc ccc

PLAN 5 INPUT DATA FOR STATION IN ARE SAN AS FOR PLAN 1

•** * Ccc C eec ene eec ccc eec tee eec eec *c cc cc ere ***
e * ***
ec eec eec to*
ee ***
*t* CCC *to ec ccc c.e et

142
 * t
Is8 * OT 3m C
a Kmb

17 NO OUTPUT (owL VMIAR E8

IPHNT I PRINT CONTROL
IpLOT 0 PLOT aRMTL
QCAr 0. NIZmMIRAPU PLOT SCALE

18 I P 1 P*
FAN TATION OUT am CHEC DAN
NI0Ymom WIUING DATA
i9 11 8aOlUd10
PAGE no
momP 1 NUaE oF SOSREACBM
ITYlP RIM TrM ( INITIAL -bDITIOi
MoVRC 420.00 INITIAL ' DXTION
1 0.00 WORKING R AND D COEFFICIENT
20 fA ARIA 0.0 100.0 250.0 300.0 320.0 350.0 300.0 410.0 450.0 S00.0

213 H wIY/A IO 340.00 380.00 410.00 420.00 424.00 428.00 432.00 436.00 440.00 444.00

24 8L LAO-Lirm OULET
E.I, 380.00 ELVATION AT CEINTE OF OUTLET
CAM 12.60 CS-SBCWTONAL AMRA
0.70 COEFICIMT
O.S0 Iapomm 0F READ
22 98 SPILMMAY
cm 420.00 8PILLMAY CR=T ALVATION
813TD 200.00 SPILIMAY WIDTH
ODR 3.10 33I3 COEFICIENT
1.50 R
a" Or EAD
23 38 TOP or DN
Tom 432.00 X, IVATION AT TOP UP DAN
DAWInD 900.00 DAN W1DTH
Q3.10 MIR COEFICINT
1.50 110001101T OF EAD
25 HE BUACB DATA
w.i 340.00 33VATION AT 907109 OP BREAC
BIM[D 900.00 WIDTH OF IREACI 901701
z 0.00 RSrACBBIDS SLOPE
TAIL 0.25 TITll FOR BRlAeI TQ oVELOP
FAILS, 433.00 W.. E,3 I TO PIGGER FAILURE

STORAGE-ELEVATION
COMPUTED DATA

STORAGE 0.00 1333.33 6414.47 9160.68 10400.46 11740.01 13199.60 14779.2 16498.60 18397.72
ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 10.00 420.00 424.00 428.00 432.00 436.00 440.00 444.00

COMPUTED DATA
OUTFLORI-ELEVATION

(EXCLUD)ING OVERDAN)
FLOWJ

OUTFLOW 0.00 0.00 102.19 114.85 131.09 t52.68 182.78 227-66 301.76 417.38
ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 382.09 382.64 383.43 384.66 386.68 390.36 398.20 420.00

OUTFLOW 524.09 1044.57 2444.54 5159.65 9625.53 16277.80 25552.06 37W3.90 53708.9 T3462.72
ELEVATION 420.25 420.97 422.17 423.85 426.01 428.65 431.77 435.37 439.45 444,.00

COMPUTED STORAGE-DJTFLOW.-ELEVATION DATA

(INCLUING FLOWOVERDAN)

STORAGE 0.00 1333.33 1550.59 1610.64 1700.12 1842.50 2091.06 2590.89 3870.13 6414.47
OUTFLOU 0.00 0.00 102.19 114.85 131.09 152.68 182.78 227.66 301.76 387.44
ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 382.09 382.64 383.43 384.66 386.68 390.36 398.20 410.00

STORAGE 9160.68 9234.42 9453.83 9824.07 10353.84 10400.46 11060.17 11740.01 11970.54 13113.30
OUTFLOW 447.38 524.09 1044.57 2444.54 5159.65 5429.21 9625.53 14519.08 16277.80 25552.06
ELEVATION 420.00 420.25 420.97 422.17 423.85 424.00 426.01 428.00 428.65 431.77

STORAGE 13199.60 14522.21 14779.22 16250.56 16498.60 18397.72

OUTFLOW 26283.01 55139.86 62529.34 110388.65 119132.92 189440.84
ELEVATION 432.00 435.37 436.00 439.45 440.00 444.00

BEGIN DAM FAILURE AT 16.75 OURS

143
 fYD0OGRAPB AT STATION Our
FW 1. PATIO - 1.00

NOm UD OU1Y1oo 890EAGS STA1GE DAW

ME ROMU ORDO3LoT STRAGN STAGE DA MN uMM ORD OTF1W STORAGE STAGE
1 0000 1 447. 9160.7 420.0 * 1 1145 48 4989. 10324.0 423.8 1 2330 95 62753. 10.7 348.0
1 0015 2 447. 9152.9 420.0 * 1 1200 49 5714. 10449.0 424.2 1 2345 96 60170. 9.8 347.0
1 0030 3 447. 9145.0 419.9 • 1 1215 50 6450. 10571.1 424.5 2 0000 97 57713. 9.0 347.6
1 0045 4 447. 9137.0 419.9 • 1 1230 51 7193. 10690.5 424.9 2 0015 98 55366. 8.3 347.4
1 0100 S 447. 9120.9 419.9 1 1245 52 7945. 10808.0 425.3 2 0030 99 53120. 7.7 347.2
1 0115 6 447. 9120.8 419.9' 1 1300 53 8712. 10924.6 425.6 *2 0045 100 50964. 7.0 347.0
1 0130 7 446. 9112.6 419.8' • 1 1315 54 501. 11041.9 426.0 2 0100 101 48891. 6.5 346.8
1 0145 8 446. 9104.3 419.8 1 1330 55 10323. 11161.4 426.3 2 0115 102 46094. 4.0 346.6
1 0200 9 446. 9096.0 419.8 * 1 1345 56 11190. 11285.0 426.7 2 0130 103 44966. 5.5 346.4
1 0215 10 446. 9087.6 419.8 * 1 1400 57 12117. 11414.6 427.1 2 0145 104 43101. S.0 346.2
1 0230 11 446. 9079.2 419.7 *• 1 1415 58 13119. 11552.0 427.5 * 0200 105 41294. 4.6 346.1
1 0245 12 446. 9070.7 419.7 1 1430 59 14211. 11699.1 427.9 2 0215 106 39539. 4.2 345.9
1 0300 13 446. 9062.1 419.7 • 1 1445 60 15413. 11858.0 428.3 2 0230 107 37833. 3.9 345.7
1 0315 14 445. 9053.6 419.6 • 1 1500 61 16742. 12030.5 420.8 2 0245 108 36173. 3.5 345.5
1 0330 15 445. 9044.9 419.6 • 1 1515 62 18213. 12218.0 429.3 2 0300 109 34559. 3.2 345.4
1 0345 16 445. 9036.3 419.6 • 1 1530 63 19842. 12422.0 429.9 2 0315 110 32991. 3.0 345.2
1 0400 17 445. 9027.6 419.6' 1 1545 64 21666. 12646.6 430.5 2 0330 111 31469. 2.7 345.1
1 0415 1 445. 9018.9 419.5 1 1600 65 23747. 12898.3 431.2 2 0345 112 29993. 2.4 344.9
1 0430 19 445. 9010.1 419.5 1 161S 66 26139. 13182.6 432.0 2 0400 113 28564. 2.2 344.7
1 0445 20 444. 001.4 419.5 1 1630 67 30485. 13482.9 432.7 2 0415 114 27182. 2.0 344.6
1 0500 21 444. 8992.6 419.4 a 1 1645 68 36297. 13773.4 433.5 2 0430 115 25849. 1.0 344.4
1 0515 22 444. 8903.8 410.4 ' 1 1700 69 1244166. 3946.2 390.6 2 0445 116 24567. 1.6 344.3
1 0530 23 444. 8974.9 419.4 • 1 1715 70 59117. 9.5 347.7 2 0S00 117 23341. 1.5 344.1
1 0545 24 444. 8966.2 419.3 3
1 1730 71 63945. 11.1 348.1 2 0515 118 22174. 1.3 344.0
1 0600 25 444. 957.6 419.3 a 1 1745 72 68727. 12.8 348.5 *2 0530 119 21065. 1.2 343.9
1 0615 26 443. 8949.5 419.3 1 1800 73 73426. 14.6 348.9 2 0545 120 20011. 1.1 343.7
1 0630 27 443. 0942.4 419.3 * 1 1815 74 77934. 16.5 349.2 2 0600 121 19011. 1.0 343.6
1 0645 28 443. 8937.0 419.2 •• 1 1830 7S 82065. 18.3 349.6 2 0615 122 18060. 0.9 343.5
1 0700 29 443. 8934.1 419.2 1 1845 76 85687. 19.9 349.8 2 0630 123 17157. 0.8 343.4
1 0715 30 443. 8934.7 419.2 * 1 1900 77 88762. 21.4 350.1 2 0645 124 16299. 0.7 343.3
1 0730 31 443. 0939.9 419.3 • 1 1915 78 91263. 22.6 350.3 2 0700 125 15484. 0.7 343.1
1 0745 32 443. 8050.7 419.3 • 1 1930 79 93164. 23.5 350.4 2 0715 126 14710. 0.6 343.0
1 000 33 444. 8968.3 419.4 • 1 1945 80 94455. 24.2 350.5 2 0730 127 13974. 0.5 342.9
1 0815 34 444. 8994.0 419.4 ' 1 2000 81 95125. 24.5 350.6 2 0745 128 13275. 0.5 342.8
1 0830 35 445. 9028.8 419.6 * 1 2015 82 95158. 24.6 350.6 2 000 129 12612. 0.4 342.7
1 0845 36 446. 9074.0 419.7 * 1 2030 83 94495. 24.2 350.5 2 0815 130 11981. 0.4 342.7
1 0900 37 447. 9130.9 419.9 * 1 2045 84 93048. 23.5 350.4 2 0830 131 11382. 0.4 342.6
1 0915 38 477. 9199.9 420.1 * 1 2100 85 90939. 22.4 350.2 2 0845 132 10813. 0.3 342.5
1 0930 39 605. 9280.2 420.4 * 1 2115 86 88476. 21.2 350.1 2 0900 133 10272. 0.3 342.4
1 0945 40 813. 9371.2 420.7 ' 1 2130 87 85827. 20.0 349.9 2 0915 134 9759. 0.3 342.3
1 1000 41 1099. 9471.7 421.0 a 1 2145 88 83040. 18.7 349.6 2 0930 135 9271. 0.2 342.2
1 1015 42 1464. 9580.5 421.4 a 1 2200 09 80149. 17.4 349.4 2 0945 136 807. 0.2 342.2
1 1030 43 1904. 9696.1 421.8 1 2215 90 77196. 16.2 349.2 * 1000 137 8367. 0.2 342.1
1 1045 44 2414. 9017.2 422.2 • 1 2230 91 74218. 14.9 348.9 2 1015 138 7948. 0.2 342.0
1 1100 45 2987. 9942.1 422.6' 1 2245 92 71248. 13.8 348.7 2 1030 139 7549. 0.2 342.0
1 1115 46 3615. 10069.2 423.0 • 1 2300 93 60317. 12.7 348.5 2 1045 140 7170. 0.1 341.9
1 1130 47 4286. 10197.0 423.4 1 2315 94 65471. 11.6 348.2 *

PrJA 0 LOW I8 1244166. AT TINS 17.00 mamU

144
THE DAMBREACH HYOORAPS WS OEVEWPED USING A TIME INTERVAL OF 0.*005 HOURSWRING BREACH FORMATION.
OWNSTREAM CALCULATIOSNS WILL USE A TIME INTERVAL OF 0.250 SOURS.
THIS TABLE GOPARMS ?HE H1DNGAPH FOR DrAESTHEAK CALCULATIONS WITH THE COMPUTED BRERCH HTI3NOGAl.
INfTREIATE FLOWS ARE INITERPOLATED FROM DUD-0P-FERRIQ VALOM.
Tim nHom IVFRPOLATIND COMPUTED
TimE EGINING BREACH - BREACH Z RA ACCUMULATED
ACCUULATED
OF BRER4H HIDROGRAPH HIDROGRAPH ERROR ERROR
(HOURS) (HOURS) (CPS) (CPS) (CPS) (Cps) (AC-FrT)
16.750 0.000 36297. 36297. 0. 0. -0.
16.755 0.005 60454. 36651. 23803. 23803.
16.760 0.010 04612. 37634. 46978. 70781.
16.765 0.01 108769. 39427. 69342. 140123. 58.
16.770 0.020 132927. 42174. 90753. 230876. 95.
16.77S 0.025 157004, 45994. 111090. 341967. 141.
16.784 0.030 181241. 50991. 130251. 472217. its.
16.785 0.035 205399. 57253. 148146. 620363. 256.
16.790 0.040 229556. 6485S. 164698. 785062. 324.
16.795 0.045 253713. 73874. 179840. 964901. 399.
16.800 0.050 277871. 84359. 193512. 1158414. 479.
16.605 0.055 302020. 96362. 205666. 1364080. 564.
16.810 0.060 326186. 109922. 216263. 1580343. 653.
16.815 0.065 350343. 12507S. 225266. 1805611. 746.
16.020 0.070 374500. 141868. 232653. 2038264. 842.
16.82S 0.075 398658. 160258. 236400. 2276663. 941.
16.830 0.080 422815. 180320. 242495. 2519158. 1041.
16.835 0.065 446973. 202040. 244932. 2764091. 1142.
16.840 0.090 471130. 225421. 245709. 3009800. 1244.
16.845 0.095 49S287. 250461. 244826. 3254626. 134S.
MGM85 0.100 519445. 277147. 242277. 3496903. 1445.
16.855 0.105 S43602. 305594. 238008. 3734911. 1543.
16.860 0.110 567759. 335715. 232044. 3966955. 1639.
16.865 0.115 591917. 367271. 224646. 4191601. 1732.
16.070 0.120 616074. 400189. 215885. 4407466. 1821.
16.87S 0.125 640232. 434384. 205847. 4613333. 1906.
16.880 0.130 664389. 469763. 194626. 4807959. 1987.
16.66S 0.135 608546. 506221. 182325. 4990204. 2062.
16.890 0.140 712704. 543644. 169060. 5159344. 2132.
16.895 015 73601 581904. 154957. 5314301. 2196.
16.900 0.150
IS 7'6019. 620868. 140151. 5454452. 2254.
16.905 0.155 75176. 660181. 124795. 5579246. 2305.
16.910 0.160 009333. 700283. 109051. 5688297. 2351.
16.915 0.165 833491. 740403. 93088. 5701385. 2309.
16.920 0.170 857648. 780562. 77066. S56470. 2421.
16.925 0.17S 881805. 820563. 61222. 5919693. 2446.
16.930 0.160 905963. 860405. 45558. 5965250. 246S.
16.935 0.185 930120. 099949. 30171. 5995422. 2477.
16.940 0.190 954278. 939176. 15102. 6010524. 2484.
16.945 0.195 978435. 978312. 123. 6010647. 2484.
16.950 0.200 1002592. 1016305. -13713. 5996934. 2470.
16.955 0.205 1026750. 1052711. -25961. 5970973. 2467.
16.960 0.210 1050907. 1087237. -36329. 5934643. 2452.
16.965 0.215 1075065. 1119568. -44502. 5890142. 2434.
16.970 0.220 1099222. 1149390. -50168. 5839974. 2413.
16.975 0.225 1123379. 1174368. -5299. 5786985. 2391.
16.980 0.230 1147537. 1199788. -52251. 5734734. 2370.
16.985 0.235 1171694. 1218913. -47219. 5607514. 2350.
36.990 0.240 1195051. 1233145. -37293. 5650221. 2335.
16.995 0.245 1220009. 1241813. -21804. 5628417. 2326.
17.000 0.250 1244166. 1244166. -0. 5628417. 2326.

145
 ,, ,o ,, .. ° , .o . ,o ~ , o ° , o , , ° o o .. . . . . . oo~
. . ..

. • a 0

t I, ..... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . . .. . . ..
.. .. . . . .° ., . .. . .. . ., . ,. . .. . . ,. . . e o , o
.. ....

t0
. 0 a
L .
f1.. . . . . . . . . . ...... ..
........... 0....... ......
00. ..... . . .
... .....
.. ..

101 .

'A
a
0ll .. . .
R ..oo..
° 00000a a

C;u

(1 0 0 0 3 4 al go,24.
16 0 26 a~ 622 2.3

f(IW .'Da'ww 2r:42.22 ww 2.]' 1684

I I( D I l G-HR I a
24-M 72-HR 34.75-HR
147MI6. 11t 13104. so... 35124. 4|73.

(33.54 6 -H 24-NR 72-4Mi 34.7s-m

M3 PA427.OS
1 401.28 363.63 i$3.63
11l715A R ARMi - 72.10 SQK

146
 26 KS PLAN 2 POR STATION OUT SUAR CREEK DAN
27 KO OUTT COWZRL VARIARLES
P136T 1 PRINT COWNL
IPW1T 0 PL0 CO WTOL
QSCAL 0. NYORIGRAPH PLC" SCALK

RNTVOGAPH ROUTING DATA

19 RE STORAGE R0U"ING
"IStPS I NUNBER or SUSRlACRES
ITYP ELEv TYPE OF INITIAL CONDITION
REVRIC 420.00 INITIAL CONOITION
1 0.00 VOWlING R AMD 0 CORPPICIMT
20 SA AREA 0.0 100.0 250.0 300.0 320.0 350.0 380.0 410.0 4S0.0 S00.0

21 BE ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 410.00 420.00 424.00 428.00 432.00 436.00 440.00 444.00

24 EL Li4W-LEVEL OUTLET
9EE9 380.00 ELEVATION AT CENTER 0r OU"UE
CARERA 12.60 CitoSS-seCTromAL AREA
COQ, 0.70 COEVICIVET
Rx?. 0.S0 EXPONENT OF ERAD
22 SE SPILLWAY
CREL 420.00 SPILIMAY CRUET ELEVATION
5566D 2pO.00 BPZ1LU.AY WID"R
COwM 3.10 IR COEFICIET
WXPW 1.50 ERtPOEI? o RnAD
23 ST TOP O DAN
TPELt 432.00 ELEVATION AT ToP OF DAn
DMI96D 900.00 DAN IDTH
COQn 3.10 '63R COEPVICTI T
3151 1.50 EXPORENT Or READ
28 SI BREACH DATA
WLEN 340.00 ELEVATION AT SOTTON OF BRACR
810410 900.00 WIDTH 0F BREACH T
2 0.00 3R11CR SIO SLOPE
TFAIL 3.00 TINE FOR BREACH TO DEVELOP
FAILEL 433.00 M.S. ELEVATION TOD TRIGGER PAIWR

COMPUTE STORAGE-EDLEVATION DATA

STORAGE 0.00 1333.33 6414.47 9160.63 10400.46 11740.01 13199.60 14779.22 16498.60 18397.72
ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 410.00 420.00 424.00 428.00 432.00 436.00 440.00 444.00
COMPUlTEDI(VUITLO-RLWVATTOM DATA
0.00 0.00 102.19 114.85 131.09 152.f.8 132.78 227.66 301.76 447.38
ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 382.09 382.64 383.43 384.66 386.68 390.36 398.20 420.00
(YTPFLOW 524.09 1044.57 2444.54 S1S9.65 9625.53 16277.80 25552,06 37883.89 53708.91 73462.71
ELEVATION 420.253 420.97 422.17 423.85 426.01 42R.65 431.77 435.37 439.45 444.00

COMPUTED STORAGE-CXITVL(M-ELWVATION DATA

STORAGE 0.00 1333.33 1550.59 1610.64 1700.12 1342.50 2091.06 2590.89 3870.13 9160.68
oUTLOW 0.00 0.00 102.19 114.85 131.09 152.68 182.78 227.66 301.76 447.38
ELEVATION 340.00 380.00 382.09 382.64 383.43 384.66 386.68 390.36 398.20 420.00
STORAGE 9234.42 9453.83 9824.07 10353.84 11060.17 11970.54 13113.30 14522.20 16250.56 18397.72
OuTPLON 524.09 1044.57 2444.54 5159.65 9625.53 16277.80 25552.06 37883.09 53708.91 73462.71
ELE1VFATION 420.25 420.97 422.17 423.85 426.01 428.65 431.77 435.37 439.45 444.00

BIGI1 DAN PAILRZ AT 16.75 ROURS

IYDNGIRAPH AT STATION OUT

PLAN 2. RATIO - 1.00

DA RON HRH ORD OUTFLOW STORAGE STAGS * DA MON ROIN ORD OUTVLON STORAGE STAGE DA NON RIN OR) OUTPW STORAGE STAGS
1 0000 I 447. 9160.7 420.0 * 1 1145 48 4989. 10324.0 423.6 * 1 2330 95 62759. 10.7 348.0
1 0015 2 447. 9152.9 420.0 * 1 1200 49 5714. 10449.0 424.2 a 1 2345 96 60177. 9.8 347.8
1 0030 3 447. 9145.0 419.9 a 1 1215 50 6450. 10571.1 424.5 * 2 0000 97 57723. - 9.0 347.6
1 0045 4 447. 9137.0 419.9 * 1 1230 51 7193. 10690.5 424.9 * 2 001S 98 SS388. 8.3 347.4
1 0100 5 447. 9128.9 419.9 1 1245 52 7945. 10008.0 425.3 * 2 0030 99 53158. 7.7 347.2
1 oils 6 447. 9120.8 419.9 * 1 1300 53 8712. 10924.6 425.6 * 2 004S 100 51023. 7.1 347.0
1 0130 7 446. 9112.6 419.8 * 1 1315 54 9501. 11041.9 426.0 * 2 0100 101 48972. 6.5 346.8
1 014S 8 446. 9104.3 419.8 * 1 1330 S5 10323. 11161.4 426.3 * 2 011s 102 46999. 6.0 346.6
1 0200 9 446. 9096.0 419.8 * 1 1345 S6 11190. 11285.0 426.7 * 2 0130 103 45097. 5.5 346.4
1 0215 10 446. 9087.6 419.9 * 1 1400 57 12117. 11414.6 427.1 * 2 0145 104 43259. S.1 346.2

147
 1 0230 11 446. 9079.2 419.7 * 1415 58 13119. 11SS2.0
11699.1
427.S
427.9
*
*
2
2
0200
021S
105
106
41479.
39753.
4.7
4.3
346.1
345.9
024S 12 446. 9070.7 419.7 * 1430 59 14211.
0300 13 446. 9062.1 419.7 1 1445 60 15413. 11656.0 428.3 * 2 0230 107 38076. 3.9 345.7
0315 14 445. 053.6 419.6 e1 1S00 f1 16742. 12030.S 428.8 * 2 024S 108 36443. 3.6 345.6
0330 1 44S. 9044.9 419.6 1 1515 62 18213. 12219.0 429.3 * 2 0300 109 34853. 3.3 345.4
034S 16 445. 9036.3 419.6 * 1530 63 19842. 12422.0 429.9 * 2 0315 110 33305. 3.0 345.2
0400 17 445. 9027.6 419.6 1 154S 64 21666. 12646.6 430.5 2 0330 ti1 31800. 2.7 345.1
0415 16 445. 9016.9 419.3 * 1600 65 23747. 12898.3 431.2 * 2 0345 112 30338. 2.5 344.9
0430 19 445. 9010.1 419.5 I 1615 66 26139. 13162.6 432.0 * 2 0400 113 28919. 2.3 344.6
0445 20 444. 001.4 419.5 1 1630 67 30405. 13482.9 432.7 * 2 0415 114 27544. 2.1 344.6
1 500 21 444. 6992.6 419.4 1 1645 68 36297. 13773.4 433.5 2 0430 115 26213. 1.9 344.S
051S 22 444. 8963.6 419.4 * 1700 69 47771. 13997.9 434.1 * 2 0445 116 24929. 1.7 344.3
0530 23 444. 0974.9 419.4 * 1715 70 72262. 13951.6 433.9 * 2 0500 117 23694. 1.5 344.2
0545 24 444. 8966.2 419.3 1 1730 71 107456. 1338.3 432.S * 2 0515 118 22511. 1.4 344.0
0600 25 444. 8957.6 419.3 1 1745 72 151366. 12082.6 429.0 * 2 0530 119 21386. 1.2 343.9
0615 26 443. 8949.S 419.3 1 1800 73 165889. 10046.0 422.9 * 2 0545 120 20316. 1.1 343.8
0630 27 443. 8942.4 419.3 1 1615 74 208217. 7513.2 414.2 * 2 0600 121 19300. 1.0 343.6
0645 20 443. 8937.0 419.2 1 1830 7S 202406. 4679.2 403.3 * 2 0615 122 16335. 0.9 343.S
0700 29 443. 6934.1 419.2 1 1845 76 172793. 2721.1 391.2 * 2 0630 123 17419. 0.8 343.4
071S 30 443. 8934.7 419.2 * 1900 77 141211. 1298.4 379.6 * 2 0645 124 16548. 0.7 343.3
0730 31 443. 8939.9 419.3 1 1915 78 117067. 509.6 369.0 * 2 0700 125 15720. 0.7 343.2
0745 32 443. 8950.7 419.3 1 1930 79 103749. 1SS.0 319.5 * 2 0715 126 14934. 0.6 343.1
1 0600 33 444. 8968.3 419.4 1 1945 80 97536. 25.8 350.7 * 2 0730 127 14168. 0.5 343.0
1 0615 34 444. 6994.0 419.4 * 2000 81 95630. 24.6 350.6 * 2 0745 128 13476. 0.S 342.9
0630 31 445. 9026.6 419.6 1 2015 62 95238. 24.6 350.6 * 2 0800 129 12605. ,.4 342.8
0845 36 446. 9074.0 419.7 1 2030 83 94506. 24.2 350.5 2 0815 130 12164. 0.4 342.7
0900 37 447. 9130.9 419.9 * 204S 84 93048. 23.5 350.4 * 2 0830 131 11556. 0.4 342.6
0915 38 477. 9199.9 420.1 1 2100 85 90939. 22.4 350.2 * 2 0845 132 10979. 0.3 342.5
0930 39 605. 9280.2 420.4 * 2115 86 88478. 21.2 350.1 * 2 0900 133 10430. 0.3 342.4
1 0945 40 613. 9371.2 420.7 1 2130 87 65830. 20.0 349.9 * 2 0915 134 9908. 0.3 342.3
1 1000 41 1099. 9471.7 421.0 * 1 2145 88 83044. 18.7 349.6 - 2 0930 135 9413. 0.2 342.3
1 OIS 42 1464. 9560.5 421.4 - 1 2200 89 80154. 17.4 349.4 - 2 0945 136 8942. 0.2 342.2
1 1030 43 1904. 9696.1 421.8 1 2215 40 77201. 16.2 349.2 * 2 1000 137 8495. 0.2 342.1
1 1045 44 2414. 9817.2 422.2 * 2230 91 74224. 14.9 349.0 * 2 1015 138 8070. 0.2 342.0
1 1100 45 2987. 9942.1 422.6 1 2245 92 71254. 13.8 348.7 * 2 1030 139 7665. 0.2 342.0
1 1115 46 3615. 10069.2 423.0 * 2300 93 68323. 12.7 346.5 * 2 1045 140 7280. 0.1 341.9
1 1130 47 4286. 10197.0 423.4 * 2315 94 65478. 11.6 346.2

PM OUVrrLa IS 209653. AT TIME 16.31 HOURS

THE DAM BREACH HYDROGRAPH WAS DEVR.IPED USINC. A TIME INTERVAL. OF 0.062 HOURS IRNG BREACH
rORMATION.
nmwSTREAM CAtCULATIONS WILL 11S9 A TIME INTERVAL OF 0.2"0 HOURS.
THIS TARLE COMPARES TE HYI R(3GRAPH FOR DOWNSTREAM CALrI-LATTONS WITH THE COMPUTED BREACH HYOIROGRAPI.
INN4cDtATz rLmS ARE INTERPOLATZD FROM END-OF-PERI0O VALuES.
TIME FROM IHTZRPOTAT?.fn COMTTE!)
7IME REGIMNING BRECH
8REACH = ERROR ACCUMULATE ACCUMILATED
Or BREACH HYnROGRAPH HYDOWGRAPH ERROR ERROR
(HOURS) (HOURS) (CPS) (Cr5) (CRS) (CPS) (AC-FT)

16.750 0.000 36297. 36297. 0. 0. 0.

16.812 0.062 39166. 38048. 1118. 1118. 6.
16.875 0.125 42034. 40472. 1562. 2679. 14.
16.937 0.187 44903. 43696. 1207. 3986. 20.
17.000 0.250 47771. 47771. 0. 3686. 20.
17.062 0.312 53894. 52702. 1192. 5078. 26.
17.125 0.375 60017. 58462. I55. 6633. 34.
17.187 0.437 66140. 65002. 1138. 7771. 40.
17.250 0.500 72262. 72262. 0. 7771. 40.
17.312 0.562 81061. 80184. 877. 8648. 45.
0.625 99859. 8871S. 1145. 9793. 51.
17.375 55.
17.437 0.697 98658. 97776. 882. 10675.
17.500 0.750 107456. 107456. 0. 10675. 55.
17.562 0.812 118439. 118188. 250. 10925. 56.
0.875 129421. 129609. -197. 10737. %5.
17.625
17.687 0.937 140403. 140743. -339. 10396. 54.
17.750 1.000 151386. 151386. 0. 10398. 54.
17.812 1.062 160012. 161352. -1341. 9057. 47.
17.875 1.125 169638. 170479. -1842. 7216. 37.
17.937 1.187 177263. 178654. -1391. 5825. 30.
16.000 1.250 185889. 185889. 0. 5825. 30.
19.062 1.312 191471. 192515. -1044. 4781. 25.
1.125 1.375 197053. 199351. -2297. 2464. 13.
18.187 1.437 202635. 204801. -2166. 318. 2.
18.250 1.500 208217. 209217. 0. 318. 2.
18.312 1.562 206764. 209653. -2889. -2572. -13.
18.375 1.625 205311. 209209. -3898. -6469. -33.
18.437 1.687 203859. 206750. -2892. -9361. -46.
18.500 1.750 202406. 202406. 0. -9361. -48.
16.562 1.012 195002. 196467. -1464. -10825. -56.
18.625 1.875 187599. 189281. -1682. -12507. -65.
18.687 1.937 190196. 181252. -1056. -13563. -70.
19.750 2.000 172793. 172793. 0. -13563. -70.
18.812 2.062 164097. 164269. 628. -12935. -67.
18.675 2.125 157002. 155998. 1003. -11931. -62.
2.187 149106. 148258. 848. -11083. -57.
10.937 -57.
19.000 2.250 141211. 141211. 0. -11093.
19.062 2.312 135175. 134593. 582. -10501. -54.
19.125 2.375 129139. 128118. 1021. -9480. -49.
19.187 2.437 123103. 122196. 907. -8573. -44.
19.250 2.500 117067. 117067. 0. -9573. -44.
2.562 113738. 112738. 999. -7574. -39.
19.312 -32.
19.375 2.625 11040R. 109116. 1290. -6284.
2.687 107078. 106155. 923. -5361. -28.
19.437 -26.
19.500 2.750 103749. 103749. 0. -5361.
19.562 2.612 102196. 101709. 487. -4874. -25.
19.625 2.875 100643. 99966. 677. -4197. -22.
2.937 99089. 98598. 492. -3705. -19.
19.687 -3705. -19.
19.750 3.000 97536. 97536. 0.

148
 C ..

I . . . . . . .. . . . . C

. .~NI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

01m

ofo

=Cot

M el
InI

cooI

000

I . . ...
. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .

.00 ... ..

(A-" S4 . 894. 9036 046

142S 17.1 12S. 75 . 52 , 2 3

PKeR WAE ?N aII VRG TG

(EET) (Ra-1R 2-n7IM 47-l

43.312.2........ .79..... ........ .7...... ....
CUUAIE Im RA- 721

(Noe:C1an RC2ouptmied

~0149
 PRAX PLOW AND STAGE (Da-OF-PBRIOD) SUfMARY FOR MULTIPLE PLAN-RATIO ECONOMIC CONPUTATIONS
FLOW IN CUIC Y PER SECOND, ARM IN SQOAR MILES
TIM TO PEAX IN HOURS

m
RATIOS APPLIED TO FLOWS
STATIOm AREA PLAN RATIO 1
OPnATIOM
1.00
iYtmo~MAPi AT IN 72.10 1 rLOW 955158.
Tim 20.25
2 FLOW 95158.
TIME 20.25
3 FLOW 95158.
TIMe 20.25
4 FLOW 95158.
TINN 20.25
5 rLm 95158.
TINS 20.25
BaD TO OUT 72.10 1 Fum 1244166.
TIme 17.00
2 FU 208217.
TIME 18.25
3 FLOW 135679.
TImm 19.75
4 FI 179533.
TIME 19.50
5 nLOw 109207.
TIM 21.75
PEAK gTAGES IN rZXT
1 STAGE 433.54
TIM 16.78
2 STAGE 434.13
TIME 17.12
3 STAGE 435.35
TIN 17.94
4 STAGK 434.61
TIME 17.37
5 STAGS 436.63
TIME 19.00
ROUTED TO "OC1 72.10 1 FLOW 610857.
TriM 17.25
2 FLOW 197055.
TIME 18.50
3 FLO 127387.
TIME 20.00
4 FLOW 175177.
TIME 19.75
s Iow 108707.
TIN 22.00

• PEAK STAGES IN FET **

1 STAG 334.07
TIME 17.25
2 STAGE 317.71
TIME 18.50
3 STAGE 312.91
TIE 20.00
4 STAGE 316.30
TimE 19.75
5 STAGE 311.39
TIMM 22.00

NOUTED TO CB2 72.10 1 FLOW 422100.

TIME 17.25
2 FLOW 184431.
TIME 18.75
3 FLOW 122201.
TIME 20.25
4 FLOW 170547.
TINg 19.75
5 FLOW 104251.
TINM 22.25
' PAK STAGE rINPEI *
1 STAGE 240.63
TIN 17.25
2 STAGE 275.97
TIN 18.75
3 STAGE 274.18
TIME 20.25
4 STAGE 275.61
TIN 19.75
S STAGE 273.67
TINE 22.25

150
 SULARY Or DAN oVNlTOPPING/10RBAU ANALYSIS FOR STATION OUT
............... IITIAL
TI VALUE SPILLWAY CRT 'oP OF DAN
PLEVATIO 420.00 420.00 432.00
STORAGE 9161. 9161. 13200.
OUTFLO 447. 447. 26263.

RATIO NAXIIl MAXI 1MAXIIMUN NAXII4U DURATION TIN Or TINE OF

or REERVOIR DIPTH TORAG OUTFLO OVER TOP MAX OUTFLOW FAILURE
-wr W.S.NWZV OVER DAN AC-FT CFO HOM SURS MOORE

1.00 433.54 1.54 1379. 1244166. 0.60 17.00 16.75

PIJkE 2 ............... INITIAL VALUE SPILLWAY CRT TOP or DAM

ELEVATION 420 . 00 420.00 432 . 00
STORAGE 9161. 9161. 13200.
OUTFLOW 447. 447. 26283.

RATIO MAXIPEN MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MAXIMUM DURATION TIM OF TINE Or

OF RESERVOIR DEPTR STORAGE OUTFLOW OVR TOP MAX OUTFLOW FAILURB
PMF W.5. ELV OVER DAN AC-Pl CFO HOURS BOOM HOURS
1.00 434.13 2.13 14025. 209653. 1.25 16.31 16.75

PLAN 3 ............... INITIAL VALUN SPILLNAY CREST TOP OF DAN

ELEVATION 420 .00 420.00 432.00
STORAGE 9161. 9161. 13200.
OUTFLOW 447. 441. 26263.

RATIO NAIXIMN MAIlER MAXIMUM MAXIMlU DURATION TIME OF TIME OF

OF RESERVOIR BUTt STORAGE OUTF OW OVER TOP MAX OUTFLOW FAILURE
Pow W.5 .JNv OE DAN AC-F? C1 nou BO035 3"

1.00 435.35 3.35 14516. 135679. 3.00 19.75 16.75

PLAN 4 ............... INITIAL VALUE SPILLWAY CREST Top OF DAN

ELEVATION 420.00 420.00 432.00
STORAGE 9161. 9161. 13200.
OUTFLOW 447. 447. 26283.

RATIO NAXIMUM MAXIIM MAXIM NXM DURATION TINS OF TINE OF

oF RESEVOI DTH STORAGE OUTFLOW OVIR TOP MAXOUTFLO FAILURE
PW W.S.K W OvE DAM AC-F? CPS 33038 MOOR moon
1.00 434.61 2.61 14218. 160309. 1.87 19.37 16.75

PLAN .INITIAL VALUE SPILLWAY CRT TOP OF DAN

ELEVATION 420.00 420.00 432.00
STORAGE 9161. 9161. 13200.
OUTFLOW 447. 447. 26263.

RATIO MAXIUM NAXIMM MAXIMUM MAXIMON DURATION TINE OF TINE OF

OF RESERVDOR DAT STORAGE OUTFLOW OVER 1P MAX OUTFzO PAILUR
PM W.S.EINV OVER DAN AC-P? cps NOUS PRSO MORE
1.00 436.63 4.63 15040. 109207. 5.00 21.75 16.75

151
ITASLE 1 STATION acul Dtll
*CHI ECNI aw ACN2 CN2 TCa?
FLOW FLOW STAGE STAGE FLOW FLOW STAGE STAGE
PLAN 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5
RATIO 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

PER DAY NO NMOM

I 1 0000 0.00 0.00 280.00 280.00 0.00 0.00 255.00 255.00

2 1 0015 73.46 73.46 280.76 280.76 5.47 5.47 255.02 255.02
3 1 0030 134.83 134.83 281.40 281.40 20.17 20.17 255.09 255.09
4 1 0045 186.10 1&6.10 281.94 281.94 41.06 41.06 255.18 255.18

LINES 5-67 OF TABLEDELETED

#00#0114100

68 1 1645 29240.53 29240.53 301.20 301.20 23238.22 23238.22 268.06 268.06

69 1 1700 44.993.64 34257.42 328.80 302.22 126295.76 26641.93 274.33 268.49
70 I 1715 610856.69 39968.23 334.07 303.32 422099.99 30879.24 280.63 268.96
71 1 1730 191962.67 46376.13 317.39 304.29 405333.93 35919.22 280.33 269.54
72 1 1745 109731.29 52690.26 311.48 305.24 207893.99 41900.66 276.51 270.03
73 1 1800 86194.68 58962.31 309.27 306.16 135232.29 48019.02 274.66 270.53
74 1 1815 79963.23 65445.61 308.62 306.92 107021.76 54491.94 273.62 270.98
75 1 1830 79963.95 71517.89 308.62 307.63 92937.04 61133.02 273.02 271.38
76 1 1845 82216.45 77240.11 308.89 308.30 86915.12 67420.99 272.74 271.76
77 1 1900 85233.80 82577.57 309.18 308.93 85292.23 73362.75 272.67 272.11
78 1 1915 88143.51 87761.17 309.46 309.42 86002.65 ?9369.30 272.70 272.39
79 1 1930 90621.69 92248.82 309.69 309.84 87722.18 84780.14 272.78 272.64
80 1 1945 92562.79 98109.30 309.87 310.20 89691.05 89561.79 272.87 272.86
81 1 2000 93918.85 99371.66 310.00 310.51 91496.97 93722.65 272.95 273.06
82 1 2015 94663.18 102046.72 310.07 310.76 92918.42 97277.01 273.02 273.22
83 1 2030 94762.51 104143.41 310.08 310.96 93831.33 100236.91 273.06 273.36
84 1 2045 94159.00 105672.08 310.02 311.10 94151.55 102679.02 273.08 273.46
85 1 2100 92840.47 106595.89 309.90 311.19 93819.94 104547.86 273.06 273.53
86 1 2115 90933.00 107051.59 309.72 311.23 92836.43 105778.92 273.02 273.58
87 1 2130 88630.57 107639.85 309.50 311.29 91282.40 106626.42 272.94 273.61
88 1 2145 86075.02 108417.92 309.26 311.36 89283.24 107385.03 272.85 273.64
89 1 2200 83346.91 108707.48 309.00 311.39 86957.12 108022.05 272.74 273.66
90 1 2215 80630.44 108182.78 308.70 311.34 8429.45 108250.90 272.63 273.67
91 1 2230 77806.19 106917.19 308.37 311.22 81778.32 107871.77 272.50 273.65
92 1 2245 74896.29 105126.79 308.03 311.05 79017.33 106871.19 272.38 273.62
93 1 2300 71963.07 103155.94 307.68 310.87 76174.65 105394.59 272.24 273.56
94 1 2315 69055.46 101552.70 307.34 310.72 73292.42 103750.06 272.11 273.50
95 1 2330 66219.81 100143.05 307.01 310.58 70599.08 102180.23 271.95 273.4
96 1 2345 63490.32 98221.21 306.69 310.40 67872.35 100618.78 271.79 273.38
07 ? OO 6082 14 95610.83 306.39 310.16 65173.10 98735.03 271.63 273.29
98 2 0015 58396.80 92394.08 306.09 309.85 62546.24 96327.36 271.47 273.18
99 2 0030 56162.39 88681.82 305.77 309.51 60046.12 93382.03 271.32 273.04
fOO 2 0045 53979.22 84603.38 305.44 309.12 57684.30 89953.39 271.18 272.88

###N#U#### LINES 101-124 OF TABLE DELETEDU#EI0

125 2 0700 17234.57 18132.50 298.13 298.39 19302.40 20286.18 267.35 267.53
126 2 0715 16374.46 17229.65 297.89 298.13 18359.13 19302.42 267.18 267.35
127 2 0730 15556.60 16370.82 297.65 297.89 17455.23 18357.52 267.02 267.18
128 2 0745 14779.22 15554.40 297.43 297.65 16591.47 17453.13 266.87 267.02
129 2 0800 14093.57 14778.59 297.15 297.43 15757.18 16589.63 266.64 266.87
130 2 0815 13439.12 14094.50 296.86 297.15 14982.55 15756.06 266.41 266.4
131 2 0830 12797.01 13"1.65 296.5? 296.86 14257.08 14982.53 266.20 266.41
132 2 0845 12174.88 12801.22 296.30 296.58 13567.93 14258.38 266. 00 266.20
133 2 0900 11576.66 12180.84 296.03 296.30 12909.51 13570.71 265.81 266.00
134 2 0915 11004.08 11584.40 295.78 296.04 12279.51 12913.87 265.62 265.81
135 2 0930 10457.59 11013.59 295.53 295.78 11583.02 12285.53 265.36 265.63
136 2 0945 9936.92 10468.86 295.30 295.54 10856.00 11593.43 265.02 265.36
137 2 1000 9441.39 9949.93 295.08 295.31 10243.P4 10867.32 264.74 265.03
138 2 1015 8969.93 9456.04 294.87 295.09 9699.18 10256.47 264.48 264.74
139 2 1030 8521.30 8986.14 294.67 294.88 9198.91 9713.28 264.25 264.49
140 2 1045 8094.50 8539.10 294.48 294.68 8737.39 9214.53 263.99 264.26

MAX 610856.69 108707.48 334.07 311.39 422099.99 108250.90 280.63 273.67

HiM 0.00 0.00 280.00 280.00 0.00 0.00 255.00 255.00
AVE 34828.23 31008.91 296.18 296.19 34706.26 30882.19 264.74 264.72

*** NORMAL END OF NEC-I ***

152
12.9 Example Problem #9: Multif lood. Analysis

12.9.1 Introduction to Example Problems 9, 10, 11 and 12

The next four problems demonstrate the multiflood, multiplan, flood

damage and flood control system optimization analysis capabilities of HEC-I.
The watershed being analyzed has been experiencing severe flooding problems.
To evaluate flood control measures proposed to mitigate existing problems,
the HEC-1 model is to be employed. -Problem 9 describes the use of the HEC-1
multiflood analysis capabilities in evaluating flooding potential of the
subject watershed. Problem 10 continues the analysis begun in problem 9 by
utilizing the HEC-l multiplan-multiflood analysis capabilities to investigate
various flood control scenarios for the watershed. In problem 11, the flood
loss reduction benefits of proposed flood control measures are evaluated by
adding flood damage data to the watershed model developed in problems 9 and
10. Problem 12 utilizes the HEC-1 optimization scheme to determine the
optimal size of one of the flood control systems proposed in problem 11.

The Rockbed Watershed is the location of a small but expanding

community. A diagram of the watershed is given in Fig. 12.7. In the past,
the area has experienced flooding in the low land area near the Black Water
estuary. This flooding has generally been caused by the ponding at the 48"
culvert, which drains runoff from the watershed through a protective
embankment into the estuary. Recently, however, flooding in the area has had
more serious consequences due to the residential and commercial development
in the low lands. In addition, urbanization in the upper reaches of the
watershed has caused increases in storm water runoff which further impacts on
the flooding problems in the low land areas.

12.9.2 Multiflood Analysis

The hydrologic-hydraulic analysis of the Rockbed watershed with HEC-1

will focus on the two special problem areas shown in Fig. 12.7, flood damage
areas in reaches RCH1 and RCH2. The hydrologic effects of a series of floods
on these damage reaches will be determined by using the multiflood analysis
capabilities of HEC-. In this example, ratios of a design flood will be
used to simulate the effects of a number of different events at the damage
centers. The ratios are taken of the flow (see JR card) and not of the
precipitation because the rainfall-runoff response is assumed to be the same
for current and future conditions.

The input data and program output are shown in Table 12.9a. In this
case, the runoff from the design flood is input directly; these data would
have been obtained from previous rainfall-runoff simulations. The RCH1
channel routing data are for the modified Puls method in which previous water
surface profile studies have determined the storage-outflow characteristics
of the reach. The RCH2 routing is from the ponding area, through the levee
culvert, and into the main river. Two important points should be made about
the input and output for this example:

(1) The mu~tiflood analysis data deck differs from a stream network
data deck by the addition oF a JR card (see problem 1 for an
example of a stream network analysis).

(2) The resulting peak flows and stages for each ratio of the design
flood are displayed in the summary output at the end of the
exhibited printout.

153
 OS SUUUASI

flOUTIAGG MEAC I

r
urene 12.7N
Fimg Rocbe RieIai

154p
 TABLE 12.9
Example Problem #9: Input and Output

aw-1 T PAGE 1

LINE ID ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... S ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... a ....... 9 ......10

1 ID EXAMI PXOBLEM NG. 9

2 ID LTIFUOo AMLISIS
3 ID OCGn WIRS10
*DIAGRAM
4 IT 60 0 0 130
5 10 4
* ************************* mLTIFLOOD RATIOS
6 JR FLOW .11 .26 .45 .65 .86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

7 K 100
8 KH DESIGN FLOOD FOR SIUASIN 100
9 A 35.1
10 QI 24 24 24 26 33 50 86 189 376 516
11 Q1 594 657 710 760 801 839 910 1044 1287 1921
12 QI 2995 3953 4599 5077 5363 5374 5099 4603 3980 3325
13 QI 2719 2200 1844 1540 1251 994 777 605 471 365
14 QI 281 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 EK RCHI
16 KM LOCATION OF EXISTING FLOOD HAZARD
17 RS 1 STOR -1. 0.
18 SV 0. 50. 475. 940. 2135. 3080. 0. 0. 0. 0.
19 SQ 0. 200. 1020. 2050. 6100. 10250. 0. 0. 0. 0.

20 !K 300
21 KM RUIOFF FR4 StU9AIN 300
22 A 49.1
23 QI 32 32 32 35 44 67 114 252 501 688
24 QI 789 877 940 1013 1068 1119 1214 1392 1717 2561
25 QI 3993 4273 6139 6727 7163 7179 6789 6137 5308 4433
26 QI 3622 2930 2458 2053 1665 1325 1032 806 628 487
27 QI 374

28 RK 300
29 KM COMINED UPSTREAM INFLOWS
30 aC 2

31 KR F "2
32 KM DAMAGE =U CATE
OR IN THIS REAC, LONLAND FLOODING
33 RS I STOR -1. 0.
34 SV 0. 400. 30000. 35000. 40000.
35 SE 840 845 855 857 859
36 SQ 0 1250 1500 1800 2000
37 Zz

SCHIATIC DIAGRAM OP STREAM UNTORX

INPUT
LINE (V) R3OTING - IVERSION
NO. C.) DNC (--) RZIU, OF DrVRTED FLCIA

7 100
V
V
15 DCN1

20 * 300

28 300 ...........
V
V
31 DCH2
I I I II I I
(***) 1DINOF7 ALS O 00IPUTD AT THIS LOCATION

155
 EXAMPLE PRDBL04 NO. 9
MULTIFLOOD AIALYSIS
CqKBED WATERSHED

10 OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES

IPRNT 4 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QSCAL 0. HYDROGRAPB PLOT SCALE
UMSG YES PRINT DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES

IT HYDROGRAPB TIME DATA

MIN 60 MINUTES IN COMPUTATION INTERVAL
zDATE 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITIME 0000 STARTING TIME
NQ 130 NUMBER OF HYDROGRAPH ORDINATES
NUCATE 6 0 ENDING DATE
NDTIME 0900 ENDING TIME

COMIUTATION INTERVAL 1.00 HOURS

TOTAL TIME BASE 129.00 HOURS

ENGLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE AREA SQUARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTH INCHES
LENGTH, ELEVATION FEET
FLOW CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
STORAGE VOLUME ACRE-FEET
SURFACE ARM ACRES
TEMPERATURE DEGREES FAHRENHEIT

iP MLTI-PLAN OPTION
NPLAN I NUMBER OF PLANS

JR MULTI-RATIO OPTION
RATIOS OF RUNOFF
0.11 0.26 0.45 0.65 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

• *4 ,44 44 * *44 *4* 444 *4*te e **4* t* *4 * 44 *44 44* 444 44* 44* 444 4*4 444 *44444 444 444 *4*4*4*e **

7 K * 100 *

DESIGN FLOOD FOR SUBBASIN 100

SUBBASIN RUNOF DATA

BA SUBBAS IN CHARACTERISTICS
TAREA 35.10 SUBBASIN AREA

KR RCHI

LOCATION OF EXISTING FLOOD HAZARD

BYDROGRAPH ROUTING DATA

RS STORAGE ROUTING
NSTPS 1 NUMBEROF SUBREACHES
ITYP STOR TYPE OF INITIAL CONDITION
RSVRIC -1.00 INITIAL CONDITION
X 0.00 WORKING R AND D COEFFICIENT

-V STORAGE 0. 50.0 475.0 940.0 2135.0 3080.0

SQ DISCHARGE 0. 200. 1020. 2050. 6100. 10250.

156
 20 9 • 300
*•• •• *••

RtUM FROM SUB2ASN 300

SUBBASIN R1OFF DATA

22 BA 58BASIN CHARACTERISTICS
TAM 49.10 SIBJEBI" AA

28 9 * 300 •

COMBINED UPSTREAM rMPLOW

30 HC BYDROGRAPH COMBINATION
ICUOI 2 NIUER OF NYDROGRAPU TO COMINE

KK RCH2 *

DAMAGECENTER LOCATED IN THIS REACH, LONLAND FLOODING

HYDROGRAPH ROUTING DATA

RS S70RAGE ROUTING
NSTPS I NUMBER OF SUDREACEES
ITYP STOR TYPE OF INITIAL CONDITION
RSVRIC -1.00 INITIAL CONDITION
X 0.00 YORxING R AND 0 0o3WICIDT

S'' STORAGE 0.0 400.0 30000.0 35000.0 40000.0

SE ELEVATION 840.00 845.00 855.00 857.00 859.00

DISCHARGE 0. 1250. 1500. 1800. 2000.

PEAK FLOW AND STAGE (3D-OF-PERIOD) SUMMARYFOR MULTIPLE PLAN-RATIO ECONOMIC COIPUTATIONS
FLOWS IN CUBIC FEET PER SRCOD, AREA IN SQUARE MILES
TINE TO PEAK IN HORS

RATIOS APPLIED TO FLOWS

OPERATION STATION AREA PLAN RATIO I RATIO 2 RATIO 3 RATIO 4 RATIO 5 RATIO 6 RATIO 7 RATIO 8 RATIO 9
0.11 0.26 0.45 0.6 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

ENTDOGRAPE AT 100 35.10 1 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TinE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

POUTED TOA cE 35.10 1 FLOW 429. 978. 1742. 2680. 3668. 4313. 5232. 6156. 6701.
TIME 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00
E!RGRAPH AT 300 49.10 1 FLOW 790. 1867. 3231. 4666. 6174. 7179. 8615. 10051. 10768.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

2 COUNINED AT 300 84.20 1 FLow 1162. 2688. 4687. 6892. 9339. 10959. 132S0. 15529. 16663.
TINS 25.00 25.00 25.00 26.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
POUTED TO IC82 84.20 1 FLOW 964. 1257. 1273. 1291. 1312. 1326. 1347. 1369. 1379.
TIME 28.00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40.00 41.00 43.00 45.00 46.00
00 PEAK STAGES IN FET **
1 STAGE 843.86 845.27 845.90 846.65 847.48 848.05 848.89 849.74 850.17
TI E 28.00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40.00 42.00 43.00 45.00 46.00

* NORMAL IM OF UC-1*

157
12.10 Example Problem #10: Multiplan, Multiflood Analysis

In the previous example, the existing flooding problems of Rockbtl

Watershed were quantified. Using the multiplan analysis capability of HEC-l,
a number of flood protection scenarios for the subject area can be
investigated in one run. In this case, two alternatives have been proposed
to provide flood protection. The first alternative is to provide a reservoir
upstream of damage reach RCH1 to reduce peak discharges in lower lying
areas. A second alternative is to reduce flood hazard at reach RCl by
providing a diversion channel upstream of the reach. In both alternatives, a
pump will be used at damage reach RCH2 to reduce stages in the low land
area. Fig. 12.7 shows these projects. A schematic of the PLAN 2 and PLAN 3
watershed models is given in Figures 12.8 and 12.9, respectively.

HEC-l Multiplan Input Data Convention Examples:

The data needed to update the multiflood model (Problem 9) to the

desired multiplan model are displayed in Table 12.10a. Two routing reaches
must be added to the Problem 9 model: one for the reservoir, and one for the
diversion. The inclusion of this data in the multiflood data deck is clearly
shown in the Table 12.10b data deck listing which is part of the computer
output. In particular, note that the multiplan option requires the use of
the JP card, and that the KP and RN cards are also employed.

Preparation of the multiplan data for input into the required HEC-l
format can be simplified by following input conventions described in Section
10. Examples which demonstrate these conventions in the problem 10 data deck
are as follows:

(1) Inflows from subareas 100 and 300 are only specified once for all
three plans; same as for problem 9. Because the rainfall-runoff
response is assumed constant in all three PLANS, ratios are taken
of the runoff.

(2) Routing reach RCH2 specifies data for a storage routing in PLAN 1;
a KP card specifying PLAN 2 updates the storage routing with pump
information; and lastly, a KP card specifying PLAN 3, not followed
by any data, indicates PLAN 2 and PLAN 3 data for reach RCH2 are
equivalent.

(3) Note the use of the RN card for routing reach 2OO. In the existing
plan, PLAN 1, a reservoir is not included, and this is indicated
with an RN card. The PLAN 2 flood control scenario includes a
reservoir at station 200, which is indicated by the appropriate KP
card and routing data. There is no data specified for PLAN 3 in
this case (the KP card is absent) and hence the program defaults to
the PLAN 1 data and prints a message to that effect. This is
appropriate since there is no reservoir at station 200 for PLAN 3.

(4) Only PLAN 3 calls for a diversion as part of the flood control
system. However, diversion data are included in all three plans.
By program input convention, the data for PLANS 1 and 2 specify a
diversion of zero capacity which has the intended effect of
omitting a diversion for these plans.

158
 too

CHANNEL ROUTING RCH I

RCH
1

300 300

CHANNEL ROUTING RCH 2

RCH
a

Figure 12.8 "PLAN 2" Rockbed Basin Schematic

100

200 - W IVERSION FLOW

CHANNEL ROUTING RCH i

RCH
1

300 300 *- RETRIEVAL FLOW

CHANNEL ROUTING RCH 2

RC"
2

Figure 12.9 "PLAN 3" Rockbed Basin Schematic

159
 Multiplan Analysis Results:

The computer output for the multiplan analysis run is shown in

Table 12.1Ob. A summary table at the end of that output shows the re:;ults of
the analysis for each reach, flood ratio, and PLAN. Note that the peak flows
are reduced at RCHI and RCH2 by the reservoir and pump in PLAN 2. In PLAN 3,
peak flows are reduced at RCHI by diverting a portion of the flow at reach
325 to RCH2. However this has the result of increasing the flows at RCR2 to
the point where it exceeds PLAN 1 conditions.

TABLE 12.lOa

Multiplan Analysis - Rockbed Watershed Flood Control Data

FLOOD CCNTROL RESERVOIR, PLAN 2 CARD(S)

REACH ID: 200 KK

STORAGE ROUTING RS
N STPS - 1
ITYP - SlUR
RSVRIC . -1

LOW-LEVEL OUTLET SL
Invert Elevation - 975 (m.s.l.)
Cross section Area - 35 (sq-ft.)
Discharge Coefficient = .7
Exponent of Head - .5

SPILLWAY SS
Crest Elevation = 1105 (m.s.1.)
Width = 35 (ft.)
Weir Coefficient - 2.8
Exponent of Head = 1.5
VOLUME-ELEVATION DATA

VOLUME: 0, 2500, 4000, 5200, 6800, 9000, 11500, 15500, 21000, 30000 SV
ELEVATION: 965, 1000, 1015, 1030, 1045, 1060, 1075, 1090, 1105, 1120 SE

CHANNEL DIVERSION, PLAN 3

REACH ID: 325 KY

DIVERSION ID: FLOW DT

INFLOW: 0, 2300, 4100, 6300, 8800, 14300, 20200, 30400, 33250, 3800C DI

DIVERSION FLOW: 0, 1400, 2000, 3400, 4800, 8000, 12200, 16200, 18550, DT
20000

PUMP, PLANS 2 and 3:

REACH ID: RCH2

PUMP DATA WP
Threshold Reservoir Elevation = 843.5 (ft.)
Pump Capacity - 3000 (cfs)

160
 TABLE 12.10b
Example Problem #10: Input and Output

uM-1 M PAM 1

LINE ID ....... I ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... S ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... a ....... 9 ...... 10

1 ID UAlIR PMLin NO. 10

2 ZD WLTIPLAN ANALYSIS
m
3 ID NO KM wT.itS
*DIAGRAK
4 IT 60 0 0 130
5 I0 4
* **.*****..*...*.*..hh.*.*.***....... ILTI PLAN AND RATIO DATA
6 P 3
7 JR FLOW .11 .26 .45 .65 .86 1.00 1.20 1.60 1.50

8 II 100
9 04 POIENTIAL IMVOIR I'FLOW
10 SA 35.1
11 QI 24 24 24 26 33 50 86 189 376 516
12 QI 594 657 710 766 801 839 910 1044 1287 1921
13 QI 2995 3953 4599 5077 5363 5374 5099 4603 3980 3325
14 QI 2719 2200 1844 1540 1251 994 777 605 471 365
is QI 281 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
* ****e.e ******* * ****** * POPOSET) REUSEOIR DATA

16 KI 200
17 1I PWPOSEDMR RVOIR
18 MR
19 KP 2
20 RS 1 STOR -1. 0.
21 SL 975 35 .7 .5
22 SS 1105 35 2.8 1.5
23 SV 0 2500 4000 5200 6800 9000 11500 15500 21000 30000
24 99 965 1000 1015 1030 1045 1060 1075 1090 1105 1120
•* 1NO RESEVOIR PLAN 3
25 9P 3
26 RN

27 KR 325
28 14 DIVERT FLOW PLAN 3
* *************** b**********e**a*e* DIO" DTVMION
29 DT FLOW 20000
30 DI 0 2300 4100 6300 8800 1430, 20200 30400 33250
31 DQ
32 RP 2
* ~ DDIIY DIVERSION
33 D1 FLO 20000
34 DI 0 2300 4100 6300 6800 14300 20200 30400 33250
35 Do
36 U 3
37 DT FLOW 20000
38 DI 0 2300 4100 6300 8800 14300 20200 30400 33250 38000
39 DQ 0 1400 2000 3400 4000 8000 12200 16200 1a550 20000

40 K HCH1
41 I" POTENTIAL CEANNEL IVDIFICATION REAC
42 RS 1 STOR -1. 0.
43 SV 0. 50. 475. 940. 2135. 3080. 0. 0. 0. 0.
44 SQ 0. 200. 1020. 2050. 6100. 10250. 0. 0. 0. 0.

161
 IC-1 =PUT PA 2

4 ....... 5 ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... ....... 9 ...... 10

ID ....... ....... 2 ....... 3 .......

45 99 300
46 US RUN=l r1 sl0N Ur 300
47 IA 49.1
32 35 44 67 114 252 501 688
48 QI 32 32
1013 1068 1119 1214 1392 1717 2561
49 01 789 877 940
6727 7163 7179 6789 6137 5308 4433
so QI 3993 4273 6139
1665 1325 1032 806 628 487
51 Q' 3622 2930 2456 2053
52 01 374

53 99 300
54 10n cowmnw o101 IUm1os
55 BC 2

56 I9 350
57 13 3it VX DrVI Tdw rLON
58 OR ?LO1

59 RU 400
60 K" C0 a' I DIrVEM?
UPSTRMAND nIILNS
61 BC 2

62 RI ]CB2
63 I pwVosD PolwrNG PIAjT aITE
64 its 1 1CR -1. 0.
.65 SV 0. 400. 30000. 35000. 40000.
SE 840 845 855 857 859
66
67 SQ 0 1250 1500 1600 2000
* *.*.*.......**.**.*...*****ee*@e****e* PLAX 2 PWU DATA
6 RI 2
69 vI $43.5 3000
70 HP 3
71 z

SC3IATIC DIAGRUN OF STEM KB"W=

LIVER (Y) mrTIWG (-.1 DIvRZO

(,--) 0 D1Y3RT1
m OF FLOW
110. (.)

8 100

16 200

29 .--- LUI
27 325
V
V
40 am

45 300

53 300 ............

58 .. ,- 1

56 350

59 400 ............
V
V
62 MIC12

(***) kI1? ALSO cIwv AT THIS LOCAT IO

162
 * U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS *FLOW YDROGRAPH PACKAGE (NEC-I)
STNE NYDIROLOGIC ENGINEERING CENTER * * L FEBROAN 1981 N
609 SECOND STREET *FEBRUARY 1981
* REVISED 14 JUN 85
' DAVIS, CALIFORNIA 95616 •
' (91., 0-32.85 OR (FTS) 8"3285 • RUN DATE 2 JUL 8S TINE 13:45:17 *

IXANIXL POBEM MD. 10

MVLTIPL&H ANRALSIS
FlOmzoE WATERSHED
5 to OUTPUT CONTROL VARIABLES
IPRNT 4 PRINT CONTROL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONITOL
QWCAL 0. rLT3ROGRAPM PLOT SCALE
Mo YES PRINT DIAGNSTIC MSAGES

IT 9MROGRAPH TIME DATA

mIN 60 MINUTES IN COMPUTATION fl1.11VAL
ZDATE 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITIME 0000 STARTING TIME
no 130 NUMBER OF DYDtOGRAPE ORDINATES
NDDATE 6 0 ENDING DATE
IMThS 0900 EMING TIME

CO UTATION INTERVAL 1.00 ROURS

TOTAL TIME BASE 129.00 BOORS

EGLISH UNITS
DRAINAGE AREA SARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DIPTM INCHES
Ia.G'ru* ELEVATION TEXT
FLO CUBIC FEET PER SCOKND
STORAGE VOLWE ACRE-FUT
SUI ACE ARi ACRES
TOAETUR DOGRERS FAHREEIT

JP MTLTI-PLhN OPTION
HPLAN 3 NUMBER OP PLANS

ilk NULTI-RATIO OPTION

RATIOS oPr32O
0.11 0.26 0.45 0.65 0.S6 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

8 K * 10
a ioo
* a

POTENTIAL RESERVOIR IIPLasN

SUMAIN RUNOFF DATA

TARMA 35.10 UBBASIN AREA

PLAN 2 INPUT DATA FOR STATION 100 ARE SAME AS FOR PLAN I

•*, a.. a.. a.. aa. a.. a.. a.. a.. a.. *aa a.. a.. a.. a.. a.. a..

PLAN 3 INPUT DATA FOR STATION 100 ARE SAME AS FOR PLAN I

.. a..
e, a.. ata a.. e*a
.. a a.. aa etaett a..
a. an at. a.. . tea a.. aaa a.. aa
a..tet aa a.. *a a.. tat a.. *.a a..
tee a a..

163
 16K1 * 200 *
* *

PI4POSXD RUURYOIR

YDAGRAPN ROOTING DATA

IS RN No ROUTING

19 NP PLAIN 2 FOR STATION 200

GRAPn POO'TzNG DATA

20 RS STORAGE ROOTING
KSTPS 1 NU1MM OF SODRnj
ITYP STOR T OF INITIAL CONDITION
RSVRIC -1.00 INITIAL CONDITION
x 0.00 RiKING R AND 0 OEFICIENT

23 SV STORAGE 0.0 2500.0 4000.0 5200.0 6800.0 9000.0 11500.0 15500.0 21000.0 30000.0

24 SE ELEVATION 965.00 1000.00 1015.00 1030.00 1045.00 1060.00 1075.00 1090.00 1105.00 1120.00

21 SL O-IxBVJM OUTLET
KzV 975.00 S.EVATIOU AT CNE OF OUTLET
CAMS 35.00 CN6-S3RMIOL AIA
COQL 0.70 )IWtICIRMT
1PL 0.50 or mAD

22 eS SPILLWAY
CARL 1105.00 8PILIMYT CRT ESZVTION
SPwID 35.00 IPILLIMY WID
COON 2.80 WEIR COTVFICIEr
1.50 MO T OFRAD

co"gUTmE OUTFLD-ELVTION DATA

OUTFLON 0.00 0.00 369.46 419.50 485.23 575.38 706.66 915.61 1299.94 2240.33
WYATION 965.00 975.00 978.54 79,.56 991.10 983.57 907.93 996.71 1010.77 1105.00
OUTLOW 2250.35 2300.47 2423.35 2651.61 3017.65 3554.66 4294.64 5270.36 6514.40 8059.34
ELEVATION 1105.19 1105.67 1106.45 1107.51 1108.86 1110.51 1112.45 1114.67 1117.19 1120.00

COMPOTED STORAGR-O TLOW-BLEVATION DATA

STORAGE 0.00 714.29 966.62 1039.87 1149.88 1326.70 1636.21 2265.29 2500.00 4000.00
OUTFLOW 0.00 0.00 369.46 419.50 485.23 575.38 706.68 915.61 982.45 1242.71
0LEVATION 965.00 975.00 979.54 979.56 961.10 983.57 987.93 996.71 1000.00 1015.00
S24RU 4301.52 5200.00 6800.00 9000.C0 11500.00 15500.00 21000.00 21116.19 21404.91 21868.22
OUTFLOW 1299.94 1457.21 1643.95 1811.55 1964.90 2107.12 2240.33 2250.35 2300.47 2423.35
ELEVATION 1018.77 1030.00 1045.00 1060.00 1075.00 1090.00 1105.00 1105.19 1105.67 1106.45
STORAGE 22506.12 23318.62 24305.71 25467.39 26803.67 28314.54 30000.00
OUTFLOW 2651.61 3017.85 3554.66 4294.64 5270.36 6514.40 6059.34
BEVATION 1107.51 1109.86 1110.51 1112.45 1114.67 1117.19 1120.00

25 KP PLAN 3 FOR STATION 200

E1RGRAPH ROUTING DATA

26 RN NO ROOTING

164
 27 I 32S *

DZVERT FLOW 1M 3

DT DIVRSiONi
ZSTAD FL DIVRION grmcw IDENTIFICAlON
DSUN 20000.00 IMUM POLUM TO BE DIVlETE

DI O 0.00 2300.00 4100.00 6300.00 8800.00 14300.00 20200.00 30400.00 33250.00

D DIVERTED rUW 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

32 KP PLAN 2 POR STAION 325

DT DIVERSION
ST&D FLOW DIVESION Rf10000311 IDENTIFICATION
DSTRIX 20000.00 NAZIWN[ VOLUME T0 BE DIVERTED

DI INFLOW 0.00 2300.00 4100.00 6300.00 8300.00 14300.00 20200.00 30400.00 33250.00
DO DIVEI i0W 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

r ANL 3 eU* b'&A&L.0 J.9

DT DIVERSION
19TAD PLOW DIVERSION 3100003113 IDENTIFICATION
DBTRUX 20000.00 NAXINUI4 VOLUM 10 BE DIVEIDD

DI INLww 0.00 2300.00 4100.00 6300.00 8800.00 14300.00 30200.00 30400.00 33250.00 38000.00

DO DIVERTED FLOW 0.00 1400.00 2000.00 3400.00 4800.00 8000.00 12200.00 16200.00 18S50.00 20000.00

40 0*

POTENIAL CHANNU MOIFICATION RECH

EHYDOGRAPH ROUTING DATA

42 RS STORUE ROUTING
USTPS 1 NUMER OF SOBiRBCE
u
ITYP 8T0R TYPE O INITIAL CONDITION
RSVRIC -1.00 INITIAL CONDITION
x 0.00 WOW1ING R ANDD OEFICIENT

43 SV STORAGE 0.0 S0.0 475.0 940.0 213S.0 3080.0

44 SQ DISCSARG 0. 200. 1020. 2050. 6100. 10250.

PLAN 2 INPUT DATA FOR STATION

1 R ARE SAME AS FOR PLAN 1

*0* *00L L* *0* 0*0 00* 0*0 000 00* 0*0 *00 0*0 000 000 0*0 000 00*

PLAN 3 INPUT DATA FOR STATIOW R"l ARE SA AS FOR PLAN 1

165
 * 0

45 * 300 0
* *

MUoF PROK SUEMA0M 300

uBAm In o DATA

47 SA SSBASN CNACTS3ISTICS
TARSA 49.10 SUBSASI AM

PLAN 2 INPUT DATA PO STATION 300 AM SKI AS FOR PLAN 1

0** *0* *.* *** 00 0 * 0r0* 0*0 *** *.* *0*

PLAN 3 INPUT DATA FOR STATION 300 AM BAU AS FOR PlAN 1

0*0 *0* *0 0*0 0*0 000 00* *00 0*0 e**0 0e* 000 00 * 000 0*0 t* 00* 0*0 0*0 000 00* 0*0 000 0*0 000 **0 000 *0 00*

0.000**.oooo*0
* *

53 K * 300 *
0 0
4*000*000*4*00

OMINED UPSTRR%4 IMLPLC

55 sC UTOROmtAP OmINATION
IoIp 2 NOUIR OP UTDOGRAPBS TO OMBINE

SEn
K 350

USTRIZYS DIVXRTSD PLAN

58 DR RETRIVE DIVERSION EIRAIU

ISTAD FLOW DrVSION 1Y RJPH IDITFPCTION

59 0 400 0

COMINE UPSTREAM AND DIVUMD INFLOWS

61 aC ITDROGRAPH comINATION
XCOP 2 lMONSI OF E GRAPHS TO COMBINE

166
62 I *• C2 •

PSUPOUD PUWPIG PAMNTSITE

KlDOGR0APS ROUTING DATA

64 RS STOG NOUTING
"PS 1 UHM OF SURZ3S
ITP S1OR TPZ OF INITIAL CONDITION
3SVR C -1.00 INITIAL CONDITION
X 0.00 WMiING R ANDD OIPCrI3T

65 SV BTOUMI 0.0 400.0 30000.0 35000.0 40000,0

66 SE RLWATION 840.00 645.00 855.00 857.00 859.00

67 So DIS MZE 0. 1250. 1500. 1800. 2000.

68 RP PLAN 2 MOR STATION IC2

BT1RGAPR ROUTING DAMA

64 RS 97RAGM WOOTING
momP I 3533* Or SUB*MACU
ITTP 8YO* TP Of INITIAL CONDITION
38VU1C -1.00 INITIAL ONDITION
x 0.00 W*ZINGR AND P CIDIFICIENT

65 BV STORAGE 0.0 400.0 30000.0 35000.0 40000.0

66 .3 W .VTION 840.00 845.00 855.00 857.00 859.00

67 SQ DISCHk= 0. 1250. 1500. 1800. 2000.

69 VP IMING DATA

PUM ON PUMPING PUMPOFF

WZVATIOI KATZ StATION

843.5 3000. 843.5

ISTAD PUMPFLP HYOROGRAPM IDENT!FICATION

wee~to •• ts•t••*t *w•

e t•o

70 PP PLAN 3 POR STATION iCH2

IUWGAPS ROUI DATA

64 RS STORAGE WraTNG
xSTPS 1 3MUMB OF SUBRErHmE
ITYP M1CR TTPX OP INITIAL CMDITION
RSVMIC -1.00 INITIAL ONDITION
X 0.00 NODIfIG R AND D 0WFICIENTO

65 aV ST AGE 0.0 400.0 30000.0 35000.0 40000.0

66 SE EEVATION 840.00 845.00 855.00 857.00 559.00

67 SQ DIscEAmm 0. 1250. 1500. 1800. 2000.

69 P PUMPIN DATA

PUMPON PUMAPING PUMPOPT

ZE.VATION RATE 3LVATION

843.S 3000. 843.5

ISTAD PWP FLOW NYDROGRAPM IDENTIFICATION

167
 PEAK FLOW AND STAGE (100-Of-PERI5) SSYVr FOR NULTIPLEPAN.RATIO ECMIC CMWWUTATIOS
0aic
FLUM Ill FEET PEE SCOND, AREA 1II 0888E MILES
TIE TO PEAK 108 85R

N RATIO$ AP911D TO FLKS

OPERATIU STATI ARAA PLAN RATIO I RATIO 2 RATIO 3 RATIO 4 RATIO 5 RATIO 6 RATIO 7 RATIO I RATIO 9
0.11 0.16 0.45 0.65 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

EIOROAfl AT
100 35.10 1 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 62. 5374. 6449. 7524. Sl.
TIE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLU 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. S374. 6449. 75A4. 8061.
TIE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 2S.00
3 FLOW 591. 1397. 241R. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TINE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 2S.00 25.00

ROUTEDTO
200 35.10 FLO 91. 139?. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 649. 75214. 8061.
TIE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 367. 617. 864. 1052. 1206. 1317. 1467. 1573. 1627.
TIE 29.00 31.00 32.00 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 3S.00
3 FLOU 591. 139?. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

* PEAK STAGESI FEET

I STAGE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
TIME 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 STAGE 978.31 984.95 994.56 1003.99 1012.91 100.0 1030.80 1039.32 1043.6?
TIE 29.00 31.00 32.00 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 35.00
3 STAGE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
lINE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

DIVERSION TO
FLOW 35.10 1 FLOt 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0.
TIME 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
2 FLOW 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
TIE 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 FLtO 360. 800. 1439. T98. 2332. 2811. 3483. 4085. 4386.
TINE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

MTOROGRAPHAT
325 35.10 1 FLOW 91. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TINE 25.00 25.0 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 367. 617. 86. 1052. 1206. 1317. 1467. 1573. 1627.
TIME 29.00 31.00 32.00 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 35.00
3 FLOt 231. 547. 979. 1695. 2290. 2563. 2965. 3438. 3675.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

RUTED TO
RaT 35.10 1 FLW 429. 978. 1742. 2680. 3668. 4313. 5232. 6156. 6701.
TINE 28.0 U.N 28.00 28.00 28.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00
2 FLUS 305. 551. 784. 910. 1135. 1241. 1389. 150s. 1557.
TIE 34.00 8.00 39.00 41.00 41.00 41.00 42.00 43.00 43.00
3 FLUS 199. 399. 675. 1129. 1626. 1868. 222. 2646. 2853.
TIME 27.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00

T'W*OGAPN
AT
300 49.10 FLOW 790. 1867. 3231. 466. 6174. 717. 8615. 10051. 107..
TINE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLUS 790. 1867. 3231. 4666. 6174. 7179. 8615. 10051. 10768.
TINE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
3 FLUS 790. 1867. 3M1. 466. 6174. 7179. 8615. 10051. 10768.
file 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

2 CSMINED AT
300 84.20 1 Ftt 1162. 2688. 4687. 6892. 9339. 10059. 13250. 15529. 16663.
TINE 25.00 25.00 25.00 26.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 PLUS 979. 2176. 3649. 5181. 6177. 7333. 9332. 1I0S. 11571.
TINE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
3 FLt 974. 2215. 3805. 5597. 750. 8712. 10420. 12175. 13108.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.80 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

350 0.00 1 FLUS 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.

TIME 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
2 FLUS 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
TINE 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 FLUS 360. 850. 1439. 1798. 2332. 2811. 3483. 4085. 4386.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 COMBINEDAT
400 84.20 1 FLUS 1162. 2688. 4687. 6892. 9339. 10959. 13250. 15529. 16663.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 26.00 25.00 M.00 25.00 25.00 250
2 FLOW 979. 2176. 3649. 5181. 6777. 7833. 9332. 1082. 11571.
TIE 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
3 FLOU 13313. 3065. 5244. 7395. 9832. 11523. 13903. 16261. 17494.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
PUMP FLUS TO
84.20 1 FLOU 0. 0. 0. O. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
TIE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 fLow 0. 3000. 30. 3000. 3000. 3000. 3000. 3000. 3000.
TIME 1.00 23.00 21.00 19.00 17.00 6.00 14.00 13.00 13.00
3 PLO 3000. 3000 300. 3000. 3000. 3800. 3000. 3000. 3000.
TIE 26.00 22.00 20.00 16.00 14.00 13.00 12.00 12.00 12.00
AT
OTDROGEAPR
iRu2 86.20 1 FLUS 964. 1257. 1273. 1291. 1312. 1326. 1347'. 1369. 1379.
TIE 28.00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40.00 41.00 43.00 45.00 46.00
2 FLUS 800. 1127. 1251. 252. 1260. 1265. 1274. 1284. 1290.
TINE 28.00 25.00 24.00 28.00 30.00 30.00 32.00 33.00 33.00
3 FLUS 935. 1250. 1252. 1263. 12"T. 1289. 1306. 1323. 1333.
TIE 25.00 25.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 33.00 34.00 35.00 35.00

- PEAKSTAGESIN FIT
1 STAGE 843.86 845.27 845.90 866.65 847.48 868.05 848.89 849.74 850.17
TIME 28.00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40.00 42.00 43.00 45.00 46.00
2 STA0 843.21 864.51 845.02 345.09 845.41 845.62 845.97 846.36 846.60
TIME 28.00 25.00 24.00 28.00 30.00 30.00 32.00 33.00 33.00
3 ST0G 043.74 845.01 845.89 845.51 846.1 4 W6.57 847.23 847.93 848.32

168
12.11 Example Problem #11: Flood Damage Analysis

The flood damage reduction analysis is useful in evaluating the

economic viability of various flood control plans. In this example, the
multiplan watershed model of Problem 10 is updated with economic data for
each damage center as depicted in Fig. 12.7. The resulting model is used to
calculate the expected annual damage for each plan and the inundation
reduction benefit accrued due to the employment of any flood control scenario.

The data for the flood damage analysis is shown in Table 12.11a. The
listing of the input data deck and a summary of the analysis results is given
in Table 12.11b. Note that the economic data (beginning with the EC card) is
added at the end of the multiplan-multiflood data deck (no changes are made
to the multiplan-multiflood data).

Discussion of Results

An important point to note in the computer output (Table 12.11b)

concerns the calculation of the damage frequency curve discussed in Section
8. The program outputs the interpolated flow-damage and flow-frequency data
based on the input data and simulated flows. It is important that the
damage-frequency curve calculated from this data cover the entire range of
frequencies intended (including rare frequencies) for an accurate estimate of
EAD. See Section 8 for a more detailed discussion of this point.

169
 TABLE 12.11a
Flood Damage Reduction Analysis Economic Data

1. RECORD IDENTIFIERS
LAND USE CATEGORIES: CN

CATEGORY CATEGORY ID CATEGORY NO.

RESIDENTIAL RESID 1
INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL IND/CON 2
AGRICULTURAL AGRIC 3

2. FREQUENCY-FLOW, FLOW-DAMAGE DATA, DAMAGE REACH RCHI:

HYDROLOGIC DATA DAMAGE DATA QF, FR

DG, PD
FREQUENCY FLOW FLOW AGRIC
(M EXCEEDENCE) (cfs) (cfs) (THOUS $)

1. 700 400 1. 400 0

2. 600 490 2. 600 1
3. 550 530 3. 730 2
4. 450 640 4. 960 3
5. 350 800 5. 1230 5
6. 250 1070 6. 1530 7
7. 150 1480 7. 1970 28
8. 90 1690 8. 2500 49
9. 70 1920 9. 3100 111
10. 50 2170 10. 3490 314
11. 35 2480 11. 3780 516
12. 25 2850 12. 4290 619
13. 16.5 3240 13. 5120 723
14. 10.0 3640 14. 6020 728
15. 5.0 4090 15. 7100 830
16. 2.0 4900
17. .5 5900
18. .1 7100

3. FREQUENCY-STAGE, STAGE-DAMAGE DATA, DAMAGE REACH RCH1:

HYDROLOGIC DATA DAMAGE DATA SF, FR

SO, DG
FREQUENCY STAGE STAGE RESID IND/COM
(M EXCEEDENCE) (ft.) (ft.) (THOUS $) (THOUS *)

1. 95 843.6 1. 845.0 0 0
2. 81 844.8 2. 845.5 720 10.5
3. 60 846.6 3. 847.0 1380 15.0
4. 45 846.0 4. 847.6 2710 52.5
5. 25 846.6 5. 848.3 5200 105.0
6. 11 847.3 6. 849.0 8000 202.5
7. 5 857.9 7. 849.8 10050 540.0
8. 2.5 848.4 8. 851.0 11250 585.0
9. 1 849.1
10. .5 849.5
11. .2 850.0
12. .1 850.3

170
 TABLE 12.11b
Example Problem #11: Input and Output

M-l INPM PAGE 1

LINE ID ........1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... S ....... 6 ....... 7 ....... 8 ....... 9 ...... 10
r
1 ID EXAMPL PROBLE NO. 11
2 ID F100D DAMAGEAZALTSIS
3 ID ROCKBED
WATRESWED
*DIAGRAM
4 IT 60 0 0 130
5 10 5
6 **M*********************•****** WLTI PLAN AND RATIO DATA
f 3P 3
7 JR FIAN .11 .26 .45 .65 .86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

8 Xg 100
9 RN DEIGN FLOOD SUSBASIN 100
10 BA 35.1
11 QI 24 24 24 26 33 50 66 189 376 516
12 QI 594 657 710 760 801 839 910 1044 1287 1921
13 QI 2995 3953 4599 5077 5363 5374 5099 4603 3980 3325
14 0! 2719 220C 1844 1540 1251 994 777 605 471 365
15 QI 281 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
*t PRPOSED RESERVOIR DATA

16 PK 200
17 K PROPOSED RZSERVOIR
18 RN
19 K? 2
20 RS 1 STOR -1 0.
21 SL 975 35 .7 .5
22 SS 1105 35 2.8 1.5
23 SV 0 2500 4000 5200 6800 9000 11500 15500 21000 30000
24 SE 965 1000 1015 1030 1045 1060 1075 1090 1105 1120
f ******f*O***fft***** ISORSRVIR PLAN 3

25 KK 325
26 DI DIVERT FLOW PLAN 3
* ********************* KY DIVERSION
27 OT FLOW 20000
28 DI 0 2300 4100 6300 8600 14300 20200 30400 33250
29 DQ
30 K? 2
* DUMIYf DIVERSION
31 DT FLOW 20000
32 DI 0 2300 4100 6300 8800 14300 20200 30400 33250
33 DO
34 Kr 3
35 OT FLOW 20000
36 DI 0 2300 4100 6300 8800 14300 20200 30400 33250 38000
37 DQ 0 1400 2000 3400 4800 8000 12200 16200 18550 20000

38 KR RCH1
39 KM LOCAL PROTECTION P2OJUCT PMDJWI FOERAC RC81
40 RS 1 O -1. 0.
41 SV 0. 50. 475. 940. 2135. 3080. 0. 0. 0. 0.
42 SQ 0. 200. 1020. 2050. 6100. 10250. 0. 0. 0. 0.
43 KR 300
44 KI DaIN FLOOD SUBSASIN 300
45 KM R8R? ?M SUDESIN 300
46 BA 49.1
47 QI 32 32 32 35 44 67 114 252 501 88
48 QI 789 877 940 1013 1068 1119 1214 1392 1717 2561
49 0 3993 4273 6139 6727 7163 7179 6789 6137 5308 4433
50 01 3622 2930 2458 2053 1665 1325 1032 806 628 487
51 QI 374

52 KR 300
53 KR CowUID UPSTREAM INFO
54 9C 2

55 IN 350
56 IN RETRIEVI DIVr T FLOW
57 OR FLO

58 K 400
59 KRM COlM E UPSTREAM AND OIrTB rNI.
60 vC 2

171
 61 IU AC]2
62 Al DaINGE RMUM LlAND FLOWING PEDBL
63 10 PK)POSD PUMPING PIANT SITE
64 RS 1 IFOW -1. 0.
65 SV 0. 400. 30000. 35000. 40000.
66 OR 840 845 855 857 059
67 SQ 0 1250 1500 1800 2000
* *..*.*.***~t*.i******************o** PLAN 2 PUMP DATA
68 EP 2
69 VP 843.5 3000
70 RP 3
* ******,**********CO***(ICS DATA

71 mc

72 II NCH1
73 Cm 3 RESID IND/CO4 AGRIC
74 FR 18 700.0 600.0 550.0 450.0 350.0 250.0 150.0 90.0
75 FR 70.0 50.0 35.0 25.0 16.5 10.0 5.0 2.0 .5 .1
76 OF 400 490 530 640 000 1070 1480 1690
77 QF 1920 2170 2480 2850 3240 3640 4090 4900 5900 7100
78 Q0 15 400 600 730 960 1230 1530 1970 2500
79 Q0 3100 3490 3780 4290 5120 6020 7100
80 DG 1 3 0 1 2 3 5 7 28 49
81 DG 111 314 516 619 723 728 830

02 KK NCH2
83 Cm 3 RZSID IND/CO4 AGRIC
84 FR 12 95 81 60 45 25 11 5 2.5
85 FR 1 .5 .2 .1
86 Sr 843.6 844.8 845.6 846.0 046.6 847.3 847.9 848.4
87 SI 849.1 849.5 850.0 850.3
88 SD 8 845.0 845.5 847.0 847.6 848.3 849.0 849.6 851.0
89 00 1 1 0 720 1380 2710 5200 0000 10050 11250
90 DO 1 2 0 10.5 15.0 52.5 105.0 202.5 540 585
91 1z

SCHESATIC DIAGRPA OF WRENW4

INPUT
LINE (V) MUGTING (- ) DIVERSION
NO. C.)Q3NNMCTOR ( 4-) RETURN Or D VERTE) MOW

8 100
V
V
16 200

27 - - LPTW
25 325
V
V
38 NCN1

43 300

52 300 ...........

57 . *--....
55 * 350

58 400 ...........

. .. V
.menmmmmtmmlmim~lolimimiillimJ~liiaa m
V
61 NCfl2

172
 EXAMPLE PROLEM MD. 11
FLOOD DAMAGEANALYSIS
ROCKBED WARSHED
10 OUTPUT CNTROL VARIABLES
IPRWT 5 PRINT OROL
ZPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QICAL 0.* rDROGRAPU PLOT SCALE
SG YES PRINT DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGE

IT RYDOGRAPH TIME DATA

NMrN 60 MINUTES IN COMPUTATION INTERVAL
IDATE 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITIME 0000 STARTING TIME
NQ 130 UMBER OF HYDRnGRAPS ORDINATES
HOCA?! 6 0 NDING DATE
TIUL'm 0900 ENDING TIME

COMUTATION INTERVAL 1.00 HOURS

20M TIME BASE 129.00 HOURS

IGLISH UNITS
DRAIKG AREA SWARE MILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTH INCHES
LU9GTE, n..VATION FEET
FLOW CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
STORAGE VOLUME ACRM-FEET
SURFACE A ACRS
TIPRATURE DEGRES FAHRENHEIT

jP NWLTI-PLAN OPTION
NPLAM 3 iUMER OF PLANS

JR I8LTI-RATIO OPTION
RATIOS OF RUNOFF
0.11 0.26 0.45 0.65 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

PEAK FLV4 ANDSTAGE (rn-P-PERIOD) SUMMARY FOR MULTIPLE PLAN-RATIO 0COP(C COMPTATIONS
FLows IN CUBIC FEE PER sscmS, ARm IN SQARE mILEs
TIME TO PEAK IN HYORS

RATIOS APPLIEDTrim
OPIRATION STATION AREA PLAN RATIO 1 RATIO 2 RATIO 3 RATIO 4 RATIO 5 RATIO 6 RATIO 7 RATIO I PATIO 9
0.11 0.26 0.45 0.65 0.06 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50
HORGRAPR AT 100 35.10 1 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 6061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 6061.
TINS 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
3 FLOW 591. 1397. 2410. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
ROUTD TO 200 35.10 1 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. S374. 6449. 7524 061,
TIME 25.00 25.oc 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.06 25.00
2 F1W 367. 617. 864. 1052. 1206. 1317. 1467. 1573. 1627.
TIME 29.00 31.00 32.00 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 35.00
3 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
SPEAK STAGES IN FEET **
1 STAGE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
TIME 0.00 0.00 0.00 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 STAGE 978.51 964.95 994.56 1003.99 1012.91 1020.02 1030.00 1039.32 1043.67
TIME 29.00 31.00 32.00 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 34.0 35.00
3 STAGE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 000 0.0 0.00
TIME 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
DIVERSIOM ID FLOW 35.10 1 FLOW 0. 0. 0. 0. a
2
TIME
PLOW
1.00
0.
1.00
0.
1.00
0.
1.00
0.
I.06
0.
1.36
0. 0.
1.6
0.
I.FA
1166
0.
TIME 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 PLOW 360. 850. 1439. 1798. 2332. 2811. 3463. 4085. 4306.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
f ,GRAPH
AT 325 35.10 1 PLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 4061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25 00 25.00 25.00 25 0 25.0 10
2 FLOW 367. 617. 864. 102. 1206. 1307. 1447. 1573
TIME 29.00 31.00 32.00 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 34.00 35.0
3 PLOW 231. 547. 979. 1695. 2290. 2543. 2965. 3438. 3675.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
ROED TO NR1 35.10 1 FLOW 429. 976. 1742. 2680. 3660. 4313. 5232. 6156. 6701.
TIME 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00
2 FLOW 305. 551. 784. 960. 1135. 1241. 1389. 1504. 1557.
TIME 34.00 38.00 39.00 41.00 41.0 41.00 42.00 3" 00 30
3 FLOW 199. 399. 675. 1129. 1 . 1868. 225. 266,. 2
TIME 27.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 20.00 28.00 20.00 28.00 20.00

173
HYNUOGRAPH AT 300 49 10 1 FLOW 790 1467. 222*J 4666 6174 7179 06*5. 10051 10768
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25.00 25 00
2 FLOWI 790 1967 3231 4666 6174 7179 6is 10051 107d
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 23 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 2500 25.00
3 FLOW 790 1067. 3231 4666 6174 7179 0615 10051 107dm
TIME 25 00 25 00 250 0 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 250 0 25 00

2 COMBINED AT 300 04 20 1 FLOW 1162 26Q89 4697 6692 9339 10959 13250 t5529 16"3
TIlE 25 00 25 00 25 00 26 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00
2 FLOW 979 2176 3649 591 &777 7833 9332 10025 11571
TIlE 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00
3 FLOtd 974 2215 3005 5597 7500 8712 10420 *2175 13106
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00

0YDROORAPH AT 350 000 1 FLOW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TIME 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00
2 FLOW4 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TIME *00 * 00 1 00 1.00 * 00 *00 * 00 * 00 1 00
3 FLOW 360 850 1439 1790 2332 2011 3483 4005 4386
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00

2 COMBINED AT 400 84 20 1 FLOW 1162 2689 4687 6892 9339 10959 13250 15529 1663
TIME 25 00 25.00 25.00 26 00 25.00 25.00 25"00 25.00 25 00
2 FLOW 979 217& 3649 5*6* 6777 7833 q322 lo05 S1571
TIME 25 00 25.00 25 00 25.00 25 00 25.00 25.00 25 00 25.00
3 FLOW 1333. 3065 5244. 7395 9832 11523. 13903 16261 17494
TIE 25 00 25.00 25 00 25.00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25,00 25,00

PUP FLOW TO 84 20 1 FLOW 0. 0 0 0. 0 O 0 0 0

TIME 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 00 0.00 0 00 0 00 0 00
2 FLOI 0. 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
TIME 1,00 23.00 21.00 19 00 17 00 16.00 14 00 13.00 13 00
3 FLOd 3000 3000. 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
TIME 26 00 22 00 20 00 16 00 14 00 13.00 t2 00 12.00 12 00

HYDROGRAPH AT RCH2 84 20 A LO 964. 1257. 1273 1291 1312. 1326. 1347 1369 1379.
TIME 28 00 33, 00 37 00 39.00 40 00 41.00 43 00 45 00 46 00
2 FLOW 802 1127. 1251 1252 1260 1265. 1274 1294 1290.
TIME 28 00 25.00 24.00 28.00 30 00 30.00 32 00 33.00 33.00
3 FLOW 935 1250. 1252 1263 *278. 1299. 1306 1323 1333
TIME 25 00 25.00 29 00 30 00 32 00 33 00 34 00 35 00 35 00

*. PEAK STAGES IN FEET --

I STAGE 943. 86 845.27 845.90 946.65 847. 48 848 05 94969 849. 74 '850 17
TIlE 28 00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40 00 42 00 43.00 45.00 46 00
2 STAGE 843 21 844. 51 845.02 845.09 849. 41 845.62 845 97 846. 36 46. &0
TI E 28.00 25.00 24.00 28.00 30 00 30.00 32.00 33 00 33.00
3 STAGE 843 74 845 01 845. 09 945 51 846. 14 846. 57 847 23 947. 93 948.32
TIME 25 00 25.00 28 00 30 00 22 00 33.00 34 00 35 00 35 00

,,DANAGE DATA FOR PLAN 1 -

1 6RZ FOW SAGE mzro iuD/com AaUC MOAL

1 a.@ 429. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.15 0.15
2 279.57 978. 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.14 3.14
3 85.07 1742. 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.11 17.11
4 29.26 2600. 0.00 0.00 0.00 67.65 67.65
5 9.60 3668. 0.00 0.00 0.00 438.01 438.01
6 3.77 4313. 0.00 0.00 0.00 621.86 621.86
7 1.30 5232. 0.00 0.00 0.00 723.62 723.62
8 0.33 6156. 0.00 0.00 0.00 740.82 740.82
9 0.11 6701. 0.00 0.00 0.00 792.28 792.28

EXP NNUA L DANAGE 0.00 0.00 129.22 129.22

++DANAGH DATA FOR PLAS 2 -- ++

I'm6L SAGE RIB[D IND/CON AGRIC Tom
1 6 305. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 279.57 551. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.75 0.75
3 85.07 784. 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.23 2.23
4 29.26 qRO. 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.15 3.15
5 9.60 ]1'. 0.0 0 .00 0.00 4.30 4.30
6 3.77 ji.,. '990 0.00 0.00 5.07 5.07
7 1.30 1389. 0.Io0 0.00 0.00 6.06 6.06
8 0.33 1504. 0.0U 0.00 0.00 6.83 6.83
9 0.11 1557. 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.31 8.31

MtP ANNUAL DAMAGE 0.00 0.00 6.22 6.22

++DAMAG2 DMA FI PXl 3 - 4+

1 06 STAG1 R99B:D INO/CoN AIMC TOTAL

1 60 199. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 279.57 399. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 85.07 675. 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.58 1.50
4 29.26 1129. 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.25 4.25
5 9.60 1626. 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.53 11.58
6 3.77 1086. 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.13 23.13
7 1.38 2225. 0.00 0.00 0.00 38.10 30.10
8 0.33 2646. 0.00 0.00 0.00 64.10 64.10
9 0.11 2053. 0.00 0.00 0.00 85.43 85.43

UP Al UAL DANRG 0.00 0.00 6.27 6.27

174
4DEAGB DATA VORPLAN 1 - ++
F32 FLow STAGE RNBID hDO/COM AMUC 70'AL
1 9 0 843.86 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 70.19 0. 845.27 387.69 5.65 0.00 393.34
3 48.51 0. 845.90 898.05 11.71 0.00 909.77
4 23.40 0. 846.65 1227.45 13.96 0.00 1241.41
5 8.77 0. 847.48 2451.80 45.22 0.00 2497.02
6 4.06 0. 848.05 4327.31 86.60 0.00 4413.91
7 1.36 0. 848.89 7559.55 187.16 0.00 7746.71
8 0.33 0. 049.74 9699.25 515.18 0.00 10414.43
9 0.13 0. 850.17 10422.49 553.97 0.00 10976.45
WEP ANNUAL DANAGI 1099.86 20.21 0.00 1120.06
++DA FAZ DATA PONPAY 2 -- 4+

9" FN . STAGE RESlO XMDICVJA AGRC TOTAL

1 90 843.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 70.19 0. 844.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 48.51 0. 845.02 33.27 0.49 0.00 33.76
4 23.48 0. 845.09 132.94 1.94 0.00 134.80
5 8.77 0. 045.41 595.43 8.68 0.00 604.11
6 4.06 0. 845.62 772.10 10.86 0.00 782.96
7 1.36 0. 845.97 928.80 11.92 0.00 940.72
8 0.33 0. 846.36 1099.59 13.09 0.00 1112.60
9 0.13 0. 846.60 1203.97 13.80 0.00 1217.77
EXP ANNUAL DAMAGE 139.80 1.98 0.00 141.78

44DMAGE DATA FOR PLAN 3 --

7 PLOW STAGE RESID IRD/CO4 AGRIC TOTAL
1 9 0. 043.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 70.19 0. 845.01 13.18 0.19 0.00 13.37
3 48.51 0. 845.09 133.30 1.94 0.00 135.24
4 23.48 0. 845.51 726.57 10.54 0.00 737.12
5 8.77 0. 846.14 1000.79 12.41 0.00 1013.21
6 4.06 0. 846.57 1192.31 13.72 0.00 1206.03
7 1.36 0. 847.23 1900.92 29.69 0.00 1930.60
* 0.33 0. 847.93 3870.62 76.97 0.00 3947.60
9 0.13 0. 848.32 5283.32 107.90 0.00 5391.23
RiP AINUAL DAMAGE 375.13 5.29 0.00 380.42

EXPECID ANNUAL FOOD DAMAGESUMARY

STREWN DAMAGE DAMAGE EXPTED ANNUAL DAAGN

STATION REACH WATERSHED TNSHIP * CATEGORY PLAN I PLAN 2 PLAN 3

WHll 1 1 RNSID 0.00 0.00 0.00

* 2 IND/CO 0.00 0.00 0.00
• 3 ARWC 129.22 6.22 6.27
* TOTAL 129.22 6.22 6.27
DAMAGE CHANG (BEIWITS) BASE 123.00 122.95

ICE2 2• 1 RESID 1099.86 139.80 375.13

S2 IO/COM 20.21 1.98 5.29
3 AGRIC 0.00 0.00 0.00
* TOTAL 1120.06 141.78 380.42
DAMAGECHANGE (B FNITS) BAn 978.29 739.64

BAIN ToTlm *1 REID 1099.86 139.60 375.13

* 2 2ND/COE 20.21 1.98 5.29
* 3 AGRIC 129.22 6.22 6.27
* TOTAL 1249.28 148.00 386.69
DAMAGECHANGE (SUIWITS) BASE 1101.28 862.59

175
12.12 Example Problem #12: Flood Control System Optimization

Two flood control plans for Rockbed Watershed were presented in

previous tests. In each plan, a single capacity for the flood control systzm
was explored. The flood control system optimization option of HEC-1 allows
the user to determine the flood control system capacity that is optimal for
the proposed project (e.g., the system capacity that leads to the greatest
net benefit). For example purposes, the flood control system outlined in
PLAN 2 of the previous test has been chosen to demonstrate the optimization
capabilities of HEC-I. In order to further demonstrate the capabilities of
HEC-l, a local protection project (a channel improvement) has been added to
the flood control measures for the damage center in reach RCH1, Fig. 12.7.

The data for the optimization model is shown in Table 12.12a. A number
of points should be noted about the data:

(1) Optimization runs are specified by an OS card. The initial

capacity of the flood control components to be optimized are
indicated as negative numbers on this card.

(2) Basic optimization data consists of maximum and minimum

allowable capacity, and cost versus capacity tables for the
project.

(3) The channel improvement data requires the addition of upper

and lower pattern damage information for the reach (DU, DL
cards).

(4) A degree of protection can be specified for any damage reach

(DP card). In this example, a maximum stage of 846.9 feet at
the 1% exceedence level has been specified as the protection
level for damage reach RCH2.

The input data in the appropriate HEC-l format and the output from the
model are shown in Table 12.12b. Note that the cost and optimization data
for the reservoir and pump are located in the stream network portion of the
input data deck, whereas, the local protection and degree of protection data
are located in the economic analysis portion of the data deck. The results
of the optimization analysis are shown in the output summaries at the end of
the computer output (Table 12.12b).
 TABLE 12.12a

Flood Control System Optimization Data

RECORD IDENTIFIERS
RESERVOIR DATA

Initial Size = 15000 (ac-ft) OS

Maximum Capacity = 29000 (ac-ft) so
Minimum Capacity = 0 (ac-ft)
O+M Factor = .023
Discount Factor = .0504

COST DATA ($ THOUS) SD

(CORRESPONDING TO ELEVATION DATA ON SE CARD)

0, 1500, 2400, 2000, 3600, 4350, 4450, 5550, 6000, 7200

PUMP DATA

Initial Size = 8000 (cfe) OS

Maximum Capacity = 10000 (cs) WO
Minimum Capacity = 100 (cfs)
O+M Factor = .023
Discount Factor - .0504

CAPACITY-COST DATA

CAPACITY (cfs) 0, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 6000, 8000, 10000 WC

COST ($ THOUS) 0, 670, 1000, 16000, 2300, 6000, 7860, 8670 WD

LOCAL PROTECTION PROJECT DATA

Initial Size = 17000 (cfs) OS

Maximum Capacity = 21000 (cfs) LO
Minimum Capacity 0 (cfs)
O+M Factor - .023
Discount Factor = .0504

CAPACI Y-COST DATA

CAPACITY (cfs) 0, 5000, 5500, 7000, 8300, 9300, 12000, 15000, 21000 LC
COST ($ THOUS) 0, 103, 149, 122, 283, 340, 600, 1000, 3000 LD

UPPER PATTERN-LOWER PATTERN DAMAGE TABLE

AGRICULTURAL LAND USE
(CORRESPONDS TO FLOWS ON QD CARD FOR DAMAGE REACH RCH1) DU, DL

UPPER PATTERN 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 28, 49, 111, 314, 516, 619, 723, 728, 830
LOWER PATTERN 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, .44, 3.5, 7.15

177
 TABLE 12.12b
Example Problem #12: Input and Output

WIC1 IPUT PM 1
LIVE ID ....... 1 ....... 2 ....... 3 ....... 4 ....... 5 ....... 8 ....... 7 ....... 8 ....... 9 ...... 10

I ID XXUANIZ PF'ULWE 12
2 ID 8WOD COROL SYSTM OPIIZATION
3 ID N MR241HED
*DIAGRAM
4 IT 60 0 0 130
5 10 4
6 06 -15000 -8000 -17000
* ***M**************************MOO**** DIU PLAN AD RATIO DATA
7 jP 2
8 3R FIO6 .11 .26 .45 .65 .86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.5

9 IK 100
10 IM POTENTIAL RESERVOIR INFU
11 DA 35.1
12 QI 24 24 24 26 33 s0 86 189 376 516
13 QI 594 657 710 760 801 839 910 1044 1287 1921
14 QI 2995 3953 4599 5077 5363 5374 5099 4603 3980 3325
15 QI 2719 2200 1844 154C 1251 994 777 605 471 365
16 QI 281 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
* PR POSED RBSVOIR DATA

17 KR 200
18 K PROPOSED RESERVOIR
19 RN
20 KP 2
21 is 1 STOR -1. 0.
22 SO 1 .023 .0504 29000 0
23 SL 975 35 .7 .5
24 S8 1105 35 2.8 1.5
25 SV 0 2500 4000 5200 6600 9000 11500 15500 21000 30000
26 SE 965 1000 1015 1030 1045 1060 1075 1090 1105 1120
27 SD 0 1500 2400 3000 3600 4350 4950 5550 6000 7200

28 R AC1
29 AG POTENTIAL CANNU IODIFICATION hCH
30 RS 1 1103 -1. 0.
31 SV 0. 50. 475. 940. 2135. 3080. 0. 0. 0. 0.
32 SQ 0. 200. 1020. 2050. 6100. 10250. 0. 0. 0. 0.

33 R 300
34 AG RINDOP FROM SI3DHASIN 300
35 BA 49.1
36 QI 32 32 32 35 44 67 114 252 501 688
37 QI 789 877 940 1013 1066 1119 1214 1392 1717 2561
38 QI 3993 4273 6139 6727 7163 7179 6789 6137 5308 4433
39 QI 3622 2930 2458 2053 1665 1325 1032 806 628 467
40 01 374

41 II 300
42 IN OMINEUD OPSTRRA INFWS
43 1C 2
44 n FIl2
45 AG PRPOSHI P0160C lART SITE
46 R 1 STOR -1. 0.
47 6V 0. 400. 30000.
48 SR 840 845 855
49 SQ 0 1250 1500
* e PLAN 2 POW DATA
50 9P 2
51 No 2 .023 .0504 100 10000
52 WP 843.5 3000
53 vc 0 250 500 1000 2000 6000 8000 10000
54 iD 0 670 1000 1600 2300 6000 7860 8670
a ******a~ta******ee..a.**aaaaaaa,.aaaa CS DATA

55 IC

56 R RCH1
57 ClH 3 RUmID IND/COM AGRIC
5 FR 18 700.0 600.0 550.0 450.0 350.0 250.0 150.0 90.0
59 FR 70.0 50.0 35.0 25.0 16.5 10.0 5.0 2.0 .5 .1
60 QC 400 490 530 640 800 1070 1480 1690
61 QP 1920 2170 2480 2850 3240 3640 4090 4900 5900 7100
62 QD 15 400 600 730 960 1230 1530 1970 2500
63 QD 3100 3490 3780 4290 5120 6020 7100
64 DG 1 3 0 1 2 3 5 7 28 49
65 OG 111 314 516 619 723 728 830

1 7R
 66 LO 3 .023 .0504 21000 0
67 LC 0 5000 5500 7000 8300 9300 12000 15000 21000
68 LID 0 103 149 222 263 340 600 1000 3000
69 vu 3 0 1 2 3 S 7 28 49
70 DO 111 314 516 619 723 726 630
71 UL 3 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
72 DL 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.44 3.5 7.15
73 iU ItE2
74 CM 3 AMID MIO/O JIC
75 FI 12 95 81 60 45 25 11 S 2.5
76 rt 1 .5 .2 .1
77 SP 843.6 844.8 845.6 646.0 846.6 847.3 647.9 846.4
78 SP 849.1 849.5 850.0 850.3
79 SD 6 645.0 845.5 847.0 647.6 648.3 649.0 849.8 651.0
80 Da I 1 0 720 1380 2710 5200 8000 10050 11250
81 Dr 1 2 0 10.5 15.0 52.S 10S.0 202.5 540 585
82 Up 1 846.9
83 22
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF STREAM NETWORK
INPUT
LINE (V) ROUTING (I'NG DIVERSIONOR PUMPFLOW

NO. C.) CONNECTOR FLOW

(4-.. RETURNOF DIVERTEDOR PUMPED

9 100
V
V
1? 200
V
V
28 RCHI

33 300

41 300 ............
V
V
52 .......
44 RCH2

EXAIPLE PNWBSST.4 12
FLOOD COOTRL 8135KM OPTIMIZATION
FOCMMMATBRtS8X

5 To OUTPUT COTROL VR.IAIL9S

xPmIT 10 PRINT O)WUIFOL
IPLOT 0 PLOT CONTROL
QOCAL 0. NYDROGIAPE PLOT SCU
vNSG TO PRINT DIAGNOSTIC MS

IT KEtROGRAPB TIME DATA

IIMIN 60 MINUTES IN COMUTA.TION MwrmUA
IDATE 1 0 STARTING DATE
ITIIE 0000 STARTING TIIM
NQ 130 NUMBEROr NIDROCRAPE ORDINATES
DLATE 6 0 ENDING DATE
UMIE 0900 ENDING TIME

PTATION INTERVAL
COMP 1.00 SOORS
TOTAL TIME BASE 129.00 ROM

ENGLIzs UNITS
DRAINAGE ARM so"R MILES
PRECIPITATION DEPTE I
LaG5T, XLEVATIow FT
FLOW CUBIC I= PIU ANY r
STORAGE VOLWNE ACRE-IEET
SOWACE AREAACE
TUWRRATURN ONIn PAPNSRIT

JP NULTI-PUJ OPTION
NPLAl 2 NIUMER OF PLANS

JR ILTI-RATIO OPTION
RATIOS OF RUNS?
0.11 0.26 0.45 , 0.65 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50

179
 PEAK FLOI4 AND STAGE 4END-F-110)0 IUEARY FOR MU.LTIPLE PLAN-RATIO ECONOMIC COMUTATIN
FLMW IN CUNIC FEET PER SECOND. AREA IN SQUARE MILES
TIME TO PEAK IN HOURS

RATIOS APPLIED TO FLOWS

OPERATION STATION AREA PLAN RATIO I RATIO 2 RATIO I RATIO RATIO 5 RATIO 6 RATIO 7 RATIO 0 RATIO 9
0 It 0 26 0 43 0 65 0 86 1 00 1 20 1 40 1 50

HYDROGRAPH AT t00 33 10 I FLOW 591 1397 2418 3493 4622 3374 6449 7524 8061
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25.00 25 00 25 00 29 00
2 FLOW4 591 1397 2410 3493 4622 5374 6449 7524 8061
TIME 25 00 2500 25 00 25 00 25 00 29 00 25 00 25 00 25 00

ROUTED TO 200 35 10 I FLOWl 591 1397 2410 3493 4622 5374 6449 7524 0061
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25.00 25 00 25 00
2 FLOW 367 617 066 1052 1206 1315 1467 1573 1627
TIME 29 00 31 00 32 00 33 00 33 00 34. 00 34 00 34.00 35 00

4. PEAK STAOES IN FEET --

1 STAGE 0.00 000 0.00 0 00 000 0.00 0.00 0 00 0.00
TIME 0.00 0 00 000 000 0.00 0.00 000 000 0 00
2 STAGE 97951 994 95 "4. 35 1003 99 1012,91 1020-03 1030090 1039.32 1043 67
TIME 29. 00 31 00 32 00 33 00 33 00 34 00 34 00 34 00 35 00

ROUTED TO RCHI 35.10 1 FLIW 429 978 1742 2690 3668 4313. 5232 6156 6701.
TIME 28 00 29 00 29.00 29 00 29. (O 27.00 27.00 27 00 27.00
2 FLO 303 551 795. 900 1135, 129. 1389 1504 1557
TIME 34.00 39 00 39 00 41.00 41 00 41 00 42 00 43 00 43 00

HYDROGRAPH AT 300 49.10 1 FLOW 790 1867 3231. 4666 6174 7179. 615 10051. 10768
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25.00 25 00 25. 00 25 00
2 FLOW4 790 1867 3231 466 6174. 7179. 9615 10051 10768
TIME 25.00 25,00 23.00 25 00 25 00. 25 00 2500 25 00 2500

2 COMU INED AT 300 84.20 I FLOW 1162 2688. 4687 6992 9339 10959. 13250, 15529 16663
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 26 00 25 00 25.00 25.00 25.00 29.00
2 FLO 990 2176 3649 5191 6777 7933. 9332 10825, 11571
TIME 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25 00 25.00 25 00 25 00

PUMP FLOW TO 94.20 1 FLO 0 0 0 0. 0 0. 0 0 0

TIME 0.00 0 00 0 00 0.00 0 00 0.00 000 0 00 0.00
2 FLOW 0. 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
TIME I 00 23 00 21 00 19 00 17 00 16 00 14. 00 13. 00 13 00

HYDROGRAPH AT RCH2 94.20 1 FLOW 964. 1257 1273 1291 1312 1326 1347, 1369 1379
TIME 29 00 33 00 37 00 39 00 40 00 41.00 43. 00 45 00 46 00
2 F lW 902. 1127 1251. 1252 1260 1265 1274. 1294 1290
TIME 28 00 25 00 24 00 28 00 30 00 30 00 32 00 33 00 33 00

PEAK STAGES IN FEET --

I STAGE 943 6 845 27 845 90 946 65 947 4 94805 048.09 949 74 950 17
TIME 29 00 33 00 37 00 39 00 40 00 42.00 43. 00 45. 00 46 00
2 STAGE 043.21 044.51 945 02 845.09 045 41 845.62 845,97 046. 36 946 60
TIME 29.00 25 00 24 00 28 00 30 00 30 00 32 00 33.00 33 00

=PUCTD AWItIJAL FID DAMAGE STSARY

STRM DAMAGE DANAGE ElPUC'ED AININA DAMAGE

WATMEED TOWUSUIP * CATEOY. PLA.. 1 Fli. 2
STATTOW REACH
-------------------------------------------------------------- --

Wil 1 1 Inro 0.00 0.00

*2 fllD/CO 0.00 0.00
* 3 AGRIC 129.22 0.00

* T 129.22 0.00

DAMS CHANGE (8101F'TS) EASE 129.22

------------------------------------------------------------------------
UCH2 2 *1 AMSID 1099.86 139.86
22 0/Co.
20.21 1.98
S3 AGIkC 0.00 0.00

T1OTAL 1120.06 141.83

DAMAE CRANG (BE1WITS) EASE 978.23

------------------------------------------------------------------------
]W TOTAL I1j ASID 1099.86 139.86
r1O/PIK
[2 20.21 1.98
3 AGRIC 129.22 0.00

S TOTAIL 1249.28 141.83

DAKAGE CHANGE (EUIEPTTS) EAs 1107.45

180
 OF COMNENTr
8SNWMMT OO"

ANDU 12R ANNUAL ANNUAL. t8am

PNDJECI LOCATION CAPACIT CAPITAL COOT CAPITAL COST 044 COST POWER COST ~
ANNUAL

RESEVOIR 200 15000.0 5475.000 27S.940 125.92S 0.000 401.965

PUM RC2 6000.0 7860.000 396.144 160.780 100.000 676.924

LOCAL PMOTCTION WH1 17000.0 1666.667 64.000 36.333 0.000 122.333

INITIAL TINATme or Common stst

VAR I VAR 2 VAR 3
15000.00 6000.00 17000.00

8.8T3 COST ANDF3WOUWU96CE UNNOA

(UITS SAME AS INPUT - NORMALLY 1000"S OF VOOA)

TT" TCPTLCAP* **AL* 6 T'** && ISMC.

Tom sySiem Aa~mTIID CAPITAL con * * * ' * 756.
TOMR sysmin ANNUALOl,C3 AND NWAC3~f WOT 0 443.
ISAL SYSTON hNNUAL
COT **0 * * * * * * * *** * 1201.

AVRM ANNAL DAWN - HNISTIRG CUP IIoR v 1249.

AV3AM ANNUALDAMIAGES
- oFTmmrsm srsTU * * 142.
AV3MOUR ANNUALDPJEAGUMUTIO (USINIT) * 1107.

AVRMG SIBTU
ANNUAL NET BMUNITS * ** * -94.

181
 IW73IMIATE VALUES (O OPTIKIZATION VARIABLES
OBJECTIVE
?rWCTI6o VAR I VAR 2 VAR 3
15000.000 8000.000 17000.000 TROT PNLTY MIN COST MUDM63O6JCTrFUCI
4964.224 1201.122 141.834 6.66813+06
14850.000* 8000.000 17000.000
LOCATION TARGETf COIP VAL DEVIATH PENALTY
RNc2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4964.24
TROT PRLTY AM COST AU DAM OBJCT FICTh
4964.237 1199.471 141.836 6.65993+06

14700.000* 8000.000 17000.000

LOCATION TARGET Comp VAL. DEVIATO PENALTY
cRN2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4964.25
TRT P1ILTY NU COST MUANNDAM 7OCTFIC
4964.250 1197.819 141.839 6.65173+06
10000.005" 8000.000 17000.000 LOCATION TAR 00" VAL DSWIATJ PENALTY
RCE2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TROT PNLTY AN COST MU MmDG OJCTT MCrN
4960.000 1136.163 141.807 6.3400+06
6340012.9 10000.005* 8000.000 17000.000
10000.00S 7920.000* 17000.000 WCATI06 TAmrL[ CCN VAX. DEVIATE PUALTY
NcR2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TRT PLTY ANN COST AM DANG OSJCT FWCTN
4960.000 1130.702 141.807 6.31299+06
10000.005 7840.000' 17000.000
LOCATION TARGET COMP VAL DSVIATN PENALTY
RC"2 046.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TROT PIILTY AM COST MN UC OWiCT PWCPU
4960.000 1125.242 141.807 6.28583+06
10000.005 5333.336* 17000.000 LOCATION TARET COMP V D-IATH PENALTY
RCu2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TRGT PELTY ANN COST ANN DM O8JCT FrMC
4960.000 954.376 141.807 5.43823+06
5438166.8 10000.005 5333.336* 17000.000
10000.005 5333.336 16830.000* OCATION TARGET C4P VL DSVITW PNLTY
MCH2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TRGT PLTY MU COST MUmDAM OSJCT FUMIN
4960.000 950.217 141.807 5.41753+06

10000.005 5333.336 16660.000* LCATI0N TAMGE CwupVAL. DUVIAJLE pUALTY

RCR2 846.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TRGT PWLTY M COST AU DAM O7CT FNCTN
4960.000 946.058 141.807 5.39698+06

10000.005 5333.336 11333.339*

LOCATION TARGET COMP VAL DEVIATN PENALTY
RT02 846.90 846.06 0.84 4960.00
TRGT PELTY ANN COST AM DANG O&JCT FC ,g
5026377.1 10000.005 5333.336 11333.339* 4960.000 871.371 141,807 5.0264+C6

####$##00# SEVERAL PAGES D m.m

E ooo666660
649.5 2896.911 2150.879+ 4941.729

2806.911 2150.879 4941.729

LOCATION TARET 0OW VA DEVIATN PWR.TT
RCH2 846.90 846.89 0.01 0.00
TRGT PRLT.Y Ai COST AN Mm 093CTr PCTM
0.000 413.676 235.797 6.49513+02
2A58.042* 2150.879 4941.729
LOCATION TARET OW VAL DEVIATM lUSALTr
RNC2 846.90 846.90 0.00 0.00
TROT PULTY AM COST mN
4 OSJCT PdNC
0.000 412.404 236.412 6.48823+02
2829.173' 2150.879 4941.729
LOCATION TAGE? COMP VAL D'IAT PENALTY
lE2PNLT!
TRGT 846.90
AU COST846.91
ANN -0.01
G OCT 0.00
WCIN
0.000 411.133 237.048 6.48213+02
2650.898* 2150.879 4941.*229
LOCATION TARGET COP V DEVIAT PENALTY
I
R-'2 846.90 846.96 -0.06 0.14
TROT PELTY AU COST M Mm OBJ T FCT
0.142 403.282 241.953 7.36968+02
2816.107* 2150.879 4941.729
LOCATION TAGET Com VAL DEVIATF PENALTY
RCM2 846.90 846.91 -0.01 0.00
TM PELTY AM COST UMA m .7OCT
0DA FCT
648.0 2816.107* 2150.879 4941.729 0.000 410.557 237.337 6.48048+02

-- "' ' m i | I l I I I~
 MEA FLOW AND STAGE (D-Op-PRXOO) SWIBAT FOR mumLtIP PnaN-RATIO scmmc c~uoTATnaIs
FLOWS IN CUBIC FET PER 'I ARIA IN SQUAREIID
MILES
TIME TO PEAR IN BOORS

RATIO APPLIED TO FLOWS

OPERATION STATION AREA PLAN RATIO 1 RATIO 2 RATIO 3 RATIO 4 RATIO 5 RATIO 6 RATIO 7 RATIO S RATIO 9
0.11 0.26 0.45 0.65 0.86 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50
ETOROGRAPS AT 100 35.10 1 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 8061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
ROO'D TO 200 35.10 1 FLOW 591. 1397. 2418. 3493. 4622. 5374. 6449. 7524. 6061.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 366. 617. 665. 1133. 2417. 3370. 4566. 5911. 6577.
TIM 29.00 31.00 32.00 32.00 30.00 29.00 28.00 28.00 27.00
*PEA STAGE IN FEET *
1 STAGE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
TIME 28.00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40.00 42.00 43.00 45.00 46.00
2 STAGE 978.47 S84.93 994.51 1003.83 1008.62 1010.83 1013.59 1016.14 1017.26
TIME 29.00 31.00 32.00 32.00 30.00 29.00 28.00 26.00 27.00
ROOT0DTO WE"I 35.10 1 FLOW 429. 978. 1742. 2680. 3668. 4313. 5232. 6156. 6701.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 307. 551. 787. 993. 1764. 2428. 3440. 4389. 4872.
TIME 34.00 38.00 39.00 40.00 35.00 33.00 32.00 31.00 31.00
HDROGRAPR AT 3G0 49.10 1 FLOW 790. 1867. 3231. 4666. 6174. 7179. 8615. 10051. 10768.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 790. 1867. 3231. 4666. 6174. 7179. 8615. 10051. 10768.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

2 COMBINED AT 300 84.20 1 FLOW 1162. 2688. 4687. 6892. 9339. 10959. 13250. 15529. 16663.
TIM 25.00 25.00 25.00 26.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 982. 2176. 3649. 5182. 6777. 7645. 9476. 11279. 12345.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 26.00 27.00

RTED TO RRl2 84.20 1 FLOW 964. 1257. 1273. 1291. 1312. 1326. 1347. 1369. 1379.
TIME 25.00 25.00 25.00 26.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
2 FLOW 804. 1070. 1250. 1256. 1266. 1276. 1294. 1312. 1322.
TIME 28.00 26.00 26.00 29.00 33.00 35.00 37.00 38.00 39.00

PEAK STAGES IN PUET

I STAGE 843.86 845.27 845.90 846.65 847.48 848.05 848.89 849.74 850.17
TIME 28.00 33.00 37.00 39.00 40.00 42.00 43.00 45.00 46.00
2 STAGE 843.21 844.20 845.00 845.24 845.66 846.06 846.75 847.47 847.87
TIME 28.00 26.00 26.00 29.00 33.00 35.00 37.00 38.00 39.00

56 * W111 *

FR PERCfhT EXCEEDANCE
700.0 600.0 550.0 450.0 350.0 250.0 150.0 90.0
70.0 50.0 35.0 25.0 16.5 10.0 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.1
QP 400. 490. 530. 640. 800. 1070. 1480. 1690.
1920. 2170. 2480. 2650. 3240. 3640. 4090 4900. 5900. 7100.

DANA" DATA
FLOW RESZD IND/COH AGRIC TOTAL
400.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
600.0 0.000 0.000 1.000 1.000
730.0 0.000 0.000 2.000 2.000
960.0 0.000 0.000 3.000 3.000
1230.0 0.000 0.000 5.000 5.000
1530.0 0.000 0.000 7.000 7.000
1970.0 0.000 0.000 28.000 28.000
2500.0 0.000 0.000 49.000 49.000
3100.0 0.000 0.000 111.000 111.000
3490.0 0.000 0.000 314.000 314.000
3780.0 0.000 0.000 516.000 516.000
4290.0 0.000 0.000 619.000 619.000
5120.0 0.000 0.000 723.000 723.000
6020.0 0.000 0.000 728.000 728.000
7100.0 0.000 0.000 830.000 630.000

183
 rm Man 0
MID Tmm0 A=jI 10
97,. 0.00 0.00 0.00 .14 3.14
3 ,5.07 1742. 0.0 0.00 0.00 17.11 17.11
4 29. 20. 0.00 0.00 0.00 47.65 47.65
--. 36. 0.00 0. 0.00 436.01 436.01
1 3.77 4313. 0.00 0.00 0.00 621.4 621.66
1 1.30 5232. 0.00 0.00 0.00 723.62 723.62
0.33 6156. 0.00 0.00 0.00 740.82 740.82
9 0.11 6701. 0.00 0.00 0.00 792.26 792.26
UP AUmAL DAMIm 0.00 0.00 129.22 129.22
44-U UWDM
O K S NPS 2-4
16" FLOW. MUi
PAGE I=/CON AIC W5L
S6.0 307. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0
2 279.57 551. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 65.07 767. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
4 29.26 993. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 9.60 1764. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 3.77 2426. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
7 1.30 3440. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 0.33 4369. 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00
9 0.11 4072. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
UP NWEUL DAMAG 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
AVERAGE ANUAL 6MITS 0.00 0.00 129.22 129.22

73 i * W2 *

PD95.0 81.0 60.0 45.0 25.0 11.0 5.0 2.5

1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1
643. 844.6 845.6 046.0 646.6 847.3 647.9 684.4
849.1 649.5 350.0 650.3
-AAO DA
645.0 0.000 0.000 0.0o0 0.000
645.5 720.000 10.500 0.000 73o.500
647.0 1360.000 15.000 0.000 1395.000
647.6 2710.000 52.500 0.000 2762.500
46.3 5200. 00 105.000 0.000 5305.000
649.0 6000.000 202.500 0.000 8202.50
649.6 10050.000 540.000 0.000 10590.000
651.0 11250.000 565.000 0.000 11835.000
4.DAMIGD P NAP LNI -

1 73
93. FLW.
0 ST
3..03
643,.66 MID
0.00 Mg. 00i AMC
000 Toy"
0.0
2 70.19 0. 645.27 367.69 5.65 0.00 393.34
03 46.51 0. 845.90 896.05 11.71 0.00 909.77
,4 23:46 0. 646.45 1227.45 13.96 0.00 1241.41
6.77 0. 647.46 2451.60 45.22 0.00 2497.02
6 4.06 0. 648.05 4327.31 66.60 0.00 4413.91
7 1.36 0. 646.69 7559.55 167.16 0.00 7746.71
6 0.33 0. 849.74 9699.25 515.16 0.00 10414.43
9 0.13 0. 650.17 10422.49 553.97 0.00 10976.45
UP AiWUAL DAIJP 1099.66 20.21 0.00 1120.06
4.+DAAGE DATA POR PLAN 2 -
FLAW. 117.0 MlID MrDM~ AGUIC TOTRL
0 43.21 0.0 .00 0.00 00
2 70619 0. 044.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 0. 645.00 6.75 0.10 0.00 6.65
4 2304 O 645.24 340.6 4.97 0.00 345.04
5 8.77 0. 645.66 769.61 10.97 0.00 600.56
6 4.08 0. 646.06 965.46 12.17 0.00 977.6
7 1.36 0. 646.75 1269.03 14.24 0.00 1263.26
6 0.33 0. 647.47 2423.43 44.42 0.00 2467.65
9 0.13 0. 647.87 3663.36 72.60 0.00 3735.96
UP AIUUAL DAMAGE 234.03 3.31 0.00 237.34
AVERAGE ANWAL SmlW1.s 665.63 16.90 0.00 82.73

184
 NNaw AIML FLOOD -WCI 6UNARY

STATIOIS RERM WAM IM I IP * CATSUGORY PLAN 1 PLAN 2

ERK I 1 MID 0.00 0.00

*2 U/CON 0.00 0.00
*3 AGRIC 129.22 0.00
YomA 129.22 0.00
DANAGR ANS (SEEN 1") BSE! 129.22
- -- -- -- 2-- --- -1--- -- -I--- -10-- --- -- -- S-- --
234.03--
* 2 130/CON 20.21 3.31
*3 AGRIC 0.00 0.00
* ToTA 1120.06 237.34
01119 CAom (0101-ITS) BASS 662.73
------------------------------------------------ ------

BAS I TomL 1 MID 1099.66 234.03

*2 INDN 20.21 3.31
*3 MUC 129.22 0.00
* 1ML 1249.26 237.34
DAMAGE CHNG (BENEFITS) Dam 1011.95

or COMPCT ONT
SUMMARY

ANDTIZS A= ANNUAL Tom~l

PROJECT LOCATION CAPACITY CAPITAL COST CAPITAL COST 0444 COST POWER COST ANIMAL COST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---

RXIWMIR 200 2616.1 1669.664 65.159 36.662 0.000 124.021

PUMP REUI 2150.9 2439.563 122.954 56.110 100.000 279.064

LOCAL PROTECTION RCUI 4941.7 101.600 S.131 2.341 0.000 7.472

OPTINIZATICI RSULTS
VAR 1 VAR 2 VAR 3
2616.11 21S0.86 4941.73

STEM3 COST ANIDPOUIRANCII SARY

(UNITS SAMEsAs IMPT "NWALLY 1000-S 0r DOLLARS)

1TL SS1T CAALCOT *L **CO * * ** 4231.

TOMA SYSTEN AMORTIZED CAPITAL COST *t * *t * *
f * 213.
TOTAL SYTTH ANIMAL 0.N,POUU AND MWLCUIUWT COST ft 197.
COST*
TOTAL hOTS l ANNUAL * * * *t * 0 &* * f tf 411.

AVZAM3 ANNUAL
DANAM - EXISTING CODITIOS * * f 1249.
DANAGE -
AVERAGE ANNUAL OPTINIZKD SYSTEN *t * *ftf 237.
AvURMm ANIMAL DANMEz AncTICII (UwiTs) ***1012.

AVRAM! ANNUAL SISTN MIT SUWITS * *t * * * * * t $ 01.

***OPTINIIATION OBJUCTVR - RINIS sySTU NT SEMIT TAMUT PMTUCTXON LEVU

MOR

**4 ORIA 36D OF NE-I *'ft

Note: The results of this test are dependent on the machine word size.
Results are likely to be within five percent of the answer shown
above.

19,5
 Section 13

COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS

13.1 Program Operations and File Structure

Figure 13.1 shows the sequence of operations for most jobs. HEC-1 uses up
to 16 I/O and scratch files. These can be stored on disk, tape, or whatever
medium is available. The program knows these files by their assigned unit
numbers. Table 13.1 shows the unit numbers used by HEC. These numbers can be
changed for a particular installation by changing their definition in BLOCK
DATA. All files are sequential.

13.2 Compile & Execution Requirements

HEC-1 requires a FORTRAN IV compiler. The distributed version of HEC-1

uses "END =" in READ statements to check for end-of-file. This may need to be
changed for some compilers.

Table 13.2 lists compile time and memory required for execution. Also,
execution times are given for the example problems described in Section 12 of
this manual.

RADIPT DATA;
WRIT TO WORING FILE

STREAM NETWViK IUWMARy

-9 18 1

Figure 13.1 HEC-1 Program Operations overview

186
 TABLE 13.1

1/0 and Scratch Files

Unit Variable Formatted, F

Number Name Description Unformatted. U Max Record Length

5 IMP Primary input F 80 characters

6 IP Primary output file (printer) F 132 characters

7 IPU Punch F 80 characters

23 IC Working input file; reformatted input data F 89 characters

with line number and next record ID appended
to front of each record

24 is* Dam-overtopping summary report F 132 characters

25 IU* Runoff parameter optimization F 132 characters

32 IDV Scratch, saves diversion hydrographs U 4895 real + 3 integer words

33 IE Scratch; expected annual damage summary data U 50 real + 6 integer words

34 IR Scratch; data for first plan in multiplan run U 61 real words

35 ISOP Scratch; data for flood control system optimization U 2400 real words

36 LSFIL Scratch; data for user-defined output tables U 301 real words

38 ND Scratch; output summary data U 91 real + 4 integer words

lOUT Output data; used to save hydrographs for a F 131 characters

subsequent job

** IQIN Input data; hydrographs from a previous job F 131 characters

* File is copied to primary output file (IP) by subroutine PRT

** Unit number is defined by user on KO or BI records (The unit numbers specified should not
conflict with other file definitions, for example, 21 and 22 are possible choices).

187
 Table 13.2

Computer Memory and Time Requirements

I PC XT
(with 8087) CDC C r 175 Harris 500

Central Memory Required * 512 k bytes 337 k words 525 k bytes

Cmi le time* 40 570

Execution time* for Example Problems of Section 12

1. Stream Network Model 160 .7 27

2. Kinematic Wave Watershed Model 110 .5 19

3. Snownelt Runoff 80 .3 14

4. Unit Graph and Loss Rate

Optimization 130 .7 19

5. Routing Optimization 50 .1 7

6. Precipitation Depth-Area 100 .5 13

7. Dam Safety Analysis 130 1.0 12

8. Dam Failure Analysis 300 2.8 38

9. Multiflood Analysis 70 .3 13

10. Multiplan, Multiflood Analysis 190 1.6 30

11. Flood Damage Analysis 1.7 30

12. Flood Control System Optimization * 34.6 317

*central processing unit (cpu) seconds

**same dimensions, as noted in programners manual, were used on all computers

shown here, except for the PC version which does not include the flood
damage computation routines.

***PC version does not contain flood damage computation capability.

188
 Section 14

REFERENCES

Chow, V. T. 1964. Handbook of Applied Hydrology. McGraw-Hill, New York.

Clark, C. 0. 1945. Storage and the unit hydrograph. Transactions of the
American Society of Civil Engineers 110, pp. 1419-1446.
Corps of Engineers 1952. Standard Project Flood Determinations. Engineering
Manual 1110-2-1411, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.
1959. Flood Hydrograph Analyses and Applications.
Engineering Manual 1110-2-1405, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.
1960a. Routing of Floods through River Channels.
Engineering Manual 1110-2-1408, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.
1960b. Runoff from Snowmelt. Engineering Manual
1110-2-1406, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.
1965. Hydraulic Design of Spillways. Engineering Manual
1110-2-1603, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.
Crawford, Norman H. and Linsley, Ray K. 1966. Digital Simulation in Hydrology:
Stanford Watershed Model IV. Stanford University, Civil Engineering
Technical Report No. 39, Palo Alto, California.
Davis, D. W. 1974. Optimal sizing of urban flood control systems. Journal of
the Hydraulics Division 101, pp. 1077-1092, American Society of Civil
Engineers.
Ford, D. T., Morris, E. C. and Feldman, A. D. 1980. Corps of Engineers'
experience with automatic calibration of a precipitation-runoff model. In
"Water and Related Land Resource Systems" (Y. Haimes and J. Kindler, eds.).
Pergamon Press, New York.
Henderson, F. M. 1966. Open Channel Flow, the Macmillan Co., New York,
pp. 356-362.
Holtan, H. N., Stitner, G. J., Henson, W. H. and Lopez, N. C. 1975. USDAHL-74
Revised Model of Watershed Hydrology. Technical Bulletin No. 1518,
Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
D.C.
Hydrologic Engineering Center 1978. Hydrologic Parameters, Program Users
Manual, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Davis, California.
1979a. Expected Annual Flood Damage Computation.
Program Users Manual, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Davis, California
_ 1979b. Introduction and Application of Kinematic
Wave Routing Techniques Using HEC-1. Training Document No. 10, U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Davis, California.
_ 1983. HECDSS User's Guide and Utility Program
Manuals, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Davis, California.
1984 HMR-52- Probable Maximum Storm Computation
(Eastern U.S.), Program Users Manual, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Davis,
California
Linsley, R. K., Kohler, M. A. and Paulhus, J. L. 1975. Hydrology for
Engineers, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill Co., New York.
Musgrave, G. W. 1955. How Much of the Rain Enters the Soil? In Water: U.S.
Department of Agriculture Yearbook, 151-159.
National Weather Service 1956. Seasonal Variation of Probable Maximum
Precipitation East of the 105th Meridian for Areas from 10 to 1,000 Square
Miles and Durations of 6, 12, 24 and 48 Hours. Hydrometeorological Report
No. 33, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C.

189
National Weather Service 1961. Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the United States.
Technical Paper No. 40, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C.
1977. Five to 60-Minutes Precipitation Frequency
for the Eastern and Central United States. Technical Memo NWS HYDRO-35,
National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Atmospheric Administration, U.S.
Department of Commerce, Maryland.
1978. Probable Maximum Precipitation Estimates,
United States East of 105th Meridian, NOAA Hydrometeorological Report No.
51, Office of Hydrology, National Weather Service, Silver Spring, Maryland.
1979. DAMBRK: The NWS Dam-Break Flood Forecasting
Model. Technical Paper, Office of Hydrolgy, National Weather Service,
Silver Spring, Maryland.
1982. Application of Probable Maximum Precipitation
Estimates United States East of 105th Meridian, Office of Hydrolgy,
National Weather Service, Silver Spring, Maryland.
Snyder, F. F. 1938. Synthetic Unit Hydrographs. Transactions of the
American Geophysical Union, Vol. 19, Part 1, pp. 447-454.
Soil Conservation Service 1972. National Engineering Handbook, Section 4,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
Soil Conservation Service 1975. Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds.
Technical Release No. 55, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
Viessman, W. Jr., Knapp, J. W., Lewis, G. L. and Harbaugh, T. E. 1977.
Introduction to Hydrology, Dun-Donnelley Co., New York.
Woolhiser, D. A. 1975. Simulation of Unsteady Overland Flow. In, Unsteady
Flow in Open Channels. (K. Mahmood and V. Yevjevich, eds). Water
Resources Publications, Colorado.

190
 Appendix A

HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

Preface

This appendix contains a description of the input data for the HEC-1
computer program. It is only applicable to the 1981 version of the program.
Do not use this input format for any previous version (e.g. Dam Break) of the
program.

Please contact the HEC if errors in documentation or the computer program

are encountered. The HEC also encourages comments regarding improvements to
the program or documentation.

The yellow pages. A-1 through A-20, describe the general structure of the
input data, and data requirements and options for JOB DESCRIPTION and JOB
INITIALIZATION.

The blue pages, A-21 through A-92, describe the input data requirements
and options for HYDROGRAPH CALCULATIONS throughout a river basin. Record
types are arranged in alphabetical order.

The yellow pages. A-93 through A-111, describe the input data requirements
and options for ECONOMIC ANALYSES of flood damage, the required END-OF-JOB
record, and a SUMMARY of all input data records and variables.

A-i
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

Table of Contents

1 Introduction

1.1 Organization of this Input Description A-1

1.2 Input Data Structure A-2
1.3 Input Control Records A-7

2 Job Initialization (I Records)

2.1 x ID Record - Job Title Information A-8

2.2 x IT Record - Time Specification A-9
2.3 IN Record - Time Interval for Input Data A-1O
2.4 10 Record - Output Control A-11
2.5 IN Record - Metric Units A-i

3 Job Type Option (J Records)

3.1 JP Record - Multiplan A-12

3.2 JR Record - Multiratio A-13
3.3 JD Record - Depth/Area Storm A-14

4 Optimization Option (0 Records)

4.1 OU Record - Unit Graph and Loss Rate Optimization A-15

4.2 OR Record - Routing Optimization A-15
4.3 OS Record - Flood Control System Optimization A-16
4.4 OF Record - Fixed Facility Costs A-17
4.5 00 Record - System Optimization Objective Function A-18

5 User-Defined Output Tables (V Records)

5.1 VS Record - Stations Desired A-19

5.2 VV Record - Information Desired A-20

6 Basin Runoff Data (B Records)

6.1 BA Record - Subbasin Area A-21

6.2 BF Record - Base Flow Characteristics A-22
6.3 BR Record - SAN Runoff Parameters A-23
6.4 BI Record - Read Hydrograph From a File A-23

7 Diversion Data (D Records)

7.1 DR Record - Retrieve Previously Diverted Flow A-24

7.2 DT/DI/DQ Records - Flow Diversion A-25
7.2.1 DT Record - Diversion Identifier A-25
7.2.2 DI Record - Diversion Inflow Table A-26
7.2.3 DQ Record - Diversion Outflow Table A-26
7.3 DO Record - Diversion Optimization A-27
7.4 DC Record - Diversion Capacity Table A-28
7.5 DD Record - Diversion Cost Table A-28

• Required records

A-iii
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

Table of Contents (Continued)

8 Hydrograph Transformation (H Records)

8.1 HB Record - Hydrograph Balance A-29

8.2 HC Record - Combine Hydrographs A-30
8.3 HL Record - Local Flow A-30
8.4 HQ/HE Records - Rating Table for Stage Hydrograph A-31
8.4.1 HQ Record - Flows for Rating Table A-31
8.4.2 HE Record - S~ges for Rating Table A-31

9 Job Step Control (K Records)

9.1 ** KK Record - Station Computation Identifier A-32

9.2 KM Record - Message A-32
9.3 KO Record - Output Control Option A-33
9.4 KF Record - Unit 7 Output Format A-35
9.5 KP Record - Plan Label A-36

10 Loss Rate Data (L Records)

10.1 LU Record - Initial and Uniform Loss Rate A-37

10.2 LE Record - HEC Exponential Loss Rate A-38
10.3 LM Record - HEC Exponential Snowmelt Loss Rate A-39
10.4 LS Record - SCS Curve Number Logs Rate A-40
10.5 LH Record - Holtan Loss Rate A-41

11 Snowmelt Data (M Records)

11.1 MA Record - Elevation Zone Data A-42

11.2 MC Record - Melt Coefficient A-43
11.3 MT Record - Temperature Time Series A-44
11.4 MS Record - Energy Budget Shortwave Radiation A-44
11.5 MD Record - Energy Budget Dew Point A-45
11.6 MW Record - Energy Budget Wind Speed A-45

12 Precipitation Data (P Records)

12.1 PB and PI/PC Records - Storm Total and Distribution Option A-48
12.1.1 PB Record - Basin Average Precipitation A-48
12.1.2 PI aecord - Incremental Precipitation Time Series A-49
12.1.3 PC Record - Cumulative Precipitation Time Series A-49
12.2 PG Record - Storm Total Precipitation for a Station (Gage) A-50
12.3 PH Record - Hypothetical Storms A-51
12.4 PM Record - Probable Maximum Precipitation A-53
12.5 PS Record - Standard Project Precipitation (SPS) A-55
12.6 PR, PT and PW Records - Precipitation Gage Weighting A-56
12.6.1 PR Record - Recording Stations to be Weighted A-56
12.6.2 PT Record - Storm-Total Stations to be Weighted A-57
12.6.3 PW Record - Weightings for Precipitation Stations A-57

A-iv
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

Table of Contents (Continued)

13 Hydrograph Time-Series Data (Q Records)

13.1 QO Record - Observed Hydrograph A-58

13.2 QI Record - Direct Input Hydrograph A-59
13.3 QS Record - Stage Hydrograph A-59
13.4 QP Record - Pattern Hydrograph A-60

14 Routing Data (R Record)

14.1 RN Record - No Routing Option for This Plan A-61

14.2 RL Record - Channel Loss A-61
14.3 RM Record - Muskingum Routing A-62
14.4 RS Record - Storage Routing A-63
14.5 RC Record - Normal-Depth Channel Routing A-65
14.6 RX Record - Cross Section X Coordinates A-66
14.7 RY Record - Cross Section Y Coordinates A-67
14.8 RK Record - Kinematic Wave Channel Routing A-68
14.9 RT Record - Straddle/Stagger Routing A-69

15 Storage Routing Data (S Records)

15.1 SV or SA Records - Reservoir Storage Data A-71

15.1.1 SV Record - Reservoir Volume A-71
15.1.2 SA Record - Reservoir Surface Areas Option A-7I
15.2 SE Record - Elevation A-72
15.3 SQ Record - Discharge A-72
15.4 SL Record - Low-Level Outlet A-73
15.5 SS Record - Spillway Characteristics A-74
15.6 ST Record - Top-of-Dam Overflow A-75
15.7 SW/SE Records - Non-Level Top-of-Dam Option A-76
15.7.1 SW Record - Non-Level Crest Lengths A-76
15.7.2 SE Record - Non-Level Crest Elevations A-76
15.8 SG Record - Trapezoidal and Ogee Spillway A-77
15.9 SB Record - Dam-Breach Simulation A-79
15.10 SO Record - Reservoir Volume Optimization A-80
15.11 SD Record - Reservoir Cost A-81

16 Unit Graph/Kinematic Data (U Records)

16.1 UI Record - Given Unit Graph A-82

16.2 UC Record - Clark Unit Graph A-83
16.3 US Record - Snyder Unit Graph A-84
16.4 UA Record - Time-Area Data A-85
16.5 UD Record - SCS Dimensionless U-'t Graph A-86
16.6 UK/RK Records - Kinematic Wave h 9ss Transformation A-87
16.6.1 UK Record - Kinematic Overle I Flow A-87
16.6.2 RK Record - Subcatchmen Kinematic Wave Collector/
Main Channels A-88

A-v
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

Table of Contents (Continued)

17 Pump Data (W Records)

17.1 WP Record - Pump Operation A-89

17.2 WR Record - Retrieve Previously Pumped Flow A-90
17.3 WO Record - Pump Optimization A-91
17.4 WC Record - Pump Capacity Table A-92
17.5 WD Record - Pumping Plant Cost Table A-92

18 Economic Data

18.1 EC Record - Economic Data A-94

18.2 * CN Record - Damage Category Names A-94
18.3 PN Record - Plan Names A-95
18.4 WN Record - Watershed Name A-96
18.5 TN Record - Township Name A-96
18.6 **KK Record - Station Computation Identifier A-97
18.7 WT Record - Watershed and Township Identification A-98
18.8 * FR Record - Frequency Data A-98
18.9 QF Record - Flows for Frequency Curve A-99
18.10 SF Record - Stages for Frequency Curve A-99
18.11 SQ Record - Stages for Rating Curve A-100
18.12 QS Record - Flows for Rating Curve A-100
18.13 SD Record - Stages for Damage Data A-101
18.14 QD Record - Flows for Damage Data A-101
18.15 ** DG Record - Damage Data A-102
18.16 EP Record - End of Plan A-103
18.17 LO Record - Optimize Local-Protection Project A-104
18.18 LC Record - Local-Protection Capacity Table A-105
18.19 LD Record - Local-Protection Cost Table A-105
18.20 DU Record - Upper Pattern Damage Table A-106
18.21 DL Record - Lower Pattern Damage Table A-106
18.22 DP Record - Degree of Protection A-107

19 End-of-Job (** ZZ Record) A-108

70 MEC-1 Input Record Summary A-109

A-vi
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
INTRODUCTION

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 ORGANIZATION OF THIS INPUT DESCRIPTION

This input description is ortanized into three major types of data: 1) job
description and initialization data, 2) hydrograph calculation data, and 3)
economic analysis data. This corresponds to the general sequence of data
necessary to build the digital model of a river basin as described in the next
subsection on Input Data Structure.

The first group (pages A-8 through A-20), JOB DESCRIPTION AND INITIALIZA-
TION DATA, begins with the I records and goes through the V records. The ID
and IT records are required and are described first. The other records are
optional and are described in a recommended input sequence, i.e., I, J, 0, V
records as desired.

The second group (pages A-21 through A-92), HYDROGRAPH CALCULATION DATA,
comprises all of the data necessary to simulate the various river basin
processes. The input data in this group are organized ALPHABETICALLY, beginning
with the B records and ending with the W records. The required and
recommended order to input these data are described in the next subsection,
Input Data Structure.

The third group (pages A-93 through A-106), ECONOMIC ANALYSIS DATA,
consists of data to be supplied after all of the hydrologic and hydraulic
calculations are completed. These data are optional and begin with the EC
record and are organized in the recommended sequence of input.

The last record described is the REQUIRED ZZ RECORD, pae A-107, to end
the job.

A-1
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
INPUT DATA STRUCTURE

1.2 INPUT DATA STRUCTURE

The input data set is divided into three sections - job description and
initialization data, hydrograph calculation data, and economic analysis data.

The first section begins with an ID record. This section contains an

alphanumeric description of the job, sets the job type, output control, time
interval and time span, and the type of units to be used.

Section two contains data for calculating hydrographs. Each hydrograph

calculation begins with a KK record, and the records following the KK record
provide information on how the hydrograph is to be calculated.

The third section begins with an EC record. All data following the EC
record are for calculation of expected annual damages.

Finally the job is) terminated by a ZZ record. Data for a new job
beginning with an ID record may follow immediately after the ZZ record.

The record sequence for a typical job is shown on the next page. A dash,
-, is used to indidate the second character of a record identification which
will be selected at the option of the user.

Continued

A-2
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
INPUT DATA STRUCTURE

ID Job identification

IT Time specification
I-* Additional initialization data

J-* Job type

0- * Optimization

W*,VS* Variable output summary tables

( KK Hydrograph computation identification )

( )
( KK-record groups describing RUNOFF, )
( . ROUTING, COMBINING, etc., components )
( . are repeated as necessary to simulate )
( . the processes and connectivity of a )
( . river basin. See following pages. )

KC* Economic data identification

(See section on economic data)

ZZ End-of-job record

*Optional records

Continued

A-3
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
INPUT DATA STRUCTURE

Data input for RUNOFF calculations will be retained and used for subsequent
runoff calculations until new data are read. Thus the data used in calculating
runoff need only be read once, unless they are to be changed for a new basin.
A typical record sequence for computing subbasin rainfall-runoff is:

( KK Hydrograph computation identification )

( )
( BA Basin area )
( )
( BF* Base flow data )
( )
C P- Precipitation data )
( )
( L- Loss data )
C )
C U- Unit graph or kinematic wave data )

C KK Hydrograph computation identification )

C )
( B )
( )
( BF* If BF, P-, L-, U-records )
C )
( P-* do not appear, data from )
C )
C L-* previous calculation will )
C )
C U-* be used. )

( KK Etc. )
C )

*Optional records

Continued

A-4
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
INPUT DATA STRUCTURE

For hydrograph ROUTING the record sequence is:

( KK Hydrograph computation identification )

( )
( R- Routing option )
( )
( s-* Reservoir data or dam-break analysis )

For DIVERSIONS the record sequence is:

( KK Hydrograph computation identification )

( )
( DT Diversion identification )
( )
( DI Inflow to diversion point )
( )
( DQ Diverted flow )

( KK Etc., for other parts of stream )

( network )

( KK Hydrograph computation identification )

( )
( DR Retrieve diversion hydrograph )

( KK Etc., for routing/combining of return )

( flow )

*Optional records

Continued

A-5
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
INPUT DATA STRUCTURE

Each input record is described in detail on the following pages. Variable

locations on each record are shown by field numbers which indicate the
relative position of the data on the record.

When data are entered in FIXED FORMAT the record is divided into ten
fields of eight columns each, except field one. Variables occurring in field
one may only occupy columns 3-8 because columns 1 and 2 are reserved for the
record identification characters. Integer and alphanumeric values must be
right justified in their fields.

Data may also be entered in FREE FORMAT where fields are separated by a
comma or one or more spaces. Successive commas are used to indicate blank
fields. When entering time series data (flow, precipitation, etc.), more (or
less) than 10 values can be placed on a record.

A--6
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
INPUT CONTROL RECORDS

1.3 INPUT CONTROL RECORDS

The following records may be used to control the format and printing of
the input data. An input comment record is also described which may be
inserted anywhere in the input data stream.

RECORD IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTION OF INPUT CONTROL

*LIST Causes echo print of input data following this record

until a *NOLIST record is encountered. *LIST is the
default assumption.

*NOLIST Stops echo print listing of input data until a *LIST

record is encountered.

*FREE Indicates a free format will be used for the input

following this record and before a *FIX record is
encountered. Fields may be separated by a comma or by one
or more spaces. Successive commas would indicate blank
fields. When entering time-series data (flow,
precipitation, etc.), more (or less) than 10 values may be
placed on a record. Default is fixed format.

*FIX Indicates a standard HEC fixed format (10 8-column fields)

will be used for the data following this record and before
a *FREE record is encountered. Default is fixed format.

This is a COMMENT record that is printed only with the

input echo listing. The comment occupies columns 3
through 80. Any number of comment records may be inserted
at any point in the input data stream.

*DIAGRAM Causes a diagram of the stream network to be printed. In

multiple job runs this option is reset so a diagram is
generated only for those jobs which contain this record.

NOTE - The asterisk (M) must be in column 1 and followed by the remainder of
the identification. If column 2 is blank, it is assumed to be a COMMENT
record.

A-7
ID HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
JOB INITIALIZATION (I Records)

2 JOB INITIALIZATION (I Records)

The ID and IT records are required to begin the job. The other records
(IN AND 10) are only used if those options are desired.

2.1 ** ID RECORD - JOB TITLE INFORMATION

At least one ID record is required but any number may be used as desired
to title the output from this job. The title information is contained in
columns 3-80 inclusive and any characters or symbols may be used.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID ID Record identification.

1-10 ITLS AN Job title information.

**REQUIRED

A-8
 IT
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
JOB INITIALIZATION (I Records)

2.2 ** IT RECORD - TIME SPECIFICATION

The IT record is used to define time interval, starting date and time, and

length of hydrographs calculated by the program.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID IT Record identification.

1 NMIN + Integer number of minutes in tabulation

interval. Minimum value is one minute.

2 IDATE* + Day, month, and year of the beginning of the

first time interval (e.g., 17MAR78 is input for
March 17,1978). Required to specify pathname
part D when using DSS.

3 ITIME* + Integer number for hour and minute of the

beginning of the first time interval (e.g., 1645
is input for 4:45 pm).

4 NQ + Integer number of hydrograph ordinates to be

computed (300 max). If end date and time are
specified in Fields 5 and 6, NQ will be
computed from the beginning and end dates and
times.

5 NDDATE + Day, month, and year of last ordinate (used to

compute NQ).

6 NDTIME + Integer number for time of last ordinate (used to

compute NQ).

*CAUTION: IDATE and ITIME are the time of initial flow conditions. No runoff
calculations are made from precipitation preceding this time.

Use 3-character code for month: JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN, JUL, AUG, SEP,
OCT, NOV, DEC. Use of any other code for month means this is not a date, and
days will be numbered consecutively from the given day. Default is day = 1.

**REQUIRED

A-9
 NHEC-1
Il INPUT DESCRIPTION
JOB INITIALIZATION (I Records)

2.3 IN RECORD - TIME INTERVAL FOR INPUT DATA

The IN record is used to define time interval and starting time for time
series data which are read into the program on PC, PI, QO, QI, QS, MD, MS, MT
and MW records.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID IN Record identification.

1 JXMIN + Integer number of minutes in tabulation interval.

2 JXDATE + Day, month, year at beginning of the first time

interval (e.g., March 17, 1978 is input as
17MAR78).

3 JXTIME + Hour and minute at the beginning of the first

time interval (e.g., 4:45 pm is input as 1645).

If an IN record is not used the time interval and starting time for all time
series will be the values specified on the IT record.

IN records may appear anywhere (exception: not after JD and before PI) in
the input stream. The same time interval and starting time will be used for
all time series data until these values are reset by reading new values on an
IN record.

When time series data are read from PC, PI, QO, QS, QP, MD, MS, MT, or MW
records, values to be used by the program are computed using linear interpola-
tion to match the tabulation interval specified on the IT record.

For times preceeding or following the given ordinates, the first or last
value is repeated as necessary to define NQ (IT-4) ordinates.

Data on PC, QI, QO, QP and QS records are instantaneous values. The first
value will occur at JXDATE and JXTIME.

Data on PI, MD, MS, MT and MW records are cumulative or average values
over a time interval. The first value on these records is for the time
interval beginning at JXDATE, JXTIME and ending at JXTIME + JIMIN.

A-1O
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION 10
JOB INITIALIZATION (I Records) IM

2.4 10 RECORD - OUTPUT CONTROL

The 10 record is used to control output for the entire job. The KO record
may be used to change output control for each hydrograph calculation.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID I0 Record identification.

1 IPRT 0,1,2 Print all output.

3 Print input data and intermediate and master

sumaries.

4 Print input data and master summary.

5 Print job specification and master summary

only.

2 IPLT 0,1 No printer plots for entire job unless

overridden temporarily by a KO record for any
station operation.

2 Plot every computed hydrograph for entire job

unless overridden by a KO record for that
station.

3 QSCAL 0 or, Program will choose scale for streamflow plots.

Blank

+ Desired scale for streamflow plots in units per

10 printer characters (e.g., 100 for 100 cfs per
10 characters).

2.5 IN RECORD - METRIC UNITS

This record is required if input is in metric units. Include one record

with IN beginning in column 1. No other fields on the record are presently
used.

A-11
JP

HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION

JOB TYPE OPTION (J Records)

3 JOB TYPE OPTION (J - Records)

J records are required only if one of the following special jobs is

desired.

3.1 JP RECORD - MULTIPLAN

Required only if more than one plan is being analyzed.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID JP Record identification.

1 NPLAN* + Number of plans desired.

NOTE - The product NPLAN*NRATIO (NRATIO is the number of ratios as defined on

JR record) can not exceed 45. The product NPLAN*NRATIO*NQ (NQ defined on IT
record) cannot exceed 4800. These limits may be changed if the dimensions are
changed as noted in the HEC-1 Programmers Manual.

* Must be greater than or equal 2 for economic analysis

A-12
 HEC-I INPUT DESCRIPTION
JR
JOB TYPE OPTION (J Records)

3.2 JR RECORD - MULTIRATIO

Required only if multiple ratios are desired for each plan.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID JR Record Identification.

1 IRTIO PREC Indicates ratios are to be taken of

precipitation (default).

FLOW Indicates ratios are to be taken of runoff.

2 RTIO(l) + Ratio by which all hydrograph or precipitation

ordinates of each subarea are to be multiplied
for all plans.

3 RTIO(2) Same as above for up to 9 ratios as desired.

Ratios must be in ascending order for use in
economic calculations.

A-13
JD
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
JOB TYPE OPTION (J Records)

3.3 JD RECORD - DEPTH/AREA STORM

Required only if stream system is to be simulated using a consistent

depth/area relationship. Each JD record may be followed by a set of PC or PI
records giving the precipitation pattern to be used for that depth and area.
If no pattern is given following any of the second through ninth JD records,
the previous pattern will be used. A maximum of 9 depth-area storms (max of 9
JD records) may be used.

Precipitation patterns may be generated using the hypothetical storm

option. The convention for specifying hypothetical storms with a JD, PH
record combination is somewhat different than for gage rainfall (i.e. with PI
or PC records). In this case only a single PH record following the first JD
record is required for all depth area storms. The variable PNHR(I) on the PH
record (see pg A-51) specifies the depth duration data for point rainfall.
This point rainfall may be adjusted for a partial to annual series correction
(variable PFREQ on the PH record) and for a point to areal rainfall correction
(see pg 13 in this manual). The areal correction is made by using the value
TRDA on the JD record in place of the variable TRSDA on the PH record.
Consequently, a different storm is obtained by applying the areal correction
for the area specified on the JD records to the point precipitation. The
total storm depth is obtained from the adjusted rainfall on the PH record and
need not be specified as STRM on the JD record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID JD Record identification.

1 STRM + Average precipitation in inches (mm). Not

required with hypothetical storm.

2 TRDA + Area in square miles (sq km).

A-14
 OuJ
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
OPTIMIZATION OPTION (0 Records) OR

4 OPTIMIZATION OPTION (0 Records)

* 4.1 OU RECORD - UNIT GRAPH AND LOSS RATE OPTIMIZATION

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID OU Record identification.

I IFORD 0,1 or Begin optimization at first simulated value.
Blank

+I Begin optimization at Ith simulated value.

2 ILORD 0, or End optimization at last simulated value.

Blank

+I End optimization at Ith simulated value.

* ZZ record at the end of each optimization required if smmary of multiple

optimizations are desired.

4.2 OR RECORD - ROUTING OPTIMIZATION

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID OR Record identification.

1 IFORD 0,1 or Begin optimization at first simulated value.

Blank

+I Begin optimization at Ith simulated value.

2 ILORD 0, or End optimization at last simulated value.

Blank

+1 End optimization at Ith simulated value.

A-15
OS HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
OPTIMIZATION OPTION (0 Records)

4.3 OS RECORD - FLOOD CONTROL SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION

When HEC-l is used to determine optimal sizes of flood control system

components, initial estimates for sizes of the components are entered on the
OS record. The following records are used later in the input set to refer to
variables initialized on the OS record -

DO Diversion
SO Reservoir
WO Pump
LO Local protection projects and uniform degree of protection

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID OS Record identification.

1 VAR(l) + Size of flood control system component.

Reservoir volume in acre-ft (1000 cu m),
diversion, and pump in cfs (cu m/sec), local
protection in cfs (cu m/sec) or feet (meters),
uniform degree of protection in percent. Size
will not be optimized.

0 Zero capacity indicates component will be

ignored during simulation.

- Initial estimates of component; size will be

optimized.

2-10 VAR(I) +,- Similar to Field 1. Up to 10 values.

A-16
 OF
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
OPTIMIZATION OPTION (0 Records)

4.4 OF RECORD - FIXED FACILITY COSTS

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID OF Record identification.

1 FCAP + Capital cost of system facilities other than

those to be optimized (fixed facilities). Same
dollar units as system components.

2 FDCNT + Equivalent annual cost of FCAP. Same dollar

units as system components.

+.0000 Discount factor (capital recover factor) to

compute equivalent annual cost from capital cost.
(Example .05)

3 FAN + Equivalent annual cost of operation, maintenance

power and replacement of FCAP system facilities.

+.0000 Proportion of capital cost that will be required

for annual operation, maintenance, power and
replacement.

A-17
00 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
OPTIMIZATION OPTION (0 Records)

4.5 00 RECORD - SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION OBJECTIVE FUNCTION

Used to modify objective function.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID 00 Record identification.

1 ANORM 0 Default value of 0.1 will be used.

+ Proportion of target flow for normalized

objective function. May wish to reduce if target
flow deviation is excessive. Do not reduce to
below .02.

2 CNST 0 Default value of 1.0 will be used.

+ Relative weight between net benefits and

performance target deviation in objective
function.

A-18
 vS
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
USER-DEFINED OUTPUT TABLES (V Records)

5 USER-DEFINED OUTPUT TABLES (V Records)

VS and W records define tables which may be used to display selected time
series output. Each table may contain up to 10 columns of data as defined on
one pair of VS/TV records. Up to 5 tables may be output by using 5 successive
pairs of VS/W reecords.

5.1 VS RECORD - STATIONS DESIRED

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID VS Record identification.

1 ISTA(l) AN Station identification corresponding to ISTAQ on

KK record where special output summary is
desired. Variable to be printed is described by
SNVAR(l) on the W record.

2 ISTA(2) AN Same as above for up to 10 stations; same station

must be repeated in order to print several time
series for the same station.

A-19
VV
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
USER-DEFINED OUTPUT TABLES (V Records)

5.2 VV RECORD - INFORMATION DESIRED

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID W Record identification.

1 SNVAR(M) + Numeric code describing the first column of

ouLput, identified as V.PR where V is the
variable to be printed in the table, P is the
plan number, and R is the ratio number
(corresponding to ISTA(1) on a VS record).
Values of V correspond to:

1. Observed flow
2. Calculated flow
3. Rainfall values
4. Rainfall loss values
5. Rainfall excess value
6. Storage values
7. Stage values

2 SMVAR(2) + Same as above corresponding to ISTA(2). Up to

10 values.

A-20
u - 1 1

BA
UUC-l XUPW DE3CRIPTION
BAINE 30V DATA (B ReC6946)

6 SABI ENOU DATA (B - Records)

These records are required for direct input of a hydrograpb or for

conuati 8 runoff from precipitatio on basis/subbasis.

6.1 1 RECORD - SUBUSIS AREA

Required for subbasta runoff ceaation or direct input of a hydrograph

on Q records. Uf Q1 recors we used, they should follow the fA record ad
an IN record if necessary. The next hrtrograph cemputation specification
record CKK) should follow the last Q record.

FIfED VARIABLE VALWg 9B3 TZON

Cal 1,2 ID RA Record identification.

1 TARU + Drainage area in square wiles (q In).

2 SNAP + Normal annual precipitation for the drainage area

above. Vill be overridden by couted muteal
annual for snoualt zone, if used.

0 or Weighting by basin normal aanual precipitatim

Blank will not be perforated.

3 RATIO + Multiply each hydrograph ordinate by this value.

A-21
 BASIN RNOF PAT& (B Records)

6.2 9F RECORD - BASS FLOW CRARACTEITICS

Base flow parameters (STRTQ, QRCSMN, and ITIOR) will be assumed equal to
zero unless this record is supplied. Once this record Is supplied, all
following subbasins will be assumed to have these values unless overriden by
another BF record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID By Record identif ication.

1 3TRTQ + Flow at start of storm In cfs (cu aWi). Will be

receded in same manner as QRCZM below.
- When negative, this is cfs/sq at (cu m/s/sq ks)
which will be multiplied by subbasin area, UAREA,
to determine STRTQ.
2 QRCKI + Flow in cfs (cu m/s) below which base flow
recession occurs in accordance with the
recession constant RTIOR. QICSN is thit flow
where the straight line (in sestilog paper)
.recession deviates from the falling limb of the
hydrograph.
- When negative, it is the ratio by which the peak
discharge is multiplied to compute QRCSN.
3 ETIOR +Ratio of recession flow, QRCSN to that flow
occurring one hour later. Must be greater than
or equal to 1.

NOTE - The definition of ETIOR has been changed from the old version of
HEC-1. The old value is QA/QI in the following equation:

New ITIOR - (QA/QB)**(l/DT)

Where QB is a recession flow occurring DT hours after recession flow QA.

A-22
 OR
NEC-i IXPUJT DESCRIPTION

6.3 3R RECORD - 3AM RUNOFF PARAMIETERS

This record is inserted In place of BF, U and L records to specify that

these data will be read from the SAW, Spatial Data Management System.
FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DR Record Identification.

1 ISTA AN Station naei which identifies data to be read
from station file. (Default is ISTAQ on K
record.)

6.4 D1 RECORD -READ BYDROGRAPI FROM A FILE

A DI record is used to identify a,hydrograph on a file created earlier by

EEC-i. The hydrograph is read from this file and converted to the time
Interval and starting time for the current job.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID 8I Record Identification.

1 13TA. AN Station name for hydrograph to be read from file
on unit IQIN (default is ISTAQ on KK record).
2 1IID + Unit number for file which contains hydrographs
to be read. Unit 21 or 22 may be used.

A-23
 DIIOSTOD
Om (D leord)

7 DIVRIION DATA (D Records)

Steeamflow way be diverted or retrieved at a y stress station operation (CK

record series).

7.1 DR RECORD - RRMIVEV PREVIOUSLY DIVERTKD FLOW

The DR record is used to retrieve a hydrograph mkich was created by a

previous diversion. This hydrograph can then be treated like any othbe
hydrograph in the system. Retrieval of a diversion hyrograph is-a sep ate
operation, so the DR record must be preceded by a IK record which identifies
the hydrograph which has been retrieved.

FIELD VARIABLE VAUlU DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DR Record identification.

1 ISTAD AN Station nam corresponding to the name gives a

previously diverted flew with a of record.

A-24
 DT
INC-i InPU DERIMION
DIVERSION DATA (D Records)

7 .2 DT/DI/DQ RECORDS -FLOW DIVERSIOU

Flow diversion to considered to be a separate operation, so the D records

most be preceded by a 5K record which identifies the hydrograph which reass
after diversion. Diversions are specified as a function of main channel flow
on the DI/DQ records.

For multiplan simluatious UJP record), diverison data (DI and DQ records)
must be supplied for all plans. if no water is be diverted for a particular
plan, then the DQ record would contain only zero**. Diversicn hydrographo are
saved for all plans using the name in Field 1 of the 0T record.

7.2.1 DT REORD - DIVERSION IDINTIVIRR

FUELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DT Record Identification.

1 ISTAD AN Name to be assigned to the diverted flow for

future retrieval purposes with DR record.
2 DETEHI + Maimm volume of diverted flow in acre-feet
(1000 cu a) (not used if zero or blank).
3 MYR M+ Peak flow (cfs) that can be diverted in any
computation period. (default: I 1 1010)

A-25
 NC-1 INPU DESCRIPTION

DEIOV DATA (D Records )

7.2.2 DI RICORD - DIVERSION INFLOW TABLE

FIELD VAZIABZ VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DI Record identification.

1 DINFLO(1) + Inflow (cfs, cu m/s) to the diversion station,

corresponding to DIVFLO(l) (DQ record), the flow
to be diverted.

2-10 DINFLO(I) Etc., up to 20 values (2 records) corresponding

to the amount of flow to be diverted on the DQ
records.

7.2.3 DQ RECORD - DIVERSION OUTFLOW TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DQ Record identification.

I DIVFLO(l) + Rate of flow (cfs,cu mis) to be diverted,

corresponding to the main channel flow rate
(before diversion) on DINFLO, DI records.

2-10 DIVFLO(I) + Etc., up to 20 values (2 records) corresponding

to values on DI records.

A-26
 EEC-i INUTDESCRIPTIoD
DO
DIVERION DATA (D Records)

7.3 DO RECORD- DIVESION OPTIMIZATION

Data required for optimization of diversion capacity are:

Diversion identification DT record

Diverted Flow vs. Inflow DI, DQ records
Cost vs. Capacity DC, DD records
Cost Factors, Range DO record

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DO Record identification.

1 IOPTD + Number of field on OS record which contains

capacity of diversion. (overrides DSTRKX on DT
record).

0, or Diversion capacity is not optimized.

Blank

2 DANCST o Proportion of capital cost of diversion that will

be required for annual operation and maintenance.

3 DDSCNT + Discount factor (capital recovery factor) to

compute equivalent annual cost from capital cost.

4 DVBRI + Maximum permissible capacity of diversion in cfs

(cu m/sec). Used as a constraint on optimization.

5 DVRMK + Minimum permissible capacity of diversion cfs

(cu m/sec). Used as a constraint on optimization.

A-27
DD NEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
DIVERSION DATA (D Records)

7.4 DC RECORD - DwVERSION CAPACITY TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DC Record identification.

1 DCAP(M) + Diversion capacity in cfs (cu a/sec)

corresponding to costs on DD record.

2-10 DCAP(I) + Etc., up to 10 values.

7.5 DD RECORD - DIVERSION COST TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DD Record identification.

1 DCST(M) + Diversion capital cost corresponding to

capacity on DC record.

2-10 DCST(I) + Etc., up to 10 values.

A-28
 HB
NEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
HYDROGRAPH TRANSFORMATION (H Records)

8 HYDROGRAPH TRANSFORMATION (H Records)

These records describe operations which combine or reshape hydrographs.

8.1 KB RECORD - HYDROGRAPH BALANCE

This record is required only if it is desired to balance the current

hydrograph according to these specified volumes/durations.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID HB Record identification.

1 NQB(l) + Number of ordinates to be included in the

shortest duration.

2 SUNB(l) + Sum of flows corresponding to duration NQB(1)

shortest duration.

3 NQB(2) + Number of ordinates for the next larger duration

(including the prior duration).

4 SUNB(2) + Sum of flows corresponding to duration NQB(2).

5-10 Pairs of numbers and sums, up to five durations.

A-29
* 9C
HL HYDROGRAPB TRANSFORMATION (H Records)

8.2 KC RECORD - COMBINE HYDROGRAPHS

Hydrograph combination is considered as a separate operation, so the HC

record must be preceded by a KK record which identifies the resulting
hydrograph. The HC record indicates the number of hydrographs which will be
combined.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID HC Record identification.

I ICOMP 2-5 Indicates ICOMP hydrographs will be combined at

this stream station. Default is 2.

2 TARIKA + For depth-area jobs (JD records), this field may

be used to set the cumulative basin area for
the combined hydrograph. This option is useful
when combining diversion hydrographs. The area
associated with a diversion hydrograph is zero
when combined with another hydrograph.

This option may also be useful to set the area

when combining a hydrograph brought in with a B1
record.

0 Use basin area calculated by program to compute

interpolated hydrographs.

8.3 HL RECORD - LOCAL FLOW

HL records are used in conjunction with observed QO records to compute

local flow. The local flow is the difference between the last computed
hydrograph and the observed flows. Note that the current hydrograph now
corresponds to the observed flows. The last computed hydrograph is removed
from the stack and is no longer available for computations.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID HL Record identification.

1 TAREA + Basin area (sq mi) corresponding to observed

hydrograph.

A-30
 HO
EEC-3i INPUT DESCRLIPTION
Records)
H
myD&OGAPR TRASOETION (H

8.4 HQ/HE RECORDS - RATING TABLE FOR STAGE HYDROGRAPH

EQ and HE records may be included in any hydrograph calculation to compute

states from the computed hydrograph.

8.4.1 HQ RECORD - FLOWS FOR RATING TABLE

FlID VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID HQ Record identification.

1-10 QSTG + Flows in efs (cu r/see) corresponding to stages

on 33 record. Up to 20 values on 2 records.

8.4.2 HE RECORD - STAGES FOR RATING TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID HE Record identification.

1-10 STGQ + Stages in feet (meters) corresponding to flows

on HQ record. Up to 20 values on 2 records.

A-31
 EHC-1 INPUT DSCRIPTION
KJOB STEP CONTROL (K Records)

9 JOB STEP CONTROL (K Records)

9.1 ** KI RECORD - STATION COMPUTATION IDENTIFIER

The EK record must be repeated at the beginning of each station

computation (i.e., subbasin runoff, routing, combining, diversion, etc.).

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID gg Record identification.

1 ISTAQ AN Stream station location identification. Must be

a uniques Identifer for entire run when used in
conjuction with a damage reach in economic
analysis.

2-10 MAKE AN Station description.

9.2 KH RECORD - MESSAGE

The message on the KM record will be printed at the beginning of the

output for each stations or plan. There is no limit on the number of KD
records. KH records may not be interspersed in certain record sequences such
as precipitation records or kinematic wave records.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID Km Record identification.

1-10 ITLS AN Station- or computation-description message.

**RBQUIRED

A-32
 NEC-i INPUT DECRIPTION
KO
JOB STEP CONTROL (K Records)

9.3 KO RECORD - OUTPUT CONTROL OPTION

Use this record to temporarily override output control specified on 1O

record until the next KI record is read.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID [0 Record identification.

1 JPRT 0 or Use print control specified on I0 record.

Blank

1,2 Print all output for this station.

3 Print input data and sumaries for this

computation.

4 Print basin input data only for this

computation.

5 No printout for this computation.

2 JPLT 0 or Use plot control specified on 10 record.

Blank

1 No printer plots for this computation.

2 Plot computed hydrograph for this computation.

3 QSCAL 0 or Use plot scale specified on 10 record.

Blank

+ Desired scale for streamflow plot in units per

10 printer characters (e.g., 100 for 100 cfs
per 10 characters).

4 IPNCH 0 No hydrograph is to be saved on unit 7 for this

station.

+ Hydrograph computed at this station is to be

saved on unit 7; this may be treated as a punch
file.. A KF record may be used to specify
format for unit 7 file. Default format is
(2HQ1,16,918). See Table 13.1. page 187.

Continued

A-33
4
OEI-i
INPUT DESCRIPTION
JOB STEP COWrToL (K Records)

9.3 EQ NOOED - OUTPUT CONTROL OPTION (Continued)

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTIOU

5 lOUT 0 No hydrograph written to tape/disk file for this

station.

+ Unit number for tape/disk file on which to write

computed hydrograph. Unit 21 or 22 may be used.

6 ISV + First ordinate to be punched (unit 7) or saved

on tape. Default is 1.

7 ISAV2 + Last ordinate to be punched (unit 7) or saved on

tape. Default is NQ (IT-4).

8 TIllE? + Tim interval in hours for hydrograph to be

punched or saved on tape. Ordinates will be
interpolated from current hydrograph. Default
is time interval specified on IT record (IT-i).

A-34
!!i.
~K ElC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION KF
JOB STEP CONTEOL (K Records)

9.4 IF RECORD - UNIT 7 OUTPUT FORMAT

Use this record to specify format for the hydrographs on unit 7.(See KO-4).
This format will be used until a new KF record is read. Default format is
(2DQ1,I6,918). KF record should not be used unless format is to be changed.
This file may be used to punch cards.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID KF Record identification.

1 FLOTQ YES Convert hydrograph to floating point numbers

before writing.

NO Write hydrograph in integer format (default).

2-10 IfHT AN Alphanumeric format specification for output.

This format must be consistent with the choice
of integer or floating point indicated in Field
1.

A-35
KP EEC-i INPUT D19SCRIPTIOU
JOB STEP CONTRML (K Records)

9.5 KP RECORD - PLAN LABEL

This record is required to identify (number) a plan in a multiplan run.

If hydrograph computation data is provided before (or without) a KP record, it
is assumed to be plan 1. The data provided after a KP record need only be
that required to change what was computed in the previous plan. All plans not
specifically identified with a KP record are assumed to be the same as the
first olan processed. See following example.

KK
KP 1

* Data for PLAN 1

KP 3

• Data for PLAN 3

*Data for PLAN 2 is not provided and thus will be the same as
PLAN 1

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID KP Record identification.

1 ISTH + Plan number identifier.

A-36
r!ALU HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
LOSS RATE DATA (L Records)

10 LOSS RATE DATA (L Records)

One of four different rainfall loss rate procedures may be used for a
subbasin runoff computation. A different loss rate may be used for each
subbasin and/or plan. Snowmelt loss rate (N record) may be used in
conjunction with the exponential LE record) or uniform (LU record) loss rates.

10.1 LU RECORD - INITIAL AND UNIFORM LOSS RATE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID LU Record identification.

1 STRTL 0,+ Initial rainfall/snowmelt loss in inches (m)

for snow free ground. If operating in the
optimization mode (OU record), this variable
will be fixed at this value and not optimized.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program will assume a starting value
and then optimize.

- Same as (-1) above but program uses this value

(after sign change) as the starting point for
the optimization.

2 CNSTL 0,+ Uniform rainfall/snowmelt loss in inches/hour

or - (u/hr) which is used after the starting loss
STRTL is completely satisfied. See field 1 for
meaning of VALUE.

3 RTIMP + Percent of drainage basin that is impervious.

No losses are computed for this portion of the
basin.

4-6 Specify loss rate variables similar to Fields 1-3

for second kinematic subcatchment.

A-37
LE . C-I INPUT DESCRIPTION
LOSS RATE DATA L Records)

10.2 LN RECORD - HEC EXPONENTIAL LOSS RATE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 142 ID LE Record identification

1 STRKR +,0 Initial value of STRKR in inches/hour (mr/hr)

for HEC's exponential rain lose rate function.
If doing an optimization (OU record), this
variable will not be optimized and will be fixed
at this value.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program assumes a starting value and
then optimizes.

- For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program uses this (after sign change)
as the starting value for the optimization.

2 DLTKR 0,+ DLTKR is the amount in inches (m) of initial

or - accumulated RAIN loss during which the loss
coefficient is increased. See Field 1 for
meaning of value.

3 RTIOL 0,+ Rate of change of the rain loss-rate parameter

or - computed as the ratio of STRKR to a value of
STRKR after 10 inches (lOM) of accumulated
loss. See field 1 for an explanation of the
values.

4 ERAIN 0,+ Exponent of precipitation for loss rate function.

or - See Field 1 for meaning of value.

5 RTIMP + Percent of subbasin which is impervious. 100

percent runoff will be computed for this portion
of the subbasin.

6-10 Specify loss rate variables similar to Fields 1-5

above, for the second kinematic subcatchment. UK
record is used. No optimization may be
performed.

A-38
 WIIC'- IU DESCRIPTION
LM
LOSS RATE DATA (L Records)

10.3 LK RECORD - EIPOUCUTIAL

MEC SHOWIELT LOSS RATE

This record is used in conjunction with the LE or LU records to compute

the loss rate for snowmelt. Only the exponential loss can be used with the
optimization option.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID LK Record identification.

STRKS +,0 Initial value of STRKS in inches/hour (vm/hr)

for MEC exponential snowmelt loss rate function.
When used with LE record, or uniform meltwater
loss rate, inches/hour (m/hour) when used with
LU record. if doing an optimization (OU record)
this variable will not be optimized and will be
fixed at this value.

-1 For optimization of exponential loss only (OU

record previously supplied), program assumes a
starting VALUE and then optimizes.

- For optimization of exponential loss only (OU

record previously supplied), program uses this
(after sign change) as the starting VALUE for
the optimization.

2 RTIOK 0,+ Rate of change of the snowmelt loss-rate

or - parameter computed as the ratio STEKS to a
value of STRKS after 10 Inches (10 ma) of
accumulated loss. See Field 1 for the meaning
of VALUE. Not used for uniform usltwater loss
rate.

A-39
 IK-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
LOSS RATE DATA (L Records)

10.4 LS RECORD - SCS CURVE NUMBER LOSS RATE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID LS Record identification.

1 STRTL + Initial rainfall abstraction in inches (m) for

snow free ground. For an optimization job (OU
record) this variable ts fixed at the Liven
value.

0 Initial abstraction will be computed as

0.2(1000-10*CRVNBR)/CRVNBR. For an optimization
job, initial abstraction will vary with CRVNBR.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program will assume a starting value
and then optimize.

- Same as (-l) above but program uses this value

(after sign change) as the starting point for
the optimization.

2 CRVNBR 0,+ SCS curve number for rainfall/snowmelt losses

on snow-free ground. If this Is an optimization
job (OU record supplied), this variable will be
fixed at this value and not optimized.

Same as (-I) above but program uses this value

(after sign change) as the starting point for the
optimization.

3 RTIKP* + Percent of drainage basin that is impervious. No

losses are computed for this portion of the
basin.

4-6 Specify loss rate variables similar to Fields 1-3

for second kinematic subcatchment if used.

*This factor should only be used for directly connected imperivous areas not
already accounted for in the curve number land use.

A-40
 LH
HKC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
LOSS RATS DATA L Records)

10.5 LH RECORD - HOLTAN LOSS RATE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID LH Record identification.

1 FC 0,+ Holtans long term equilibrium lose rate in inches

/hour (mm/hr) for rainfall/snowmelt losses on
snowfree ground. If this is an optimization job
(OU record supplied), this variable will be fixed
at this value and not optimized.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program will assume a starting value
and then optimize.

- Same as (-1) above except program uses this value

(after sign change) as the starting point for the
optimization.

2 GIA 0,. Infiltration rate in inches/hour per (inch**BWP)

or - or ma/hr per (i***BEXP) of available soil
moisture storage capacity (i.e., 1 - soil
moisture). See field 1 for meaning of VALUE.

3 SAI 0,+ Initial value of SA avaiable soil moisture

or - capacity in inches (m). See Field 1 for
meaning of VALUE.

4 BEIP 0,+ Exponent of available soil moisture storage,

or - SA. Default value is 1.4. See Field 1 for
meaning of VALUE.

5 RTIMP + Percent of drainage basin that is impervious.

No losses are computed for this portion of the
basin. This variable is not optimized.

6-10 Repeat Fields 1-5 for second kinematic

subcatchment if used.

A-41
MA
HC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
SNOWhELT DATA (N Records)

11 SNOWMKLT DATA (M Records)

N records are required only if snowfall/melt computations are to be made.

Snow computations are accomplished in separate, equally incremented, elevation
zones within each subbasin. Melt may be computed by the desree-day or energy-
budget method.

11.1 NA RECORD - ELEVATION ZONE DATA

These records are required for snowfall/melt simulation.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID MA Record identification.

1 AREA(l) + Drainage area in sq mi (sq W) in Zone 1

(lowest zone).

2 SNO(i) + Average water equivalent in inches (u) of

snowpack at start of this job (first interval
of NQ) in Zone 1, corresponding to AREA(l).

3 ANAP(l) + Normal annual precipitation in inches (im)

for Zone 1, corresponding to AREA (1).

NOTE: Up to 10 records, one for each zone. Zones must be in equal elevation
increments corresponding to lapse rate coefficient TLAPS (M-1).

A-42
 MC
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
SNOWNELT DATA (H Records)

11.2 MC RECORD - MELT COEFFICIENT

This record is required for any snowfall/melt simulation,

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID MC Record identification.

S TLAPS + Temperature lapse in degrees F (C) per elevation

zone. All zones must have same increment of
elevation.

2 COEF + Snowmelt coefficient, usually about 0.07 for

degree-day method and 1.0 for energy-budget
method.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program assumes a starting value and
then optimizes.

- For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied), program uses this (after sign change)
as the starting value for optimization.

3 FRZTP + or - Index temperature at which snow will melt in

degrees F (C). Precipitation will be assumed to
fall as snow at temperature of FRZTP+2 0 F
(FRZTP+20 C) and below.

A-43
 TEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

MS SNOWNELT DATA (N Records)

11.3 MT RECORD - TEMPERATURE TIME SERIES

These data are required for any snowfall/melt simulation. See IN record
description for discussion of time interval and number of values.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID XT Record identification.

1 TEMPR(l) + Air temperature for first interval in degrees

F (C) at bottom of lowest elevation zone.
Will be adjusted to each zone by use of TLAPS
(MC-l).

2 TEMPR(2) + Air temperature as above for second interval.

3 TEMPR(3) + Etc.

11.4 MS RECORD - ENERGY BUDGET SHORTWAVE RADIATION

The MS, MD, and MW records are only used for the energy budget snowmelt
simulation. See IN record description for discussion of time interval and
number of values.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID MS Record identification.

1 SOL(l) + Shortwave radiation in Langleys during first

interval.

2 SOL(2) + Shortwave radiation during second interval.

3 SOL(3) + Etc.

A-44
 ~MD
HEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
SNOWNELT DATA (N Records) MW

11.5 HD RECORD - ENERGY BUDGET DEW POINT

See HS record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID NID Record identification.

1 DRPT(1) + Dow point during first interval in degrees F (C)

at bottom of lowest elevation zone. Will be
adjusted to each zone by use of 0.2 TLAPS
(NC-1).

2 DEWPT(2) + Dew point as above for second interval.

3 DEWPT(3) + Etc.

11.6 MW RECORD - ENERGY BUDGET WIND SPEED

See MS record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID MW Record identification.

1 WIND(l) + Wind speed in mi/hr (km/hr) at 50 ft (15 a)

above surface, average for basin during first
interval.

2 WIND(2) + Wind speed as above for second interval.

3 WIND(3) + Etc.

A-45
 iiC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12 PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

Precipitation data can be input as either precipitation gage data or

subbasin-average precipitation.

A typical record sequence for GAGE data is as follows:

ID
IT Etc., for job initialization

PG Non-recording gage (total storm precipitation)

PG Non-recording gage (total storm precipitation), etc.
PG This is a recording gage if the PC record is followed
by PI or PC records.
PI

KK Subbasin runoff computation

BA
BF
( PT Specification of stations and weightings for )
( PW computation of the storm total precipitation )
( PR and its time patter for this subbasin. If )
( PW recording stations are to be used in the )
( computation of subbasin-average TOTAL )
( precipitation, their gage identification must )
C also be on the PT record. )

U-

KK Etc.

PG and PG + PI/PC record combinations can be included at any point in the data
set following the IT record. It is usually convenient to group them together
as a precipitation data bank before the first KK record. Different storms can
then be simulated by simply inserting different data banks, as long as the
gage identification and weightings are the sae.

Continued

A--46
 HC-1 IIPUT DSCRIPTION

PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12 PRECIPITATIOi DATA (P Records) (Continued)

Subbasin-average precipitation can be specified using historical storm

data (PB and PI/PC records) or synthetic storm data (PH, PS or PH records).

A typical record sequence is as follows:

ID
IT

KK

PB Subbasin-average precipitation specified as

PI part of this subbasin runoff computation.

KK

PH, PS or PH Synthetic storm data for this subbasin.

Once precipitation data has been specified for a subbasin runoff

computation, those data will be used for subsequent runoff calculations until
changed by reading new precipitation data.

A-A7
 EEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
_V PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.1 P8 AND PI/PC RECORDS - STORK TOTAL AND DISTRIBUTION OPTION

These records are used if the basin-average, storm total precipitation is

known along with a time pattern with which to distribute the storm total.
They must be included in the K record group for a runoff calculation.

12.1.1 PB RECORD - BASIN AVERAGE PRECIPITATION

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PB Record identification.

1 STORK 0 Total storm, basin-average precipitation will

be computed from values given on the following
PI or PC records.

+ Total storm, basin-average precipitation in

inches (m). If this value is given, the
following PI or PC records' values for PRCPR
will be used as a distribution pattern for the
STORE amount.

A-48
 PC

HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

PC
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.1.2 PI RECORD- INCREMENTAL PRECIPITATION TIME SERIES

PI records contain an incremental precipitation time distribution. They

are only used after a PG, PB or JD record which identifies the distribution.
The interval length and starting time for the first interval will be as
specified on the last IN record which has been read. The program reads all
consecutive PI records and interpolates incremental precipitation values for
the computation time interval and time period specified on the IT record. If
an IN record is not specified the parameters on the IT record will be used. A
maximum of 300 values can be specified on up to 30 records. A negative one may
be used to signify missing data when using more than one recording gage in
conjunction with PG records. The precipitation will be computed based on the
weighted average of the remaining stations.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PI Record identification.

1 PRCPR(1) + Precipitation in inches (u) during the interval

from JITIKE (IN record) to JXTIKE + JXKIN.

2 PRCPR(2) + Etc.

12.1.3 PC RECORD - CUMULATIVE PRECIPITATION TIME SERIES

PC records contain a cumulative precipitation distribution. They are only

used after a PG, PB or JD record which identifies the distribution. The
interval of ordinates and time of first mass curve ordinate are as specified
on previous IN record. If an IN record is not specified the parameters on the
IT recorded will be used. The program reads all consecutive PC records and
interpolates incremental precipitation values for the computation time
interval and time period specified on the IT record. A maximum of 300 values
can be specified on up to 30 records.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PC Record identification.

1 PRCPR(1) + Cumulative precipitation at beginning of storm.

2 PRCPR(2) + Cumulative precipitation at end of first period.

3 PRCPPR(3) + Cumulative precipitation at end of second period.

4 PRCPR(4) + Etc.

A-49
PGNC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.2 PC RECORD - STORK TOTAL PRECIPITATION FOR A STATION (GAGE)

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PG Record identification.

1 ISTAN AN Station identification.

2 PRCPN 0 Total storm precipitation will be computed

from following P1 or PC records.

+ Total storm precipitation in inches (m) for

above station.

3 ANAPH + Normal annual precipitation for above

station. Used to compute basin mean precipi-
tation by weighted average of station normal
precipitation.

0 or Weighting by normal annual precipitation

Blank will not be performed.

4 ISTANX AN Station to be replaced by station identified

in Field 1.

All precipitation gages are total-storm stations. Some stations may also
have temporal distributions associated with the storm-total precipitation.
These stations are also called recording stations when referring to the
temporal pattern. The temporal distribution is defined on PI or PC records
imediately following a PG record.

Up to 70 stations may be entered on PG records. However, precipitation

time series (P1 or PC records) can be stored for only 15 stations. If more
stations are required, additional PG records may be entered later in the input
stream and the data from thc:e records will replace data for the station
identified by ISTANX.

PR, PT and PW records are used within each KK, BA, etc., record series to
specify weightings of precipitation station data to compute the subbasin-
average precipitation distribution.

A-50

I a
mnmm ma =nn
u I l~ll • nun M ml
 PH
H-C-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.3 PH RECORD - HYPOTHETICAL STORMS

These records are used to compute a hypothetical storm over a subbasin.

The total storm will be automatically distributed according to the specified
depth/duration data. A triangular precipitation distribution is constructed
such that the depth specified for any duration occurs during the central part
of the storm.

The duration of the storm will be the duration for the last non-zero depth
which is specified. The first non-zero depth specified will be the most
intense portion of the storm. Depths must be specified for all durations
between these limits.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PH Record identification.

1 PFREQ 50,20, Storm frequency in percent. Rainfall will be

10 converted to annual-series rainfall for 50,
20, & 10 percent storms. No conversion is
made for any other frequency (see Table 3.3,
page 13).

Blank No conversion is made from partial-duration

to annual series.

2 TRSDA Storm area to be used in computing reduction

of point rainfall depths per TP-40.

0, or Basin area from BA record will be used to

Blank compute reduction of point rainfall depths,
for the stream network option or from the
JD record (TRDA) for the depth area option.

3 PNHR(1) + 5-minute duration depth for PFREQ storm.

4 PNHR(2) o 15-minute duration depth for PFREQ storm.

5 PNHR(3) + 60-minute duration depth for PFREQ storm.

6 PNHR(4) + 2-hour duration depth for PFREQ storm.

7 PNHR(5) + 3-hour duration depth for PFREQ storm.

8 PUHR(6) + 6-hour duration depth for PFREQ storm.

9 PNHR(7) 12-hour duration depth for PFREQ storm.

10 PNHR(8) + 24-hour duration depth for PFREQ storm.

Continued

A-51
PH1
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
" w PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.3 PH RECORD - HYPOTHETICAL STORMS (Continued)

Continue on second PH record (if needed).

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

1 PNHR(9) + 2-day duration depth for PFREQ storm.

2 PIHR(10) + 4-day duration depth for PFREQ storm.

3 P1H1(11) + 7-day duration depth for PFREQ storm.

4 PNH1R(12) + 10-day duration depth for PFREQ storm.

A-52
 EEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION PM
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.4 PH RECORD - PROBABLE MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION

This record is used for automatic computation of a Probable Maximum Storm

(PIS) according to the outdated Hydrometeorological Report No. 33. This
capability has been retained in NEC-1 to allow recomputation of hydrographs
according to the old HR No. 33 method.

NOTE: Hydrometeorological Report No. 33 has been superseded by HMR No. 51 and
No. 52. Computer program HMR52 (NEC, 1984) may be used to calculate PES
hyetographs.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PM Record identification.

1 P1S + Probable maximum index precipitation from

HYDROET Report 33.

2 TRSPC 0 TRSPC defaults to the Hop Brook factor

(reference EC-1110-2-163). The adjustment is
automatically made by the program. The
precipitation is adjusted based on drainage
area size using the following criteria.

HOP BROOK ADJUSTMENT FACTOR

DRAINAGE AREA PRECIPITATION ADJUSTM ENT

SQ. MI. REDUCTION FACTOR

1000 10 .90
500 10 .90
200 10 .89
100 13 .87
50 15 .85
10 OR LESS 20 .80

+ Direct input of the transposition coefficient as desired

(use 1.0 if no adjustment is desired).

Continued

A-53
PM IEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.4 PH RECORD - PROBABLE MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION (Continued)

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

3 TRSDA 0 Defaults to TAREA (BA-i).

+ Drainage area in square miles (sq kn) for which

storm is transposed. Transposition drainage
area is used to compute the storm reduction
coefficient (TRSPC) for probable maximum storm.
TRSDA may be different from the actual subbasin
area TARKA (BA-i). Example: It is desired to
center a PHS over a 500 sq ml watershed and
calculate the corresponding runoff for a 200
sq mi subbasin of that watershed. For this
condition TARKA = 200 and TRSDA = 500.

4 SWD NO Precipitation will be distributed according

to EM 1110-2-1411 (default).

YES Precipitation will be distributed according to

Southwestern Division criteria (see Table 3.1,
p. 11).
5 R6 + Maximum 6-hour precipitation in percent of
index PMS.

6 Ri2 + Maximum 12-hour percentage of P11.

7 R24 + Maximum 24-hour percentage of PHS.

8 R48 + Maximum 48-hour percentage of PHS (optional).

9 R72 + Maximum 72-hour percentage of PUS (optional).

10 R96 + Maximum 96-hour percentage of PHS (optional).

Duration of the computed PMS will correspond to the last non-zero percentage
entered. Minimum duration is 24 hours.

A-54
 HEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
PS
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.5 PS RECORD - STANDARD PROJECT PRECIPITATION (SPS)

This record is used for automatic computation of the Standard Project

Storm according to IN-1110-2-1411.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PS Record identification.

1 SPFE + Standard project index precipitation from

UK 1110-2-1411.

2 TRSPC + Storm reduction coefficient for standard project

storm computations. This parameter is equal to
the shape factor of the basin and should be input
directly.

3 TRSDA 0 Default to TAR A (BA-1).

+ Drainage area to be used in computing the peak

24-hour precipitation.

A-55
PR EC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
PRECIPITATION DATA (P Records)

12.6 PR, PT, AND PW RECORDS - PRECIPITATION GAGE WEIGHTING

These records are used to identify the gages and their relative weightings
for computing this subbasin's average precipitation.

Both PR and PT records are required to compute a hyetograph. Rainfall for

stations on the PT record are weighted to get the total rainfall for the
storm, and hyetographs for stations on the PR record are weighted to get a
temporal distribution for this total rainfall.

12.6.1 PR RECORD - RECORDING STATIONS TO BE WEIGHTED

CAUTION - Weighting of 2 or more hyetographs may result in loss of detail

for intense precipitation periods.

The recording precipitation distribution is computed as (WTR*PRCPR)/(SUM

OF WTR) for all intervals. This precipitation distribution is used as the
pattern to distribute the computed basin average total precipitation from the
PT/PW records.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PR Record identification.

1 ISTR(l) AN Alphanumeric station identification of

recording gage to be used and corresponding to
weighting in Field 1 on the following PW
record. Must correspond to a station name on a
previous PC record.

2-5 ISTR(I) AN Etc., for up to 5 stations.

A-56
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION PT
PRECIPITATION
DATA (P Records)

12.6.2 PT RECORD - STORM-TOTAL STATIONS TO BE WEIGHTED

Basin-average total precipitation is computed as (WTR*PRCPN)/(SUN OF WTR)

for all stations used. Recording gages can also be used in this computation
of subbasin-average storm total precipitation; if used, their gage idetifica-
tion must be specified on the PT record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col1+2 ID PT Record identification.

1 ISTN(l) AN Alphanumeric station identification for total

storm station. Must correspond to one of the
station names on a previous PG record.

2-10 ISTN(I) AN Etc., up to 10 stations corresponding to

weightings on following PW record.

12.6.3 PW RECORD WEIGHTINGS FOR PRECIPITATION STATIONS

This record is used to specify weights to be assigned to precipitation

gages. If used, this record must follow immediately after a PR and/or PT
record. If no PW record is used, each gage on the PR or PT record will have
the same relative weight.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PW Record identification.

1 WTR(l) + Relative weight in any units for the station

name specified in Field 1 on the previous PR
or PT record.

2-10 WTR(I) + Etc., corresponding to stations on previous

PR record and/or PT record.

A-57
00 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
HYDROGRAPH TIME-SERIES DATA (Q Records)

13 HYDROGRAPH TIME-SERIES DATA (Q Records)

These records contain hydrograph time series data. The first value on the
record is at the starting time specified on the previous IN record.
Subsequent values are spaced at the time interval specified on the IN record.
The program reads all consecutive Q records and interpolates values for the
computation time interval and time period specified on the IT record. If the
computation time period extend! before or beyond the Q data supplied, the
first or last value will be repeated as necessary to produce a bydrograph for
the full time period.

13.1 QO RECORD - OBSERVED HYDROGRAPH

These records are used to input an observed hydrograph for an optimization

job (OU or OR records) or for comparing the computed with an observed flow at
any point in a river network. For optimization Jobs, QO records are included
in the data for runoff calculation. For comparison of hydrographs, QO records
are separated from other data with a KK record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QO Record identification.

1 QO(l) + Observed flow in cfs (cu m/s) at the

beeinning of the first period.

2 QO(2) + Etc.

A-58
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION QI
HYDROGRAPH TIIK-SERIES DATA (Q Records)

13.2 QI RECORD - DIRECT INPUT HYDROGRAPH

These records are used to input a hydrograph directly (without rainfall-

runoff computations) at any point in a river network.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QI Record identification.

1 QI(1) + Hydrograph ordinate in cfe (cu mis) at

beginning of first period.

2 QI(2) + Etc.

13.3 QS RECORD - STAGE HYDROGRAPH

These records are used to input a stage hydrograph for comparison with the
computed hydrograph. A rating table, on HQ and HE RECORDS, must also be
supplied. Comparison of hydrographs is a distinct operation which must be
separated from other operations with a KK RECORD.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QS Record identification.

1 QS(l) + Stage in feet (i) at the beginning of the

first time interval.

2 QS(2) + Etc.

A-59
ofQPl NU DESCRIPTIONecrS
L HYDROGRAPH TIM-SZRIZ3 DATA (Q Records)

13.4 QP RECORD - PATTERN HYDROGRAPH

These records are used to input a pattern hydrograph for which local

inflow will be distributed in a routing optimization job (OR record) only.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QP Record identification.

1 QP(1) + Pattern hydrograph for local inflow which will

be adjusted for volume in routing coefficient
derivation.

2 QP(2) + Etc.

A-60
 RN
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
ROUTING DATA (R Records) R L

14 ROUTING DATA (R Records)

Routing of streamflows may be accomplished by several different methods.

One of the following methods should be selected and put in the record set
immediately after the streamflows to be routed have been computed.

Routing is considered to be a separate operation, so the R records must be

preceded by a KK record which identifies the routed hydrograph.

14.1 RN RECORD - NO ROUTING OPTION FOR THIS PLAN

The RN record is used in a multiplan job to indicate that no routing

occurs for this plan.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RN Record identification.

14.2 RL RECORD - CHANNEL LOSS

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RL Record identification.

1 QLOSS + Constant channel loss in entire routing in cfs

(cu m/sec). This value is subtracted from every
ordinate of the inflow hydrograph.

2 CLOSS + Ratio of remaining flow (after QLOSS) which is

lost for entire routing. Each inflow hydrograph
ordinate (after QLOSS is subtracted) is
multiplied by (1-CLOSS).

3 PERCRT + Percolation Rate cfs/acre (cu m/sec-acre) for

wetted surface area of channel. This option is
used in conjunction with storage routing and
requires SA or SV/SE records.

4 ELVJNV + Average invert elevation of channel L used to

compute flow surface area for PERCRT.

A-61
RM
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.3 RH RECORD - MUSKINGUM ROUTING

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RH Record identification.

1 NSTPS + Integer steps (equal to number of subreaches)

for the Muskingum routing.

-1 Number of steps will be optimized. OR record

must have been previously supplied.

2 AMSKK + Muskingum K coefficient in hours for entire

reach*. The program will automatically compute
the subreach Nuskingum K as AHSKK/NSTPS. AMSKK,
etc., must be within the following limits:

1 (AHSKK*60.) 1

2(1-X) (NMIN * NSTPS) 2X

Where NKIN is the integer number of minutes in

tabulation interval.

-1 Muskingum K coefficient will be optimized. OR

record must have been previously supplied.

3 X + Muskingum X coefficient for Muskingum routing

or working R&D routing.

-1 Muskingum X coefficient will be optimized. OR

records must have been previously supplied.

*NOTE: The Muskingum K coefficient input is DIFFERENT than in the pre-1981

versions of HEC-1. It is now input as the TOTAL K for the routing reach,
not the K for the subreach.

A-62
 SEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION R S
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.4 KS RECORD - STORAGE ROUTING

This record is required to perform a storage-discharge routing. The

record contains the starting conditions for the routing. A storage-discharge
relation may be input directly on the SV and SQ records, or computed from
surface area and elevation on SA and SE records and stage-discharge data on SE
and SQ records, or computed from channel characteristics on RC, RX and KY
records. Thus, storage routing may be accomplished by one of the following
sequences of records:

CHANNEL ROUTING: (choose one method)

RSRC,RX,RY Normal depth storage

RSSVSQ Modified Puls

RESERVOIR ROUTING: RS 4 volume 4 outflow

VOLUME: (choose one method)

SV (SE optional) Known volume

SASE Compute volume

OUTFLOW: (choose one method)

SQ (SE optional) Known outflow (and rating)

SS, (SL and ST Computed weir spillway

optional) requires
SE record onoutflow
volume specifications.

SS, (SL and ST Computed ogee or trapezoidal

optional) SG, SQ, SE spillway outflow

Continued

A-63
tR
HRC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.4 RS RECORD- STORAGE ROUTING (Continued)

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID Rs Record identification.

1 NSTPS + Number of steps to be used in the storage

routing. Usually about equal to (reach length/
average veloiity)/time interval. NSTPS is
usually equal to 1 for a reservoir.

2 ITYP STOR Storage (acre-feet or 1000 cu a) for the

beginning of the first time period is specified
in next field (default).

FLOW Discharge (cfs or cu m/s) for the beginning

of the first time period is specified in the
next field.

ELEV Elevation in (feet or meters) for the beginning

of the first time period is specified in the next
field.

3 ISVRIC + Storage (acre-ft or 1000 cu a), discharge (cfs

or cu m/s), or elevation (ft or a), as
indicated by previous field ITYP, corresponding
to the desired starting condition at the
beginning of the first time period IDATR/ITIME
(IT-2/IT-3).

-1 The initial outflow will be set to the initial

inflow.

4 X 0 Working R&D method not used.

+ Wedge storage coefficient (Muskingum X) to be

used in a working R&D routing using a computed
or given storage-discharge relationship.

A-64
 REC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
RC
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.5 RC RECORD - NORMAL-DEPTH CHANNEL ROUTING

This record is used in combination with the RX and BY records to describe

the channel in a routing reach. Manning's equation is used to compute a table
of storage and outflow values for use in modified puls routing. These values
are based on uniform subcritical flow in the reach. An RS record is required
to provide initial conditions for modified pule routing.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RC Record identification.

1 ANL + Left overbank Manning's n value.

2 ANCH + Channel Manning's n value.

3 ANR + Right overbank Manning's n value.

4 RLNTH + Reach length, in feet (m), for which

computations are represented.

5 SEL + Energy grade line slope in ft/ft (i/i) for normal

flow rate computations. If unknown, may be
estimated as equal to channel or floodplain
slope.

6 ELMAX + Maximum elevation for which storage and outflow

values are to be computed (default is maximum
elevation on RY record.)

A-65
RX EEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.6 RI RECORD - CROSS SECTION X COORDIMATES*

Left bank and right bank of channel are assumed to be located at points 3
and 6, respectively, of the cross section.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 142 ID RX Record identification.

1 X(l) + Horizontal station, in feet (a), of first point

in cross section on the LEFT OVERSANK.
Corresponds to first elevation Y(l) on RY record.

2 X(2) + Similar to above for another point on LEFT

OVERBANK. Corresponds to second elevation Y(2)
on RY record.

3 X(3) + Similar to above for LEFT BANK of CHANNEL.

4 X(4) + Similar to above for a point in CHANNEL.

5 X(5) + Similar to above for another point in CHANNEL.

6 X(6) + Similar to above for RIGHT BANK of CHANNEL.

7 X(7) + Similar to above for a point on RIGHT OVERBANK.

8 X(S) + Similar to above for another point on RIGHT

OVERBANK.

*All eight points must be used. Stationing (x distance) must continuously

increase.

A-66
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION RY
ROUTING DATA (2 Records)

14.7 RY RECORD - CROSS SECTION Y COORDINATES

Left bank and right bank of channel are assumed to be located at points 3
and 6, respectively, of the cross section.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RY Record identification.

1 Y(l) + Vertical elevation, in feet (m), of first point

in cross section on the LEFT OVERBANK.
Corresponds to first station on RI record. Must
be a positive value.

2 Y(2) + Similar to above for another point on the LEFT

OVERBANK. Corresponds to second station on RX
record.

3 Y(3) + Similar to above for LEFT BANK of CHANNEL.

4 Y(4) + Similar to above for a point in CHANNEL.

5 Y(5) + Similar to above for another point in CHANNEL.

6 Y(6) + Similar to above for RIGHT BANK of CHANNEL.

7 Y(7) + Similar to above for a point on RIGHT OVERBANK.

8 Y(8) + Similar to above for another point on RIGHT

OVERBANK.

&-67
RK HC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.8 RK RECORD - KINEMATIC WAVE CHANNEL ROUTING

This record is used for kinematic wave routing of a previously computed

hydrograph. For channel routing in conjunction with runoff calculation, see
the section on UK/RK records.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RK Record identification.

I L + Channel length (ft).

2 S + Channel slope (ft/ft).

3 N + Channel roughness.

4 Not used. This field is only used with the

UK/RK record combination.

5 SHAPE TRAP,O, Trapezoidal channel (including triangular and

Blank rectangular). (Default)

DEEP Deep rectangular (square) channel. Flow depth

is approximately equal to channel width.

CIRC Circular channel shape. This cross section only

approximates flow in a pipe or culvert. Flow
depths are allowed to exceed the pipe diameter.

6 WD + Channel bottom width or diameter (ft). (Default

value is zero.)

7 Z Side slopes, if required (default value is 1.0

when WD, RK-6, is zero).

8 Not used. This field is only used with the

UK/RK record combination.

A-68
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
RT
ROUTING DATA (R Records)

14.9 RT RECORD - STRADDLE/STAGER ROUTING

NOTE - The variables used for this routing method are dependent on the
computation time interval. The user should make proper adjustments when using
different time intervals.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID RT Record identification.

1 NSTPS + Integer number of routing steps to be used for
routing by Tatum method

0 LAG method.

-1 If number of steps for Tatum method is to be

derived by the program. OR record must have been
previously supplied.

1 If routing by Straddle-Stagger method.

2 NSTDL + Integer number of ordinates to be averaged in the

Straddle-Stagger routing.

-1 If straddle is to be derived by the program.

OR record must have been previously supplied.

2 If routing by the Tatum method with or without

derivation.

3 LAG + Integer number of intervals hydrograph is to be

lagged.

-1 If lag is to be derived by the program. OR

record must have been previously supplied.

0 Tatum

A-69
 HEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15 STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

S records are used to provide storage and outflow data for storage routing.

STORAGE data can be input in two ways:

1. Storage volume on SV records

2. Surface area and elevation on SA and SE records

OUTFLOW data can be input in three ways:

1. Discharge on SQ records
2. Weir and orifice data on SS and SL records
3. Ogee spillway data on SL, SS, SG, SQ, and SE records

When spillway data (weir or ogee) are provided, the program computes a
steady flow rating curve, then interpolates from that rating curve during the
routing calculation. Elevation data may be input for storage or outflow by
following SV or SQ records with SE records.

A--70
 SV
HEC-I INPUT DESCRIPTION
SA
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.1 SV OR SA RECORDS - RESERVOIR STORAGE DATA

One of these sets of records is required in order to compute the storage

relationship for a reservoir routing. If the storage volumes are not known,
they may be computed by the conic method using surface area-elevation
information.

15.1.1 SV RECORD - RESERVOIR VOLUME

These records are to be used if the reservoir volumes are known. Do not
use if SA records are supplied.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SV Record identification.

1-10 RCAP(1-10) + Reservoir storage in acre-feet (1000 cubic

meters), up to 20 values on 2 records.

15.1.2 SA RECORD - RESERVOIR SURFACE AREAS OPTION

These records are used if the reservoir volumes (SV record) are not
known. Do not use if SV records are supplied.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SA Record ilentification.

1-10 RAREA(1-10) + Reservoir surface area in acres (1000 squqre

meters), up to 20 values on 2 records.

A- 1
SE
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
s Q STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.2 SE RECORD - ELEVATION

SE records may be used immediately after SV, SA, or SQ records to specify

elevations for the values on those records.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SE Record identification.

1-10 ELEV(1-10) + Elevation in feet (W) corresponding to value in

same field on preceding SV, SA, or SQ record (up
to 20 values on 2 records). Note that the SE
record must follow an SV or SA record

15.3 SQ RECORD - DISCHARGE

The SQ record gives outflow data for storage routing. Values should
correspond to storage data, or if elevation data are provided for both storage
and outflow, the program will interpolate discharges for the given storages.

The SQ and SE records are also used to specify tailwater data for the ogee
spillway option.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SQ Record identification.

1-10 DISQ(1-10) + Discharge in cfs (cu m/s) up to 20 values on 2

records.

A-72
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION S L
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.4 SL RECORD - LOW-LEVEL OUTLET

This record is necessary to describe flow through a low-level outlet. An

SS record is also required if the SL record is used.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SL Record identification.

1 ELEVL Centerline elevation, in feet (m). of downstream

end of low-level outlet. This low-level outlet
may be used with the weir, trapezoidal, or ogee
spillways.

2 CAREA + Cross-sectional area, a, in square feet (sq a),

in the low-level outlet orifice equation as
described below for COQL.

3 COQL + Discharge coefficient, c, in orifice equation,

q=ca(2gh)**e, for the low-level outlet.

4 EXPL + Exponent, e, of head h in orifice equation for

low-level outlet as described in previous two
fields. Usually equals 0.5.

A-73
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
$S STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.5 SS RECORD - SPILLWAY CHARACTERISTICS

This record is used to compute flow for weir or ogee spillways. If the
dam overtopping summary is requested (ST record), the spillway crest elevation
should be provided on this record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SS Record identification.

1 CREL + Spillway crest elevation, in feet (W). This

crest elevation is also required in the weir,
trapezoidal, and ogee spillway computations.

2 SPWID + Spillway length, in feet (i) corresponding to

1 in the WEIR equation as described below for
COQW or the bottom width of the TRAPEZOIDAL
spillway or the length of the OGEE spillway.

3 COQW + Discharge coefficient, c, in the spillway

WEIR flow equation q=clh**e.

4 EXPW + Exponent e of head, h, in spillway WEIR flow

equation. Usually equals 1.5.

A-74
 .EC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION ST
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.6 ST RECORD - TOP-OF-DAM OVERF.OW

This record is used to compute flow over the top of a dam. Flow computed
using the weir coefficients specified on this record is added to outflow
computed from the spillway (SQ, SS, SL, or SG records). Use of this record
calls for the dam overtopping sumary (spillway crest elevation should be
provided on SS record). This record is required if the non-level top-of-dam
option (SW/SE records) to used. The discharge over the top of dam is added to
the discharge elevation relationship generated by the program (SL, SS, SG
options) or specified by the user (SQ, SE option).

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID ST Record identification.

I TOPEL + Elevation, in feet (m), of the top of the dam

at which overtopping begins.

2 DANWID + Length, in feet (m), of the top-of-dam which

is actively being overtopped - corresponds to 1
in the weir equation qrclh*e. Does not include
spillway.

3 COQD + Discharge coefficient, c, in the above weir

equation. If SQ/SE records include flow over top
of dam, Field 3 should be zero.

4 EXPD + Exponent, e, in the above weir equation.

Usually equals 1.5.

A-75
SW NEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
SE STORA E ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.7 SW/SE RECORDS - NON-LEVEL TOP-OF-DAN OPTION

If a non-level top-of-dam has a significant impact on the flow over the

top of the dam, the following records should be used to describe the geometry
of the top of the dam. These records are used in addition to the ST record.

15.7.1 SW RECORD - NON-LEVEL CREST LENGTHS

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SW Record identification.

1-10 WIDTH(l-10) + Accumulated dam crest length at or below

corresponding elevation on SE record (up to 10
values).

15.7.2 SE RECORD - NON-LEVEL CREST ELEVATIONS

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SE Record identification.

1-10 ELVW(1-10) + Elevation in feet (m) for corresponding crest

length on SW record (up to 10 values).

A-76
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)
SG

15.8 SG RECORD - TRAPEZOIDAL AND OGRE SPILLWAY

This record is used only if a trapezoidal or ogee spillway is to be

simulated in detail (see users manual for details). Tailwater rating curve
must be provided on SQ and SE records which follow immediately after SG record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SG Record identification.

1 IABCOA 0 or Abutment contraction coefficients are to be

Blank based on adjacent EARTH non-overflow section.

10 Abutment contraction coefficients are to be based

on adjacent CONCRETE non-overflow sections.

2 ISPITW 0 Spillway tailwater will be given on SQ/SE

records.

10 Spillway tailwater will be computed using

specific energy equation. The low-level outlet
tailwater will be on SQ/SE records in either
case.

3 ISPCTW 0 or Both spillway and low-level outlet cause

Blank submergence of low level outlet.

10 Low-level outlet discharges only shall be used

in computing low-level outlet submergence.

4 NATES + Number of spillway gates, i.e., spillway

openings (or intermediate piers plus one). Used
in computation of pier losses.

5 SS 0 For ogee spillway.

+ Side slope of trapezoidal spillway. Slope is

horizontal over vertical, e.g., 2.0 for 2 to 1
side slopes.

6 DESHD + Design head for ogee spillway, in feet m).

7 APEL + Apron elevation, in feet (a), at base of

spillway.

Continued

A-77
so HiEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION

STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.8 SQ RECORD - TRAPEZOIDAL AND OGRE SPILLWAY (Continued)

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

8 APWID + Spillway apron width, in feet (m).

9 APLOSS + Approach-channel head loss in feet (m), at the

design head.

10 PDPTH + Approach depth for ogee spillway, in feet

(minimum of ten percent of design head).

NOTE- SQ and SE records to define the tailwater must follow this SC record.
If a low-level outlet is specified, it should precede the SC record to
prevent error message.

'A- 78

\
 SB
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.9 SB RECORD - DAM-BREACH SIMULATION

This record is required only to simulate a dam breach. Both an SB and an

ST record are required for dam breach calculations.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SB Record identification.

I ELBH + Elevation, in feet (m), of the bottom of the

breach when breach is at maximum size.

2 BRWID + Width, in feet (m), of the bottom of the breach

when breach is at maximum size.

3 Z + Side slope of breach (z horizontal to 1

vertical).

4 TFAIL + Time, in hours, for breach to develop to

maximum size.

5 FAILEL + Elevation, in feet (m), of water surface which

will cause dam to fail (begins breach
computation).

NOTE - Tables and plots of dam-breach hydrographs for each plan are generated
automatically when IPRNT (10-1 or KO-1) is less than 4. Those tables and
plots show how well the breach hydrograph is represented by the normal time
interval specified on the IT record.

A-79
so KKIIC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)

15.10 so RECORD - RESERVOIR VOLUME OPTIMIZATION

Data required for determining optimum volume of a reservoir are:

Low-Level Outlet data SL record

Spillway data SS record
Volume vs. Elevation data SV, SE record.
Costs vs. Volume data SD record
Cost Factors, Range SO record

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID so Record identification.

1 IOPTR + Number of field on OS record which contains

reservoir volume (overrides CREL on SS record).

0, or Reservoir volume is not to be optimized. To be

Blank used during initial data set testing and to fix
size of the reservoir.

2 RANCST + Proportion (decimal) of capital cost of

reservoir that will be required for annual
operation and maintenance.

3 RDSCNT + Discount or capita) recovery factor (decimal)

to compute equivalent annual cost from
capital cost.

4 CAPHI + Maximum permissible storage capacity of

reservoir in acre-feet (1000 cu i). Used as
a constraint on optimization.

5 CAPHN + Minimum permissible storage capacity of

reservoir in acre-feet (1000 cu m). Used as
a constraint on optimization.

A-80
 USC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
STORAGE ROUTING DATA (S Records)
SD

15.11 SD RECORD -RESERVOIR COST

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SD Record identification.

1 RCST(l) + Reservoir capital cost corresponding to storage

on SY record.

2-10 RCST(I) + Etc., up to 10 values.

A-8i
 U I HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
UNIT GRAPH/KINEMATIC DATA (U Records)

16 UNIT GRAPH/KINEMATIC DATA (U Records)

Five different methods are available to transform rainfall/snowmelt

excesses into runoff. Choose one technique for each subbasin.

16.1 UI RECORD - GIVEN UNIT GRAPH

The given unit hydrograph must have been derived for the time interval on
the IT record (IT-l, IT-2). For example, if the time interval is 15 minutes,
then a 15-minute unit hydrograph must be used.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID UI Record identification.

1 QUNGR(1) + Unit hydrograph flow in cfs (cu m/sec) at end

of first interval.

2 QUNGR(2) + Same for second interval.

3 QUNGR(3) + Etc., up to 150 values on successive UI records.

A--82

I l miIm II iI m n
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
UC
UNIT GRAPH/KINEMATIC DATA (U Records)

16.2 UC RECORD - CLARK UNIT GRAPH

Clark's time-area data is supplied on UA records if desired or a synthetic

time-area curve is used if the UA record is not supplied.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID UC Record identification.

1 TC + TC is the time of concentration in hours for the

Clark unit hydrograph. Neither TC nor R are to
be optimized. The value of R, Field 2, must
also be positive. Value of variable is fixed at
the given value. TC must be greater than or
equal to NNIN (IT-i).

-1 TC and R will both be optimized and the value

of R (Field 2) must also be -1. The program
will supply the starting value for the
optimization scheme. OU record must have been
previously supplied.

-2 Ratio R/(TC+R) is to be read in the next field

(2) and held constant. TC and R will both be
optimized but the specified ratio will not be
changed. Field 2 must be a positive ratio
R/(TC+R). OU record must have been supplied.

-X Where X is the desired starting value for TC

in the optimization and the starting value of
R, Field 2, must also be supplied as a negative
number. Cannot be equal to -1 or -2. X (when
converted to minutes) must be greater
than or equal to MNIN (IT-I). OU record must
have been supplied.

2 R + R is the Clark storage coefficient in hours.

No optimization of TC or R unless TC is equal
to -2. If TC is -2, this field contains the
constant value for the ratio R/(TC+R). R must
be greater than or equal to 0.5 NMIN.

-Y Where Y is the desried starting value for R in

the optimization and the starting value of TC
must also be supplied as a negative number.
Cannot be -1. R (when converted to minutes)
must be greater than or equal to 0.5 NEIN.

A-83
US HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
UNIT GRAPH/KINEKATIC DATA (U Records)

16.3 US RECORD - SNYDER UNIT GRAPH

A time-area curve may be supplied on UA records, following this record if

desired.

If it is desired to optimize the Snyder coefficient, an OU record must

have been previously supplied. Optimization is accomplished using the Clark
function to compute a continuous unit graph and then estimate the Snyder
parameters.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID US Record identification.

1 TP + Snyder's standard lag in hours. If in the

optimization mode (OU record previously
supplied), this variable is fixed at the given
value and not optimized.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied). Program will assume a starting value
and optimize.

- Same as (-1) above except program uses this

value (after a sign change) as the starting
point for the optimization.

2 CP +or- Snyder's peaking coefficient, CP. See Field 1

for meaning of VALUE.

A-84

II I I I I I
 EEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION UA
UNIT GtUM/KIN&TIC DATA (U Records)

16.4 UA RECORD- TIRE-AREA DATA

This time-area data may be used with either the Clark or Snyder methods.
This data may be in any units, since area is scaled to the subbasin area and
time is scaled to time of concentration. The areas contribute to runoff at
the basin outlet at equally spaced time intervals. A synthetic time-area
curve will be used if the UA record Is not supplied.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID UA Record identification.

1 QCLK(l) + Area in any units, that contributes at time zero

(usually area of reservoir, if any) at
concentration point.

2 QCLK(2) + Total area contributing runoff during first time

interval. The time intervals may be of any
length, but the same equal interval must be used
for all points on this time area relationship,
QCLK(I).

3 QCLK(3) + Cumulative area contributing runoff during second

such interval. Ck

4 QCLK(4) + Etc., up to 150 values.

A-ms
 HXC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
4 . UNIT OWNP/KINCHATIC DATA (U Records)

16. 5 UD RECORD -SCS DIMENSIONLESS UNIT GRAPH

FIlDw VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID UD Record identification.

1 TLAG SCS lag in hour.. If In the optimization mode
(OU record previously supplied), this variable
is fixed at the given value and not optimized.

-1 For optimization only (OU record previously

supplied) program will assume a starting value
and optimize.
- Sam as (-1) above except program uses this
value (after a sign change) as the starting
point for the optimization.

A-86
7, RU-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
UNIT GRAPH/gINSHATIC DATA (U Records)
UK

16.6 UK/UK RECORDS - KIRMATIC WAVE EXCESS TRANSFORMATION

At least one UK record and one RK record are required to define

characteristics for kinematic wave routing of precipitation excess to the
subbasin outlet.

16.6.1 UK RECORD - KINIMATIC OVERLAND FLOW

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID UK Record identification.

1 L + Overland flow length (ft) (m).

2 8 + Representative slope (ft/ft) (Win).

3 N + Roughness coefficient, see users manual.

4 A + Percentage of subbasin area that this element

represents (percent).

If the percentage in Field 4 is less than 100, a second UK record must be

supplied to describe another subcatchment contributing to the sam collector
system (RK record). The percentages for two subcatchmonts must add up to
100. Two separate subcatchments are typically used to describe the pervious
and impervious portions of a subbasin.

The first and second loss rates specified on a previous L record will be
used for the first and second UK subcatchments, respectively.

A-8 7
 UNIT GAHKNKTCDT URcrs

16.6.2 RE RECORD - SUCATCKKENT KINEULTIC WAVE COLLECTOR/MAIN CHANNELS

Overland flow is routed to the subbasin outlet through channels described

on the RE records. UK record(s) may be followed by up to 2 UK records
representing successive collector channels and 1 R record representing the
main channel. The outflow from the first collector channel is inflow to the
second, etc.

FiLD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION.

Col 1+2 ID RK Record identification.

1 L + Channel length (ft).

2 S + Channel slope (ft/ft).

3 N + Channel roughness (Manning's n).

4 CA + Contributing area to a typical collector (sq mi

or sq ki). On the last RE record (main channel)
the contributing area is assumed to be TARKA
(BA-l).

5 SHAPE TRAP Trapezoidal channel, includes triangular and

rectangular (default).

DEEP Deep rectangular (square) channel. Flow depth

is approximately equal to channel width.

CIRC Circular channel shape. This cross section only

approximates flow in a pipe or culvert. Flow
depths are allowed to exceed the pipe diamter.

6 WD + Channel bottom width or diameter (feet).

(Default value is zero.)
7 Z + Side slopes, if required. Default a 1 when WD,
RE-6, is zero.

a UPSTQ This field is only used for main channels.

YES Upstream hydrograph will be routed through main

channel, in addition to lateral inflow from this
subbasin.

NO Do not route upstream hydrograph (default).

A-88
 WP
MC-1 inPU DgSCR1PTIOM
PUtRI DATA (W Records)

17 PUMP DATA (H Records)

A pump may be included as a part of level-pool reservoir routing to

withdraw water from the system. Pumped water leaves the system and can be
retrieved at another location (see MR record).

17.1 WP RECORD - PUMP OPERATION

WP records are added to storage routing data to simulate operation of a

pumping station. Up to 5 pumps may be used at different elevations for a pump
station. Pumped water leaves the system and cannot return at another location.

FIRLD VARIABLE VALUE D9SCRIPTIOV

Col 1+2 ID WP Record identification.

1 PMPON + Elevation in feet (a) at which is turned on.

2 PUKPQ + Pump flow in efs (cu As/aec).

0 Number of pumps is reset to zero. This is used

for multiplan runs where a plan has no pumps.

3 PNPOFF + Elevation in feet (a) at which pump truns off.

4 ISTAD AN Name assigned to pumped flow for future

retrieval with WR record.

The program checks the elevation at the end of the previous time interval
to see if a pump should be turned on or off. The use of the WP record with
the multiplan capability requires some special conventions. A single WP
record with a non-zero (can be set very small) pump flow is required (PIJPQ,
field 2) for Plan 1. All other plans (Plan 2, 3, etc.) must specify first a
HP record with zero PUHPQ and them a second WP record with the desired pumping
rate; for example:

Feld 1 2 3 4
HP 0
WP 843.5 3000 PNPQ1

A-89
 WW ~ EEC-i ImPU DES8CRIPTION

PUMP DATA (W Records)

17.2 Vit RZCRD - RETRIEV PREVIOUSLY PUMPED FLOW

The WE record is used to retrieve a hydrograph which was created by a

previous diversion. This hydrograph can then be treated like any other
hydrograph in the system. Retrieval of a diversion hydrograph in a separate
operation, so the WI record must be preceded by a [K record which identifies
the hydrograph which wiii be retrieved.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID WR Record Identification.
I ISTAD AN Station nam corresponding to the name given a
previous pump operation WP record.

A-90
 N'C-i INPUT DISCIIPTIOU WO
PUMhP DATA (V Records)

17.3 WO RECORD -PUMP OPTIMZATION

Data required for optimization of pump capacity are

Storage Routing data R3, S records

Pump Operation data VP record
Co~t vs. Capacity WC, VD record
Cost Factors, Range WO record

FIELD VARIABLZ VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID wO Record identification.

1 IOPTP + Number of field on Os record which contains pump

capacity (overrides PUMPQ on WP record).

0, or Pump capacity on WP record is used.

Blank

2 PANCST + Proportion of capital cost of pudp that will be

required for annual operation and maintenance.

3 PDSCNT + Discount or capital recovery factor (decimal) to

compute equivalent annual cost from capital cost.

4 PWRCST + Average annual power cost for capacity on OS or

WP record. Cost is computed as a function of
volume pumped for each size pump during the
optimization.

5 PMPMI + Maximum permissible capacity of pumping plant in

efs (cu r/sec). Used as a constraint on
optimization.

6 PNPMN + Minima permissible capacity of pumping plant in

cfs (cu m/sec). Used as a constraint on
optimization.

A-91
W C
NEC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION
WD PUMP DATA (W Records)

17.4 WC RECORD - PUMP CAPACITY TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1.2 ID WC Record identification.

1 PCAP(M) + Pump capacity in cfs (cu n/sec) corresponding

to PCST(1) on following WD record.

2-10 PCAP) + Etc., up to 10 values.

17.5 WD RECORD - PUMPING PLANT COST TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID WD Record identification.

1 PCST(l) + Pumping plant capital cost corresponding to

capacity on WC record.

2-10 PCST(I) + Etc., up to 10 values.

A-92
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA

18 ECONOMIC DATA

Data for economic evaluation of flood damage is placed in the data set
following the last hydrograph calculation and before the ZZ record. The first
record in the economic data is an EC record, and all records between the EC
and ZZ records are economic-data records.

A typical sequence for economic data is:

EC Identifies following records as containing economic data

CN Damage category names

H
PN * Plan names

WN* Watershed names

TN* Township names

KK Station identification to a unique KK record station

in the previous river network simulation data

WT* Watershed and township identification

FR Frequency data

QF,SF* Flows for frequency data

SQ* Stages for rating curve

QS* Flows for rating curve

QD,SD* Flows or stages for damage data

DC Damage data

KK, Etc. For other damage centers in the river network

*Optional records

A-93
E C HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA
CN

18.1 ** EC RECORD - ECONOMIC DATA

This record is required as the first record of economic data. It

indicates that following records will contain data for calculation of expected
annual damages.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 142 ID EC Record identification.

18.2 "* CN RECORD - DAMAGE CATEGORY NAMES

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID CN Record identification.

1 NCAT + The number of different damage categories (or

types), e.g., urban, rural, utility, etc.
Dimensioned for 10 categories.

2 NKCAT AN Alphanumeric name for first damage category.

Damage data (DG records) must be identified by
the order input here.

3-10 NMCAT AN Repeat as required by NCAT (CM-I). If NCAT is

10, the tenth name must be in Field 2 of the
next record.

z These records are REQUIRED for flood damage analysis.

A-94
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
PN
ECONOMIC DATA

18.3 PN REC.gD - PLAN NAMES

This record is used for description of the plans. One record is used for
vach plan. A maximum of 5 plans (PN records) may be used.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID PN Record identification.

1 IPLN + Plan number to which this description applies.

2-10 NMPLN AN Alphanumeric description of above plan number

(may use remainder of record).

A-95
WN
TN
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA

18.4 WN RECORD - WATERSHED NAME

WN, TN,and WT records may be used to identify damage reaches by watershed

and township. If this option is used expected annual damages will be listed
in summary tables according to watershed and township.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID WN Record identification.

1 NWAT + Number of watershed names to read. Dimensioned

for 15 watersheds.

2 WID AN Alphanumeric name for first watershed.

3-10 WID AN Repeat for each watershed as required by NWAT

(WN-1). If NWAT is greater than 9 the tenth
name must be in Field 3 of the next record.

18.5 TN RECORD - TOWNSHIP NAME

See WN record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID TN Record identification.

1 NTNN + Number of township names to read. Dimensioned

for 15 townships.

2 TID AN Alphanumeric name for first township.

3-10 TID AN Repeat for each township as required by NTWN

(TN-1). If NTWN is greater than 9 the tenth
name must be in Field 3 of the next record.

A-96
 KK
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
JOB STEP CONTROL (K Records)

18.6 ** KK RECORD - STATION COMPUTATION IDENTIFIER

The KK record must be repeated at the beginning of each damage reach.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID KK Record identification. Default value for

pathname part B if FR record not used (DSS use
only).

1 ISTAQ AN Stream station location identification. It must

correspond identically to the station
identification used on the KK record in the
hydrologic calculations, see page A-32.

2-10 NAME AN Station description.

A-97
WT
FR HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA

18.7 WT RECORD - WATERSHED AND TOWNSHIP IDENTIFICATION

This record is used to identify the watershed and township for the stream
station given on the KK record. Watershed and township designations will be
the same for all stations until a new WT record is read.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID WT Record identification.

1 IWAT + Integer corresponding to watershed name on WN

record.

2 ITWN + Integer corresponding to township name on TN

record.

18.8 ** FR RECORD - FREQUENCY DATA

This record is required for the first station. These frequency values
will be used until changed by a new FR record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID FR Record identification.

1 + Pathname part B (DSS use only).

2 NFRQ + Number of exceedence frequency values to be read

on FR records. Dimensioned for 18.
3 PFREQ + Exceedence frequency values (in percent). Must
be in descending order (99,90 ...... ,10, etc.).
4-10 PFREQ + Repeat as required by NFRQ (FR-2). If there are
more than 8 values, the ninth value must be in
the first field of the next record.

** REQUIRED

A-98
 QF
HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION SF
ECONONIC DATA

18.9 QF RECORD - FLOWS FOR FREQUENCY CURVE

This record is required for each station if SF record is not provided.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QF Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 Not used.

3-10 QFRQ + Peak flow values corresponding to exceedence

frequencies on FR record. Repeat as required by
NFRQ (FR-2). If there are more than 8 values the
ninth value must be in the first field of the
next record.

18.10 SF RECORD - STAGES FOR FREQUENCY CURVE

This record should be used only if peak stage have been calculated in the
hydrologic portion of HEC-1. This record is required for each station if QF
record is not provided.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SF Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 Not used.

3-10 SFRQ + Peak stages corresponding to exceedence

frequencies on FR record. Repeat as required by
NFRQ (FR-2). If there are more than 8 values,
the ninth value must be in the first field of
the next record.

A-99
SQ HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
QS ECONOMIC DATA

18.11 SQ RECORD - STAGES FOR RATING CURVE

A stage-flow rating curve is required when stage-damage data are provided

and stages are not computed in the river network simulation.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SQ Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 NSTG + Number of stage values to be read on SQ records.

Dimensioned for 18.

3-10 STGQ + Stage values correspding to flows on QS records.

Values must be in ascending order. Repeat as
required by NSTG (SQ-2). If there are more than
8 values, the ninth value must be in the first
field of the next record.

18.12 QS RECORD - FLOWS FOR RATING CURVE

This record must be preceded by an SQ record.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QS Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 Not used.

3-10 QSTG + Flow values corresponding to stages on the SQ

record. Repeat as required by NSTG (SQ-2). If
there are more than 8 values, the ninth value
must be in the first field of the next record.

A-100
 .EC-i INPUT DESCRIPTION SD
ECONOMIC DATA OD

18.13 SD RECORD - STAGES FOR DAMAGE DATA

Do not use this record if flow-damage data are to be used. Provide one SD
record for each station. If stage-damage data change for each plan, a new SD
record must be provided for each plan.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID SD Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 NDMG + Number cf stage values to be read. Dimensioned

for 18.

3-10 SDMG + Stage values corresponding to damage on DG

record. Values must be in ascending order.
Repeat as required by NDMG (SD-2). If there are
more than 8 values, the ninth value must be in
field one of the next record.

18.14 QD RECORD - FLOWS FOR DAMAGE DATA

This record is required if SD record is not provided. If flow-damage data

change for each plan, a new QD record must be provided for each plan.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID QD Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 NDMG + Number of flow values to be read, dimensioned

for 18.

3-10 QDNG + Flow values corresponding to damages on DG

record. Values must be in ascending order.
Repeat as required by NDNG (QD-2). If more than
8 values are to be read, the ninth value must
be in field one of the next record.

A-101
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
DG ECONOMIC DATA

18.15 DG RECORD - DAMAGE DATA

Damage data must be provided for each station. One (two if NDMG is
greater than 8) record is required for each damage category.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DG Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 A 3-digit number containing the PLAN and damage

category in columns 14-16. Do not leave
imbedded blanks.

IPLN + Column 14 contains the 1-digit PLAN number to

which this data applies.

0 If column 14 is zero, the same data is used for

all plans.

ICAT + Columns 15 and 16 contain the 2-digit damage

category number, e.g., 01, 02, ... Or 10.

3-10 DAMG + Damage values for category ICAT corresponding to

stage (SD) or flow (QD). Repeat as required by
NDMG (SD-2 or QD-2). If more than 8 values are
to be read, the ninth value must be in field one
of the next record.

**REQUIRED

A-102
 EP
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA

18.16 EP RECORD - END OF PLAN

This record is required to indicate the end of data for a plan. The
current plan will be evaluated and new data will be read for the next plan.
If there are no additional data, the last data set read will be used to
compute expected annual damages for any plan which has not been evaluated.

FIKLD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID EP Record identification.

The following data conventions must be followed in using the EP record:

- The frequency curve (FR and QF/SF records) cannot be changed.

- The stages for a rating curve (SQ record) cannot be changed.

- The discharges for a rating curve (QS record) can be changed.

- The damage data (SD/QD and DG records) can be changed.

- Labels such as Plan Name (PN) and Damage Category Name (CN) can be
changed. Plan Names could be specified for all plans in the first group
of data (for the first plan).

A-103
LO HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA

18.17 LO RECORD - OPTIMIZE LOCAL-PROTECTION PROJECT

Data required for optimization of a local protection project or uniform

degree of protection are:

Damage Data with Improvements DU, DL records

Cost vs. Capacity Table LC, LD records
Cost Factors, Range LO record

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 142 ID LO Record identification.

1 IOPTLP + Number of field on OS record which contains

capacity of local protection project.

Number of field on OS record which contains

uniform degree of protection.

2 XANCST + Proportion of local protection project capital

cost that will be required for annual operation
and maintenance.

3 XDSCNT + Discount factor (capital recovery factor) to

compute equivalent annual cost from capital
cost.

4 LPMX + Maximum permissible design capacity of local

protection project in same units as QD or SD
record. This is the design level associated
with lower pattern damage function on DL
records. Used as a constraint on optimization.

5 XLPMN + Minimum permissible design capacity of local

protection project in same units as QD or SD
record. This is the design level associated
with upper pattern damage function on DU
records. Used as a constraint on optimization.

A-104
 LC
HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA LD

18.18 LC RECORD - LOCAL-PROTECTION CAPACITY TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID LC Record identification.

1 XLCAP(1) + Local project design capacity in same units as

QD or SD record.

2-10 XLCAP(1) + Etc., up to 10 values.

18.19 LD RECORD - LOCAL-PROTECTION COST TABLE

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID LD Record identification.

1 XLCST(1) + Capital cost of local protection project

corresponding to capacity on LC record.

2 XLCST(I) + Etc., up to 10 values.

A-105
D U HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA
DL

18.20 DU RECORD - UPPER PATTERN DAMAGE TABLE

Pattern damage table for minimum design level (XLPKN) for local protection
project.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DU Record identification.

I Not used.

2 ICAT + Damage category number.

3-10 TUDANG + Damage values for category ICAT corresponding to

stage (SD) or flow (QD) values. Repeat as
required by NDMG (SD-2 or QD-2). If more than 8
values are to be read, the ninth value must be
in Field 1 on the next record.

18.21 DL RECORD - LOWER PATTERN DAMAGE TABLE

Pattern damage table for maximum design level (XLPMX) for local protection

project.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DL Record identification.

1 Not used.

2 ICAT + Damage category number.

3-10 TLDAMG + Damage values for category ICAT corresponding to

stage (SD) or flow (QD) values. Repeat as
required by NDMG (SD-2 or QD-2). If more than 8
values are to be read, the ninth value must be
in Field 1 on the next record.

A-106
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
ECONOMIC DATA
D P

18.22 DP RECORD - DEGREE OF PROTECTION

Degree of protection and target level are used as performance constraints

on optimization of a flood control system.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 1+2 ID DP Record identification.

1 DGPRT + Target degree of protection for this location in

percent exceedence frequency.

2 TRGT + Target level for degree of protection

corresponding to exceedence frequency, DGPRT,
above. TRGT is elevation in feet (meters) if SF
record is used, or TRGT is flow in efs (cu
m/sec) if QF record is used.

A-107
Z Z HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
END-OF-JOB RECORD (** ZZ RECORD)

19 END-OF-JOB (** ZZ RECORD)

This record identifies the end of an HEC-1 job and causes summary
computations and printout to occur. Another job may be started with another
ID, IT, etc., record series if desired. If another job does not follow, the
control is passed back to the computer operating system.

FIELD VARIABLE VALUE DESCRIPTION

Col 142 ID ZZ Record identification.

**REQUIRED

A-108
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
HEC-1 INPUT RECORD SUMMARY

20 HEC-l INPUT RECORD SUMMARY FIELD

NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 .... 10 Page

*LIST A-7
*NOLIST A-7
*FIX A-7
*FREE A-7
* (comment beginning in column 3 A-7
*DIAGRAM A-7

ID (TITLE) A-8
IT NMIN IDAIK ITIME NQ NDDATE NDTIME A-9
IN JXMIN JXDATE JITIME A-10
In A-11
10 IPRT IPLT QSCAL A-I1

JP NPLAN A-12
JR IRTIO RTIO A-13
JD STRM TRDA A-14

OU IFORD ILORD A-15

OR IFORD ILORD A-15
OS VAR A-16
OF FCAP FDCNT FAN A-17
00 ANORM CNST A-18

VS ISTA A-19
VV SMVAR A-20

BA TARKA SNAP A-21

BF STRTQ QRCSN RTIOR A-22
BR ISTA A-23
BI ISTA IQIN A-23

DR ISTAD A-24
DT ISTAD DSTRMX A-25
DI DINFLO . A-26
DQ DIVFLO A-26
DO IOPTD DANCST DDSCNT DVRMX DVRMN A-27
DC DCAP A-28
DD DCST A-28

HS NQB(1)SUNB(l) NQB(2)SUNB(2) A-29

HC ICOMP TARKA A-30
HL TAREA A-30
HQ QSTG A-31
HE STGQ A-31

Continued

A-109
 HEC-1 INPUT DESCRIPTION
HEC-1 INPUT RECORD SUMMARY

KK ISTAQ NAME A-32

KM A-32
KO JPRT JPLT QSCAL IPNCH ITAPE ISAV1 ISAV2 TIMINT A-33
KF FLOTQ IFMT A-35
KP ISTH A-36

LU STRTL CNSTL RTIMP A-37

LE STRKR DLTKR RTIOL ERAIN RTIMP A-38
LX STRKS RTIOK A-39
LS STRTL CRVNBR RTIMP A-40
LH FC GIA SAI BEXP SAI A-41

MA AREA SNO ANAP A-42

MC TLAPS COEF FRZTP A-43
MT TEMPR A-44
MS SOL A-44
MD DEWPT A-45
MW WIND A-45

PB STORM A-48
PI PRCPR A-49
PC PRCPR A-49
PG ISTAN PRCPN ANAPN ISTANX A-50
PH PFREQ TRSDA PNHR .A-51
PM PMS TRSPC TRSDA SWD R6 R12 R24 R72 R96 A-53
PS SPFE TRSPC TRSDA SWD A-55
PR ISTR A-56
PT ISTN A-57
PW WTR A-57

QO QO A-58
QI Q A-59
Qs Qs A-59
QP QP A-60

RN A-61
RL QLOSS CLOSS A-61
RM NSTPS AMSKK X A-62
RS NSTPS ITYP RSVRIC x A-63
RC ANL ANCH ANR RLNTH SEL ELMAX A-65
RX x A-66
RY Y A-67
RK L S N --- SHAPE WD Z A-68
RT NSTPS NSTDL LAG A-69

Continued

A-110
 HEC-l INPUT DESCRIPTION
HEC-l INPUT RECORD SUMMARY

SE ELEV ... A- 72
SQ DISQ ... A-72
SL A-73
SS CREL SPWID COQW EIPW A-74
ST TOPEL DAIIWID COQD EXPD A- 75
SW WIDTH A- 76
SE ELVW ... A-76
SO IABCOA ISPITW ISPCTW lIGATES SS DESHD APEL APWID APLOSS PDPTH A-77
SB ELBM BRWID Z TFAIL FAIL.EL A- 79
SO IOPTR RANCST RDSCNT CAPHI CAPHN A-80
SD RCST ... A-81

UI QUNGE . A-82
UC TC R A-83
us TP CP A-84
UA QCLK .. . A-85
UD TP A-86
UK L S N A A-87
RK L S N CA SHAPE WD Z UPSTQ A-88

WP PMPON PUMPQ PKPOFF A-89

UR ISTAD A-90
WO IOPTP PANCST PDSCNT PWRCST PMPKX PNPMN A-91
WC PCAP A-92
WD PCST A-92

aC A-94
CN NCAT NECAT ... A-94
PN IPLN NMPLN A-95
UN NUAT WID .
- A-96
TN NWN TID . . .A-96
KK ISTAQ NAME .. . A-9 7
WT IWAT ITWN A-98
FR NFRQ PFREQ . . . A-98
QF --- --- QFRQ A- 99
SF - --- SFRQ ... A-99
SQ -- NSTG STGQ ... A-100
QS QSTG . . .A-100
SD -- NDNO SDMG . . .A-101
QD --- NDNG QDMG A-101
DG --- IPLN DAMG DANG A-102
EP k-103
LO IDPTLP XANCST XDSCNT LPMX ILPEN A-104
LC ILCAP A-105
LD XLCST A-105
DU ICAT TUDAMO A-106
DL ICAT TLDAMG A-106
DP DOPRT TRGT A-107

ZZ A-1O8

A-1l1
 Appendix B
KC-i USAGR WITH MC DATA STORAGE SUT¥

3.1 Introduction

The HEC Data Storage System (DSS) (HKC, 1983) has been developed to allow
transfer of data between NC programs. The data are identified by unique
labels called PATiUANEKs which are specified when the data are created or
retrieved. Thus, a hydrograph computed by HEC-1 can be Labeled and stored in
DeS for later retrieval as input data to HIC-5, for instance. The D88 has
several utility programs for manipulating data. These programs enable editing
of information, changing pathnames, purging unwanted data sets and insertion of
other data sets. Graphic and tabular portrayal of DSS data are also available.

The interested user is encouraged to contact HEC for up-to-date information

and documentation on the DSS and companion utility programs. It should be
emphasized, however, that application of DSS does not require familiarity with
all the intracacies of the general purpose DSS system. The DSS system
capability is presently only operational on Corps-supported computer systems.
Work is underway to make the DSS available on other computer system in the
near future.

B.1.1 Pathnames for Identifying Data

The pathname is separated into six different parts by a slash "/" delimiter
so that each part refers to a specific, unique identifier. One convention
that has been developed to simplify definition of psthname parts for typical
hydrologic data is shown below: .

PATHEAME PART DISCRIPTIOE

A General identifier (e.g., river basin or project name)
B Location or gage number
C Data type such as FLOW, ZLEV, PRECIP, etc.
D Beginning date for data (blank for HC-i usage)
E Data year (blank when manipulating time-series data with
HNC-1)
F Additional user-defined description to further define the
data, such as PLAN A, FORECAST 1, etc.

In general, DSS software finds the data associated with a pathname by using
each of the six parts to search the DSS file structure, which is hierarchical,
or "tree-like." An example of a pathname for a time-series data record is:

/WISSISSIPPI/CAIRO/STAGK/01JAN85/HOUR/OBSERVED/

This pathname would represent a block of observed hourly stages on the

Kississippi River at Cairo for all or part of 1985 beginning January 1.

8.1.2 Access to/from DSS

HZC-i can interact with DSS as follows: retrieve runoff parameters stored
in DSS by program HYDPAR (Corps of Engineers, 1978); retrieve and/or store
time-series data; and store flow-frequency curves. The access to this data is

B-1
...

accomplished using the BZ, ZR and ZW records in the HzC-1 input data set.

The ZR and ZW records are used in a somewhat different manner depending on

wtich type of the above data is being manipulated. In each case, however,
these records are used to specify the appropriate DSS pathname. The BZ record
In used specifically for the retrieval of runoff parameters.

The NIC-1 input conventions do not require that information be specified

for all parts of the pathname. In general, pathnsme part D is left blank and
other parts are only used as required by the type of data being manipulated.
Part D is obtained by requiring that the date in field 2 of the IT record be
specified.

L2 Retrieval of HYDPAR Runoff Parameters

Retrieval of runoff parameters is accomplished with a record sequence as

shown in Table 5.1. In this instance the BZ record is substituted for the
record used to specify the basin area (BA record) and the ZR record is used to
retrieve either the SCS loss rate and unit graph data (. and UD records) or
the Snyder unit graph data (US Record). If the Snyder unit graph is retrieved
from DSS, the loss rate must be supplied separately in the HEC-1 input data.

Table B.1

Record Sequence to Access HYDPAR Runoff Parameter Data from DSS

ID
IT
I0
JP (required for multiplan simulation)
JR (required for multiratio simulation)

KK
KP (only required if multiplan simulation)
ZR
BZ
L (only required if Snyder unit graph is used)
KP (only required if multiplan simulation)
ZR
BZ

ZZ

The BZ and ZR records can be used in either fixed or free format modes
independent o. the input mode for the rest of the data. As an example of the
BZ and ZR record formats, consider the pathname,
A A a [
/IISSISSIPPI/CAIRO///1985/PLAN A/

5-2
 Bz
the 32 and ZRrcord would then have the following fixed form

1 13TAuCAIO (Part 3)

1-2 PRMM4UZSISSIPPI (Part A)

3-5 PLR*U~uPUAN A (Part F)
6 ITR.1965 (part 2)
7 COOESZ (right justified colurms 55-56)
a PLA-i (corresponds to appropriate plan)
or in free format:

DZ D-CAIO
ZR AmUISSISSIPPI 3-1985 F-PLAN A

Note, that only parts A, K and F are entered on the ZR record. Fattines part 9
is entered on the DZ record and parts C and D are left blank.
The format and content of the Il and ZR records for UYDPAR parameter
retrieval in fixed format are as follows:

Iisrecor - UTUPAR Parameter Retrieval (Fixed Format Option)

Fi~eld ygjab~e Value Decito
0 ID IZ Record identification.
1 I811 AN* Station namm (part 3 of pathmnme). This ast be
identical to the station name used in the IIYDAR run.

ZRecrd- KYDPAR Paramter Retrieval (fixed Format Option)

Field Variable Value Description

0 ID ZR Record identification.
1-2 PRMAKE AN Study, basin, etc. naime (part A of pathnm).
3-5 PLA An Alternative name or designation (part F of patiwme).
6 IYR + Data year (part 3 of pathnasme) In coluis 45-48.
7 CODE BZ Record type for DSS read; columns 55-56.
8 PLAN + Plan number. Enter a right-justified integer.

* A-Alphanumeric data

3-3
-ad the iaput for the free format is as follow:

S-HYDPA Parameter Retrieval (Free Format Option)

F ield Variable Value Description

0 ID 8Z Record identification.

1 - B-AN Station nam (part 3 of pathnse). This ust be

identical to the station name used in the HYDPAR run.

R irecord - HYDPAR Parameter Retrieval (Free Format Option)

Field Variable Value Description

0 - ZR Record identification.

I - A=AN Study, basin, etc. name, beginning or after column 4

(part A of pathname).

2 - 3=AN Data year (part 3 of pathnsme)

3 - F=AN Alternative name or designation (part F of pathmame).

5.3 Retrieval of Time-Series Data

The time-series data that can be retrieved with the ZR record are cumula-
tive or incremental precipitation end discharge hydrographa, corresponding to
data which can be specified on PC, PI, Q1 or QO records. The record sequence
needed to perform this operation is shown in Table 5.2. This option is useful
in either stream network or multiplan-iultiratio simulations.

Table 7.2

Record Sequence to Read or Write DSS Tim-Series Data

ID
IT
I0
jP (required for mwltiplan simulation)
JR (required for multiratio simulation)

: other input data

KP (required for nltiplan simulation)
ZR or ZW
other input data
KK
ZZ

3-4
 ZR'
YPtbame parts D and I are not used. The program uses information on the
3? record in the place of information normally specified with parts D and 3.
A an eample application, consider the pathnme needed to retrieve an
observed
+ bydrograph: A I t
/MISSISSIPPI/CAIROFLOW/ /1OS8/

Retrieval of that data requires a ZR record as follows:

ZR O A=UISSISSIPPI B-CAIRO C-FLOW F088

where all the pathname part descriptors and the type of time-series data is
specified by the "*Qo". Note that the additional parameter "-aa", must set
the value "as" equal to PC, PI, Q1 or QO to indicate the type of time-series
data.

In contrast to the HYDPAR data retrieval, the ZR time series retrieval

format is used with the free field format input for the rest of the data.
Further, for multiplan simulations, a KP record must be used with each ZR
record for each plan. The program will then retrieve a single time-series
sequence with each plan and apply the ratios specified on the JR record. The
retrieved time series data will be interpolated from any standard DSi time
interval to the computation interval of the program.

The format and content of the ZR record are as follows:

ZR record - Retrieval of Time-Series Data (Free Format Required)

Field Variable Value Description

0 ID ZR Record identification.

1 - =AN HIC-1 record identifier. It must begin in or

after column 4 and be identical to one of the
following:
-PC Cumulative precipitation.
*PI Incremental precipitation.
=QI Input hydrograph.
=QO Observed hydrograph.

2 A=AM Pathname part A - usually the study, project, or

river basin name.

3 =B-A Pathname part B - usually the location name. If

only part 9 is not specified, it will be defined
by the first field in the preceding KK record.

A C-AN Parameter name (options are FLOW or PRECIP)

8-5
 S 3ahl Tim interval of 053 data (e.g., LSMIE)
computation interval spec ifie on IT record. Must
be a standard DII tims interval; SmiN, la1mi,

IDAY (sea HUCD8S User's Guide and Utility Program

Manuals, pg. C-3).

- -AN Additional parameter qualifier (e.g., 053 for

observed flow).

5.-4 Itociea Time-Series Data

Flow, storage or stage time-series data may be stored in D83 using the ZV
record. Th ZN cowvention is similar to the use of the ZR record (see Table
5.2:). Wing the previous eameple for the ZR record, the ZM record specifies
tbo petbom as:

DL A-MnI921Iz. DECAMSo c-v.ow Palm

The, patbnm part C dictates which type of data (flow, stora or stage) is
witten to DSI. If more than ome- type of data is to be written as pert of a
DSS coma-E sequence, theni only pert 3 and C need be repeated. Using the
above seugple, if ani addition to flow, at"*e and storago are to be written,
them, th, following records veul. be specified:

Zu DUCAIRO cgs=O
ZN B=CAI30 C3AM

Mote that parts A and F need not be repeated. If part B were not use&, then
the station name oft the IKK record would be used for location now..

As in the case of the ZR record, the ZU data my be used in the free field
format mode. However, the application of the ZW record differs slightly in
that f or each plani all ratios of the computed: time series awe saved (as
opposed to a single time-series trace for the ZR record). The pathname part F
need not be repeated for each plan, as the program, automatically assumes the
description given for plan 1. As in the case of the ZR record, a NP record
must be used with each Z% raerd' for each plan.

ZN record - Writing Timse-Series Data to DSS (Free Format Required)

Field Variable Value Description

0 ID ZN Record identification.

1 -A-AN Pathname part A - beginning in or after column 4.

2 a-AN Pathname part 3 - usually study, project or river

basin name. If part 3 is not specified, it will
be defined by the first field in the preceding KK
record.

B-6
 ,Z W

3 - cami Parameter name -it mus~t be identical to one of

the following: C=FL.OW C-STORK CaSThO.R CaRLIV

4 -w# 7uMitional parameter qualifier (e.g., OBS for

observed flow). Required for plan 1.

1.5 Stortum Flew- or Stmne-fTesuencv Curves

Flew- or sitage- fcuequency curves may be stored in 1)SS using the ZN record
(see Table 2.3). This option is most useful with mltiplan flood damage
computations; however, flood damage computations are not required in order to
write the flew-TfmcuW curves to DSS. Although a single frequency curve may
be stoLred using a sinl 1pimi, it is probably easier to directly input a
single frequency curve to the SAD program (Hydrologic Engineering center,
1979a).

Table 8.3

Becord Sequence to Store Flow-Frequency Curves in DS

ILD
IT
10
JRP

9C

CM (only required for flood Saae computation)

PU (repeat Ps, 2M for each plan, maxivim 5)
ZN

QF (required to write frequency curves)

FR
QD (only required for flood damage
VG computation)

UZ

Flow or stage frequency data are stored for eah9s as indicated by a

PH, ZW record combination. In addition, a frequency curve for plan 1 on the
QI or SF, FR records isa required. The economic calculation will be carried
out If additional information on flood damage is included (egCM, QD, and
DC records). For frequency curve storage, the ZU reord uilizelas a fixed o
f ree- f ield format to ocify the Patbam. Zither format mode may be used
independently of the input mode for the rest of the data.

3-7
 . M A - Flow Frequency Curves to DSS (Fixed Format Option)
-Writing

YW-
aiale V*W DescritnO

0 - ZW Record identification.

1-2 PRIAN AN Study, project or basin name (part A of the DSS

pathnam.).

3-5 PLIARE AN Study or plan alternative (part F of the DSS

pathnam).

6 IYR AN Date year (part K of the DSS pathname). The data

year must be entered in columns 45-48.

-record - Writing Flow Frequency Curves to DSS (Free Format Option)

Fild Variable Value Description

0 ZW Record identification.

I A-AN Study, project or basin name (pathname part A)

beginning in or after colum 4.

2 K-AN Data year (part K of the DSS pathname).

3 F=AN Study or plan alternative (part F of the DS -

pathname).

This record must always follow a PU record in the economic data. The
conventions for specifying this record are analogous to the reading of HYDPAR
data.

8-8
ame fle, 29, A-22 exmle, 169
butu.-mvsep precipitation, S. Be. at, ASmodification. 64
Oifuraited cisels (in Divarsions)
mmulInfltrtion
31 ~lGage precipitation, 9, 80, A-50
Channel storage (no routine) Holtan infiltration, 19, A-41
Clark unit grph. 20, A40 Hyrograhs, 6
g exe 90. 120 analysis, 43
Cmnfluences (cmining),* 6, A-30 balanced, 7, A-29
muter-rquarumts, 3. M8 input. al. A-"9
Costs for projects, 69, A-IS, A-SI, A-92, A-105 ratios, A-21 (sm Ikultiflood too)
exampe. 116 recession of, 30, A-Il
Cross sections, 33, A-66 trnfraion, 1
Cum nuer (SCS) (sm Intercept ion/i nfi ltration) Hyeto
user input. a1. A-*S
DOw break, 56, A-i9 synthetic, 10, 81, A-51
exmle, 138
Do safety, 53, 88, A-74 Initial and uniform loss, 16, A-37
breach, 56, A-79 Initial flow, 29, A-42
examles, 133, 138 ample, 90
non-level crest, 54, A-76 Input data overview. 72, A-2
overtopping, 53, A-75 Intercenption/infilitration, 15
simulation limitations, 51 exampes, 90
Dowe (see economics) WEC eponential, 16, A-US
Damage reach, 63 Holtan, 19. A-41
Data repetition, 76 initial and uniform, 16, A-Si
Depth-4uration precipitation, 12 parameter estimation (optimization), 43, A-15
Depth-area precipitation, 55, A-14 SCS curve mber, 18, A-40
exmle, 129
Design storm, 10, A-S1 Kinematic wove, 23
exmle, 136 exoele, 106
Diagrami (stream network), 65, A-i land-surface rnoff, 23, A-Si
exmle, 96, 155, 162,172, 179 routing, 41, A-IS
Direct runoff (see Land-surface rnoff)
Diversion, 7, 42, A-24 Land-surface runoff, 5, 51
exmle, 90, 158, 159 kinemtic wave, 23, A-Si
optimization, 68 uni t graph, 20. A-82
Limitations of propra, *2, 57
Economics (flood daeig), 62, 83, A-102 Local protection, 69, A-104
exampe, 169 Loss rate (we Intercuption/infiltration)
Error massages, 86
Evapotranspiration, 15 Mlanning's equation, 33
Exceaence frequency. 64, A-98 Malt (me Snowmalt)
Excess precipitation, 16 Hodif led Puls, 32, A-03
Expected annual flood dewmage, 66 Muskingum, 32, A-62
exmle, 169 Multiflood, S1, A-13
eample, 153
Flood damage, 62, 65, 83. A-101 flultiratio (see Nultiflood)
Floodplain storage (see Routing) Multiplan, SI, A-12
Flood Routing (we Routing) ex&Vle, 158
Flow target optimization, 11, 116, A-107
Frequency cves, 64, A-98 Norml-dpth rauting, 33, A-IS
example, 13
 Snowfall 13
)
am reet"Snommlt. 13, A-42
pumtes 4, 42 A-15 dos dy 14, A4
error anlysis, 49 exmle, 114
Gamin., 120, 126 energ budget, 14, A-44
fnwd cotrol systu size, 6S, 69, 84, X-16 Snyder unit graph, 21, A4W
SUN*% 176 ezampe, 90
Otput. as Soil Conservation Service
error Messages, IS exampe, 90
doovertopping iry, 137, A-74 curve numer, 18, A-40
dam-breech anlysis, 151, A-79 unit graph, 22, A-SB
user-desipned tabl, 152, A-19 Soil moisture (see interceptian/infiltratian)
Ovrland neeo (soe Land-surface runoff) Spatial data (SM) usage, A-23
Spi I)ways
Parmeter calibration, 43 weir, 37, 54, X-94
routing, 49, A-15 exmle, 133
selection process, 47 traezoidul. 37. A-77
unit graph and loss rate, 43, A-15 agpt, 37, A-17
Percolation, 15. 19 Stage hydrograph usage. A-59
Precipitation, 8, 81 Standard Project Storm, 10, AS55
gage wightings, 9, 80, A-SS Storage-outflow routing (see Routing)
historical staorm, 9,80 Storage of reservir, 37, A-?Il
depth-area, 59. A-14 Staous (see Precipitation)
examle, 129 Straddle-stagger (see Routing)
depth-duration. 13, A-Si Strea network model
input data, 81. A-*6 definition, 4, A-32
partial duration, 13 exmle data set, 79
synthetic, 10. A-51, A-S3, A-55 exampe, 90
Prdibi1e Maximm Storm, 12, A-S3 Clark, 20, A-03
Pumps. 7, 42, A-0 parmter estimetion (optimization)
optimization. 68 43, 82, 120, A-15
mamles, 156, 169, 176 SCS, 22, A-US
Snyder, 21. A-4
Rainfall (see Precipitation)
Rating curve use. A-31 Tatum (see Routing)
Recession flow, 29, A-22 Tamerature (see SnwAmelt)
Rleservoi r, 6 Thiessen weighting (se Precipitation-gage weighting)
low-level outlet, 37, A-73 Time-series input data, 76, A-10
optimization. UI Time-area diagram, 21, A-US
example, 176 Transposition coefficient, 12
routing, 32, 35, A-7l
spillway, 37, A-74 Uniform level of protection, 69, A-l07
storage, 36. A-7l Unit hydrogrqahs, 20
Routing, 6, 32, 92 example, 90
average-ag, 41, 90, A-69 Clark, 21, A4U
given storage vs. outflow, 33, 95, A-63 parmter estimetian (optimiization)
kinematic wave, 41, 106, A-68 43. 62, 120, A-IS
level-pool reservoir, 35, 1W3 A-71 SCS. 22, A-US
Nodified Puls. 32. 95, A-63 Snyder, 21, A-94
Muskingum, 32, 126, A-62 User-designed output, 152. A-19
not Il depth, 33, 136, A-ES
parmeter estimtion examle, 126 Working RIO (see Rtutig
resevoIrs, 32, 35
streddle-stagge, 41, A-69 Zones for snumlt, i3, A-42
Tat, 41, A-49 examle, 114
working RO, 35, A-63